1962-1963

• 1962-1963

Fisheries Research Board of Canada L'Office des Recherches sur les Pecheries du Canada

Fisheries Research Board of Canada

Biological Station

Nanaimo, B.C. ANNUAL REPORT of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada

1962-63 For the Fiscal Year ended March 31, 1963

RAPPORT ANNUEL de !'Office des recherches sur les pecl1eries du Canada

70738-0-1 Crown Copyrights reserved © Droits de la Couronne reserves

Available from the Queen's Printer, Ottawa, and En vente chez l'Imprimeur de la Reine a Ottawa, at the following Canadian Government bookshops: et dans Jes librairies du Gouvernement federal:

OTTAWA OTTAWA Daly Building, Corner Mackenzie and Rideau Edifice Daly, an8le Mackenzie et Rideau

TORONTO TORONTO Mackenzie Building, 36 Adelaide St. East Edifice Mackenzie, 36 est, rue Adelaide

MONTREAL MONTREAL !Bterna-Vie Building, 1182 St. Catherine St. West Edifice lBterna-Vie, 1182 ouest, rue Ste-Catherine

or through your bookseller ou chez votre libraire.

A deposit copy of this publication is also available Des exemplaires sont a la disposition des interesses for reference in public libraries across Canada dans toutes Jes bibliotheques publiques du Canada

Price 75 cents Catalogue No. Fs91-1963 Prix 75 cents N° de catalogue Fs91-1963

Price subject to change without notice Prix sufet a changement sans avis prealable

Roger Duhamel, F.R.S.C. Roger Duhamel, M.S.R.C. Queen's Printer and Controller of Stationery Imprimeur de la Reine et Controleur de la Papeterie Ottawa, Canada Ottawa, Canada 1963 1963 The Honourable the Minister of Fisheries,

Sir,- I have the honour to transmit herewith the Report of the Fisheries Research Bo,ard of Canada for the period April 1, 1962, to March 31, 1963, I .am, Sir, Faithfully yours, J. L. IusK, Chairman.

A l'Honorable Ministre des Pecheries,

Monsieur,- J'ai l'honneur de vous soumettre, ci-joint, le rapport de l'Office des recherches sur les pecheries du Canada pour la periode du Jei· avril 1962 au 31 mars 1963. Votre tout devoue,

J. L. KASK, President.

3

70738-0-11 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

CONTENTS TABLE DES MATIERES

PAGE

Introduction ...... 5

Introduction (en fran<;ais) ...... 17

Biological Station, St. John's, Nfid ...... 31

Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B...... 43

Biological Station, London, Ont...... 65

Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C...... 75

Arctic Unit, Montreal, Que...... 113

Technological Research Laboratory, Halifax, N.S. (including St. John's Unit and Grande-Riviere Station)...... 119

Technological Research Laboratory, Vancouver, B.C...... 129

Technological Unit, London, Ont...... 137

Publications and Reports...... 139

Scientific Staff...... 162

Map Showing Locations of Principal Work ...... Facing 112

4 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report for the Fiscal year ended March 31, 1963

INTRODUCTION

The world's oceans and ocean resources continued to command increasing attention. Canada has kept in step with these world-wide activities and the Fishe1ies Research Board of Canada has participated actively in practically all aspects of these developments, both national and international. Nationally, the progressive transfer of oceanographic survey work and research in physical oceanography from the Fisheries Research Board to the new Marine Sciences Branch of the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys of Canada was highlighted during the year by the official opening of the Bedford Institute of Oceanography in Dartmouth, N.S., on October 26, 1962. This large modern research and survey facility is now jointly occupied by the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys and personnel of this Board, and joint programming and integrating of researches are well advanced. Internationally, the Intergovernmental Oceanographic Commission sponsored by the United Nations Educational Scientific and Cultural Organization held its first substantive meeting in Paris at which extensive regional international oceanographic projects were planned. Canada and the Board were represented at a high scientific level. The Board, as required by the Fisheries Research Board Act, continued its researches on a broad front with a view to providing guide-lines for the orderly harvest of Canada's extensive living marine and freshwater resources and for the increase of the resource base. The latter aim was advanced through scientific research leading to effective cultural and management practices, and through basic research to add to the practical knowledge concerning aquatic organisms, their environment and the uses to which they might be placed. Board membership in 1962, excluding the Chairman, numbered sixteen. Included in the membership were nine noted scientists drawn from universities and research foundations across Canada, six leading business men with an intimate knowledge of fishing and the fishing industry and one senior officer from the Department of Fisheries of Canada. The Board Chairman is appointed by Governor-in-Council and is a member of the Public Service of Canada. The Chairman is also the Board's Chief Executive Officer. All other members hold honorary 5-year appointments from the Minister of Fisheries ..

5 6 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 The Members, including the Chairman, who held office during 1962 were: *J. L. Kask, B.A., Ph.D.(Washington); Chairman. C. W. Argue, C.B.E., B.A., B.S.A., M.S., D.Sc. (New Brunswick); University of New Brunswick, Fredericton, N.B. J.M. R. Beveridge, B.Sc., Ph.D.(Toronto), M.D.(Westem), D.Sc.(Acadia), F.R.S.C.; Queen's University, Kingston, Ont. *T. W. M. Cameron, T.D., B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D.(London), D.Sc.(Edinburgh), D.Sc.(British Columbia), M.R.C.V.S., F.R.S.C.; McGill University, Macdonald College, Que. I. McT. Cowan, B.A., Ph.D.(California), F.R.S.C.; University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. *D. B. DeLury, M.A., Ph.D.(Toronto); University of Toronto, Toronto, Ont. *Y. Desmarais, B.A., B.S.A., Ph.D. (Winconsin); Montreal Botanical Garden, Montreal, Que. C. E. Desourdy, Esq., Montreal, Que. (representing the Fishing Industry). M. K. Eriksen, Esq., Prince Rupert, B.C. (representing the Fishing Industry). F. R. Hayes, M.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc.(Liverpool), F.R.S.C.; Dalhousie Uni- versity, Halifax, N.S. *D. F. Miller, B.Com., S.M.(M.I.T.), Vancouver, B.C. (representing the Fishing Industry) . *A. I-I. Monroe, Esq., St. John's, Nfld. (representing the Fishing Industry). L. R. Omstead, Esq., Wheatley, Ont. (representing the Fishing Industry). E. S. Pretious, B.A.Sc., M.Sc.(Iowa), F.A.S.C.E., P.Eng.; University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C. A. L. Pritchard, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Toronto); Ottawa, Ont. (representing the Department of Fisheries of Canada). S. Sinclair, B.S.A., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Minnesota), F.A.I.C.; University of Man­ itoba, Winnipeg, Man. R. G. Smith, Esq., Halifax, N.S. (representing the Fishing Industry). Mr. G. R. Clark'f, Deputy Minister of the Department of Fisheries of Canada, and Mr. A. D. Wymbs, Chief Treasury Officer of the Department of Fisheries and Honorary Treasurer of the Board, serve as ex-officio members of the Board's Executive Committee and attend both Board and Executive Committee meetings. Mr. 0. C. Young served as Assistant Chairman of the Board and acted for the Chairman during his absences until his retirement in December, 1962. Dr. W. R. Martin formerly with the Board's Biological Station in St. Andrews, N.B., has been Assistant Chairman since January 1, 1963.

*Members of the Executive Committee. tDeceased February 13, 1963. Introduction 7 The Board met in Annual Meeting with its Station Directors and Unit Chiefs in Ottawa in early January. At this time the Board's research policy and scientific programs were reviewed, and reports and recommendations from the standing regional Advisory Committees were heard. The Executive Committee met three times during the year to consider personnel and financial matters and each of the three regional Advisory Committees met twice. Research activities of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada are by design completely decentralized. Day-to-day administration and supervision of overall operations is .carried out by the full-time Chairman and his headquarters associates in Ottawa. This staff, including three that were located outside Ottawa during the year numbered eighteen in all. The senior personnel in the Office of the Chairman during this period were: J. L. Kask, Ph.D.(Washington), Chairman. O .. C. Young, M.B.E., M.Sc.(Saskatchewan), Assistant Chairman until retire­ ment December 31, 1962. W.R. Martin, Ph.D.(Michigan), Assistant Chairman from January 1, 1963. J. A. Rogers, A.C.B.A., Director of Administration and Executive Assistant to the Chairman. W. E. Ricker, Ph.D.(Toronto), F.R.S.C., Editor until reassignment July 1, 1962 (stationed at Nanaimo, B.C.). J. C. Stevenson, Ph.D.(Toronto), Special Assistant and Editor from June 1, 1962. N. M. Carter, Ph.D.(McGill), F.C.I.C., Special Assistant and Associate Editor until retirement June 3, 1962. E. G. Bligh, Ph.D. (McGill), Special Assistant and Associate Editor from March 1, 1962. I-I. B. Hachey, M.B.E., LL.D.(St. Thomas), F.R.S.C., Chief Oceanographer until retirement March 31, 1963 (stationed at St. Andrews, N.B.). Mr. J. A. Rogers and his associates Messrs. R. D. Willet and L. M. Morin served as Secretaries-general of the Board's Annual and Executive Committee meetings, and Mrs. Claire Duffy is Assistant Secretary to the Board. The Board's staff (establishment of 801 during the year of which 189 were scientists) has passed an active and productive year in all three areas of its scientific interests, namely aquatic biology with emphasis on fisheries biology, fisheries technology and oceanography. Sixteen research vessels were operated for its biological studies. These vary from small inshore and lake craft to large seagoing ships specially built for the purpose. In spite of increased attention during the year to integration of programming and to establishment of strict priorities for best use of man-power resources, the Board is still unable to satisfy reasonable demands for additional researches. Co-operative oceanographic programs were continued with the Royal Cana­ dian Navy, the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys, the Department of Transport and close liaison was maintained with the Institute of Oceanography 8 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 at the University of British Columbia, Vancouver, B.C., the Great Lakes Institute of the University of Toronto, Toronto, Ontario, and the Institute of Oceanography at Dalhousie University, Halifax, N.S. Co-operative programs were also carried out with Provincial Governments and with the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, New Westminster, B.C. The National Research Council continues to administer in a most satisfactory way the post-graduate scholarships sponsored by the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. A large proportion of the Board's biological and oceanographic effort in research continues to be taken up by work carried out for international fishery and sea mammal commissions to which Canada belongs and which do not have scientific staffs of their own. These include the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, the Great Lakes Fishery Commission, the Inter­ national Whaling Commission, the North Pacific Fur Seal Commission and the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission. New facilities were added during the year but replacements or new ones are further required, some quite urgently. The new research vessel G. B. Reed ( 177 feet) was launched in June for service on the Pacific Ocean. Design plans for an additional research vessel E. E. Prince for service on the Atlantic Ocean were well advanced during the year. Construction of a portable camp scow to provide a movable base for research workers was started in February and is scheduled for use along the British Columbia coast in early May 1963. A new Technical Services Building was completed and occupied at Nanaimo, B.C. and a salmon weir, holding pens and egg-eyeing troughs were completed on the Glen- dale River, B.C. h' The Board's widespread researches are carried out from f'.ih~ biological stations, two of which include oceanographic groups, an, Arctic Unit, and two technological la~oratories, which have various units attached to them.

BIOLOGICAL AND OCEANOGRAPHIC INVESTIGATIONS The Board's main biological stations are situated at Nanaimo, B.C., London, Ont., St. Andrews, N.B., and St. John's, Nfld., with an arctic unit in Montreal, Que. The Nanaimo and St. Andrews stations maintain associated oceanographic groups. A number of field stations and port observers stationed at key points are also maintained in the interest of operational efficiency.

ATLANTIC FISHERIES-NEWFOUNDLAND AREA Total landings of groundfish were 14% above those of 1961. Of these land­ ings 79% were cod, 8% haddock, 6% redfish, 5% plaice, 1 % greysole and 1 % halibut, wolffish and pollack. Cod landings were 15% higher, haddock 5% lower, redfish 40% higher and plaice landings 15% higher than in 1961. Cod landings would have been still higher if squid which only appeared in small numbers had been available for bait. Ii Increased attention was paid to studying the inshore Newfoundland and Labrador cod fisheries. In cod samples from the important trap fishery, 80-95% of the fish were 4-7 years old with cod of increasing ages and sizes progres- Introduction 9 sively more common in the handline and longline catches. The east coast of Newfoundland shore survey for baby cod showed the 1959 year-class to be plentiful in their first year of life and this year-class is now showing signs of abundance in the commercial catches. Thus it may be possible to develop these surveys to give useful predictions. From these surveys it is indicated that the 1962 year-class of cod is also a strong one. In the Labrador inshore fishery the average size of cod has increased since 1959 because there has been no significant entry of new year-classes to this fishery since that of 1953. On the other hand, surveys on Hamilton Inlet Bank showed a great reduction in numbers, age and size of the cod and this may be due to the great European winter and spring deep-water cod fishery which has developed in this area in recent years. About 10,000 cod were tagged, mainly to study the interrelationships of the inshore and offshore fish. The haddock fishery on the Grand Bank is at present almost entirely dependent on the 1955 and 1956 year-classes, the former being about 4 times as abundant as the latter. No new successful year-classes are in sight and a declining fishery is to be expected over the next few years. Due to the lack of young fish the landed sizes of haddock have increased. Redfish surveys were continued and a survey by the A. T. Cameron of the redfish populations between 100 and 400 fathoms in the whole Canadian area has now been completed. The average catch of American plaice per hour for Newfoundland trawlers fishing in the 3 major commercial plaice-fishing areas of the Grand Bank was between 1500 and 1800 pounds. The size of plaice landed by these trawlers has decreased very little from 1954 to 1961. Lobster research in Port au Port Bay and Atlantic salmon research on the Little Codroy River were continued. About 2.5 million pink salmon eggs from the Glendale River, B.C. were planted in North Harbour River, St. Mary's Bay, between November 22 and December 3. First hatching of these eggs occurred about the middle of February 1963 and 93% had hatched by March 22.

ATLANTIC FISHERIES-SOUTHERN AREA Biological research in St. Andrews, N.B., is undertaken to provide a back­ ground for comprehension and. application. Oyster spatfall is studied to estimate and predict survival. A method of culturing newly spawned scallops is sought to aid in forecasting and in understanding fluctuations in the stock. Lobster larvae are studied to explore the relationships among spawners, larvae at different stages, and recruitment. The migrations of cod and plaice are investigated to define stocks and to estimate their discreteness. Salmon have been tagged and marked to study migrations and to evaluate contributions made to various fisheries by the Mira­ michi River. The effect of predation on young salmon by fish-eating ducks on the numbers of returning adults is under critical examination. The value of stream improvement in increasing the trout producing capacity of streams is being tested. Work on pollution considers both the lethal levels of various poisons and the 70738-0-2 10 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 avoidance of fish by sub-lethal concentrations of heavy metal ions. Recoveries after epidemics among oyster and herring populations are being carefully followed. A herring population in the Gulf of St. Lawrence estimated from the amount of spawn was shown to be under-utilized. Mathematical studies on fish populations and :fisheries, and oceanographic investigations on the waters in which marine fish live, provide a framework and a basis for other investigations. These include the relation of catches to the distribu­ tion of fish, the effects of food consumption on growth of fish, and studies of fishing power, as well as investigations of temperatures and of surface and deep currents, submarine geology and geochemistry, and the biology of bottom organisms. The oceanographic studies are largely carried out by the Atlantic Oceanographic Group at Dartmouth, N.S., a section of the St. Andrews Biological Station. In addition to the foregoing, several studies are aimed particularly at improving utilization of fisheries resources. Studies of the factors controlling the incidence of paralytic shellfish poison have been carried out. Better understanding should permit fullest possible use of shellfish stocks without jeopardizing public health. A cheap efficient hydraulic clam rake that is not harmful to the clam stock has been developed and tested. Forecasts of cod and haddock stock sizes are available as guidance to fishermen. Diurnal migrations of groundfish are under study to provide a basis for improved exploitation. The growth of speckled trout and rainbow trout under controlled conditions is being compared. Considerable effort by the staff at the St. Andrews Station is directed to following and explaining the course of important fisheries. This frequently involves collecting and interpreting catch statistics. Work by biologists comple­ ments data obtained by the Department of Fisheries of Canada and the Dominion Bureau of Statistics and is used in discharging part of the national obligation to the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. For lobsters, studies of commercial statistics are supplemented by tagging and marking to examine the value of size regulations. In scallops increased landings were produced by greater effort although catch per day declined by 70% from 1960 to 1962. Floating-line trawls increased the effectiveness of the swordfish fishery and the length of the season. Except in the Bay of Fundy area, salmon catches were up following the trend throughout the North Atlantic basin. Commercial catch data for groundfish and herring were collected and related to fishing effort. Reliance of the groundfish fishery on an increasing number of species has improved its value and the trend toward diversification is expected to continue.

PACIFIC FISHERIES The acquisition of C.G.S. G. B. Reed in December 1962 extended the range of the Nanaimo Station's area of operation to include all of the Gulf of Alaska. Her initial cruises in January and February 1963 were undertaken to discover the mid-winter distribution of salmon, particularly pinks, west and south of British Columbia. Research of the distribution of salmon stocks on the high seas was com­ menced in 1955 to carry out Canada's share of a joint program designed by the Introduction 11 International North Pacific Fisheries Commission to answer questions regarding the intermingling of Asian and North American salmon in the North Pacific. In 1962, four chartered vessels from early April until late July made seven cruises within a region extending from the eastern coastline of the Gulf of Alaska to Longitude 160°W and from Latitude 45°N to Latitude 57°N. The vessels fished with surface long-lines under supervision of Japanese experts. Total catches were 6795 sockeye, 3007 chum, 8911 pink, 457 coho, 29 chinook and 258 steelhead. Most were tagged and 7. 7 % of the tags were recovered, mainly from coastal fisheries. Tagged sockeye were recovered from Bristol Bay to the Fraser River; chum salmon from the Japan Sea and the Gulf of Anadyr to British Columbia; pink salmon from all the main coastal areas of the Gulf of Alaska; and coho from the Gulf of Alaska to Puget Sound. The Nanaimo Station, in co-operation with the Pacific Area office of the Department of Fisheries of Canada, carries out a large-scale research program to aid in the management of British Columbia's second most important salmon-pro­ ducing area, the Skeena River. It was expected that the 1962 sockeye run would be between 1,000,000 and 3,000,000 fish; the actual return of 1,097,000, though close to the average, was at the bottom of the predicted range because of the poorer than expected return of 5-year-olds. The pink run of about 1,700,000 represented an excellent return from the small spawning of 300,000 in 1960. Important advances are being made toward understanding the productivity of individual sockeye sub-stocks of Babine Lake, the major producing lake of the Skeena River. Reviews of available information regarding the movements of salmon in the vicinity of the northern British Columbia-southeastern Alaska border have been prepared by Canadian and United States agencies. Interception of large numbers of British Columbia-bound pinks and sockeye by United States fisher­ men has been shown for some years. Lesser numbers of Alaska-bound salmon are caught by Canadian fishermen in some years. The highlight of the 1962 salmon fishing season was a record pink catch of 93,590,000 pounds. Over 80% of these came from the central British Columbia coast, where the Bella Coola area alone produced 46,500,000 pounds. The sockeye catch was lower than average, mainly due to the small Adams River run to the Fraser. Intensive studies of young pink and chum salmon in the coastal environment have been made in 1961 and 1962 in the central British Columbia coast, mainly on the Bella Coo la pink stock. The growth, mortality, distribution and method of dispersal of young are being revealed. Efforts to determine the energy required for swimming at an average migra­ tion rate have been completed. It is apparent that the normal adult sockeye migrant on its spawning migration is working close to a daily maximum capacity, leaving little leeway to meet any adverse changes in its environment. Pollution surveys were continued in 1962, providing a valuable record of actual and potential areas of damage to fish stocks. Research on identification and possible amelioration of toxic fractions of kraft-mill effluent is providing use­ ful information to the Area Director's office. 70736-0-2~ 12 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

Groundfish investigations continued to provide the necessary background for management of cod, lingcod, lemon sole, petrale sole, rock sole and others. An important step toward compiling the inventory of groundfish was made through preparation of statistics of eastern North Pacific catches in co-operation with United States agencies. United States fishermen catch significant amounts of groundfish off British Columbia's coastline. Although the 1962 Queen Charlotte Islands crab catch was low, return per unit effort was high. Prediction of the greater stock available, based on the rela­ tion between catch and seawater temperature, indicates that forecasting crab abundance may be possible. Shellfish toxicity remained low during 1962, and several non-toxic red water blooms were investigated. Efforts to determine the tolerance of oysters to pulp­ mill pollution were extended. Whaling at the Coal Harbour Station was resumed in 1962. Approximately 80% of the whales caught were examined for age, reproduction, and food studies. The 1962 season was unique in the abundance of sei and female sperm whales in contrast to the scarcity of finback and male sperm whales which normally provide the bulk of the catch. Primary productivity studies have shown that the phytoplankton concentra­ tion in the open North Pacific Ocean is governed almost entirely by grazing by zooplankton in spite of relatively high nutrient levels, and that overgrazing occurs. Phytoplankton are the primary element upon which the food chain, which cul­ minates in fishable organisms, is based. The Pacific Oceanographic Group is a section of the Nanaimo Biological Station of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. The Group carries out research and co-ordinates all possible resources to fulfil national fisheries and military requirements for oceanography in the Pacific area. The recently-completed behaviour model of the growth and decay of the seasonal thermocline in the Subarctic Pacific Ocean is the culmination of 5 years of research on heating and cooling, and wind-mixing and convection processes. It allows assessment and forecasting of temperature strncture in the seasonal zone (0-100 m depth). On the basis of this model an oceanographic information service has been created, similar in concept and operation to the Meteorological Service. This oceanographic service is housed in the Naval Weather Service. The fore­ casters collate and interpret the incoming data according to the thermocline model and provide frequent regular assessments and forecasts. Studies of the inland seaways are nearing fruition. With the aid of the hydraulic model of the Hecate region the data accumulated since 1937 are being assessed. The oceanography of Dixon Entrance has been solved and is being prepared for publication. It is a complex estuarine system in which the oceanog­ raphic structures and domains are primarily determined by the tidal mechanisms.

INLAND FISHERIES The second year of the population study at Heming Lake produced evidence that coloured tags make small fish more vulnerable to predation than transparent Introduction 13 tags, although they make little difference to large fish. The Great Slave Lake study of the effect of a commercial fishery on an unexploited fish population was continued; analysis of accumulated data has recently demonstrated that individual commercial fish wander very little, and that in comparison with the commercial catch only negligible quantities of fish are taken by angling or by nets for local use. Average size, catch per net, and amount of gear fished show that the 1962 Canadian catch of Lake Superior lake trout was appreciably greater than in 1961. This improvement is attributed to a reduction in predation by sea lampreys. The Board again acted as Canadian agent for the Great Lakes Fishery Commission and continued studies aimed at controlling sea lampreys. The Com­ mission's 1962 program required application of lampricide to 13 Lake Superior streams and surveys of a total of 285 tributaries of Lakes Superior, Huron and Simcoe. Spawning-run sea lampreys appeared to be much less abundant than in any recent year. The decrease in abundance is attributed to recent efforts to control them.

ARCTIC FISHERIES An aquatic biological survey, mainly on fishes, limnology and biological oceanography, was carried out in the Canadian arctic islands. A co-ordinating base was established at Cambridge Bay, Victoria Island. From a supply depot laid down at Resoulte (Cornwallis Island) in 1961, stationary camps were estab­ lished at Eureka (Ellesmere Island), Assistance Bay (southeastern Cornwallis Island), Creswell Bay (east coast of Somerset Island) and Castel Bay (northern Banks Island). From these camps visits were made to various points in the islands. Valuable collections of fishes, bottom fauna, plankton and other oceano­ graphic data were made. The survey affords for the ·first time a good basis. for the assessment of species distribution throughout the arctic. Studies for a developing commercial fishery for lake trout and char were continued at Wellington Bay and Ferguson Lake, Victoria Island. An intensive program on Keller Lake in Mackenzie District was carried out to study effects of commercial fishing on small lake stocks of the Northwest Territories. Western coastal arctic exploratory fishing continued to indicate sea herring as the most abundant fish. Studies on harp seals confirm a decline in stocks because of over..iutilization. Marking of grey seals was carried out to study seasonal movements. Information is being compiled on the seasonal distribution and abundance of whales off the Atlantic coast. White whales were studied in relation to a new net fishery in Hudson Bay. Studies on plankton and bottom fauna in conjunction with oceano­ graphic programs of the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys were carried out.

TECHNOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS The Board's integrated technological research program for the Atlantic coast is .carried out in laboratories located at Halifax, N.S., Grande-Riviere, Que., and St. John's, Nfld. Technological investigations on freshwater fish are centered at 14 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 London, Ont. Corresponding studies pertaining to Pacific coast fisheries are conducted at the Board's research laboratory in Vancouver, B.C.

ATLANTIC COAST Studies on the utilization of Newfoundland inshore cod have defined effects of live holding, polyphosphate treatment, water temperature, fish size, water thawing, dielectric and microwave thawing and refreezing on frozen quality and shelf life of the frozen product. The major hormones of Atlantic salmon have been identified and studies have begun to artificially induce spawning of spent adult females with pure hormones. Extreme variability has been noted in the fertility of sperm from end-of-the-season males and progress has been made in defining the conditions which influence low temperature storage of sperm. These are integral parts of a study designed to understand and learn how to control reproduction and other processes under hormone control with a view to increasing the resource. Gaffkaemia, a lobster disease, is responsible for heavy losses during impound­ ing and marketing. The disease interferes with normal blood clotting and progress has been made toward understanding the mechanism of clotting. Treatment to prevent the disease is based on the assumption that the disease originates in lobster pounds. However, it has now been established that a high percentage of lobsters carry the Gaffkya organism in their natural environment. The importance of this observation is under investigation and present studies are designed to determine the feasibility of immunizing lobsters against the disease. As bacterial spoilage of lean groundfish such as cod has been minimized, non-bacterial spoilage has become of increasing commercial importance. Studies at Halifax have centered around metal-catalysed rancidity and excellent co~rela­ tion has been found between organoleptic and chemical assessment of the problem. The effect of several substances normally present in fish muscle has been assessed for their ability to retard or promote rancidity. Studies on non-bacterial spoilage of fresh fish are complementing those on salt fish at Grande-Riviere. This modifica­ tion of program is in keeping with the changing nature of the fishing industry on the Gaspe coast and the results will be of particular value in assessing quality changes brought about by high water temperatures and heavy feeding, which can be particularly important in the gill net and trap fishery. Protein-splitting enzymes have been isolated from cod muscle and some of their characteristics determined. The distribution of fats has been investigated in cod fillets with a view to studying the action of natural fat-splitting enzymes on these substances. Studies on salt fish have centered around an assessment of chemical changes occurring in light- and heavy-salted fish for the purpose of aiding in the scientific control of the two processes. Pasteurization of scallops and haddock with a radioactive cobalt source has produced products with excellent shelf life, when stored in ice, which exhibit no undesirable odours or :flavours as a result of the process. Recent developments indicate that it will not be long before pasteurized foods will be approved for general consumption. Introduction 15

Interest in fish protein concentrate has increased rapidly in recent months. Concentrates from numerous raw materials, prepared at the Halifax Laboratory, have been evaluated nutritionally and some are being assessed by food manu­ facturers and formulators of specialty food products. Marine oils are a rich source of unique fatty acids which are known to alleviate conditions relating to arteriosclerosis. Gas chromatography has been employed to determine the distribution of fatty acids in several oils of marine origin and it has been established that the unique acids are distributed in a very interesting pattern. The significance of this observation is under investigation. Research on more efficient utilization of marine oils has been concentrated on capelin, whale and cod oils. Several species of fish can now be identified by the types of proteins con­ tained in the muscle, blood and eye fluids, but it is not yet possible to distinguish individual populations of pelagic fish and groundfish. Tissues of several commercially important marine species can now be main­ tained alive and growing in nutrient solutions. Wound healing of fish and Mal­ peque disease of oysters are now being investigated in tissue culture. One means of accelerating wound healing shows particular promise.

INLAND The London Technological Unit has continued to study the micro-organisms responsible for spoilage in freshwater fish and the composition of a number of the commercially important species of fish has been determined. In addition, considerable effort has been devoted to demonstrating methods of utilizing the large quantities of commercially undesirable fish in our Canadian fresh waters. It has been shown that these fish can be processed into a number of very tasty and acceptable products such as fish sausages, wieners, and canned fish products. Investigations have recently been directed toward problems associated with quality deterioration in freshwater fishery products and methods of prevention.

PACIFIC COAST Refrigeration equipment for brine-spray freezing of tuna was installed on three vessels. All three installations performed satisfactorily and frozen albacore, bluefin and skipjack tuna from distant waters were landed in Vancouver in good condition. The use of refrigerated sea water for chilling and transporting salmon is increasing. Thus, mechanically operated systems were installed on three fish packers and circulating ice-salt water systems on two barges. Salmon were unloaded successfully using a special pressured device in conjunction with refrig­ erated sea water tanks on a fish packing vessel. The success of this unloading system, which has a rather restricted field of application, prompted further investi­ gations as a result of which considerable progress has been made in the design of a much more versatile system that could have wide application in diverse fisheries. The salt uptake by tuna frozen on vessels employing the brine-spray system was studied and found to be largely superficial. Weight changes and various chemical changes were measured in fish held in refrigerated sea water. Using a 16 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 specially designed apparatus, development of toughness in thawed frozen fish was determined under different storage conditions in both raw and cooked flesh. It was found that an increase in both toughness afld in development of free fatty acids proceeds equally rapidly in frozen fish stored in nitrogen gas or in air, while, as in previous work, oxidative rancidity was practically eliminated by nitrogen storage. The means by which migrating salmon utilize their flesh fats for energy during their spawning migration were further elucidated. Studies on the important sex hormones of the salmon pituitary gland were continued. Sufficient pituitary glands were collected to permit a preliminary separation of the gonadotropic hormone and methods for its assay were worked out. Some progress was made with respect to identification of home stream odour attractants for adult sockeye salmon migrants and the food attractants for juvenile salmon. It was demonstrated for the first time that adult sockeye salmon can survive advanced gonad develop­ ment and live for well over a year past their normal spawning period. Successful separation of the very numerous salmon muscle proteins and blood hemoglobins was achieved and the results showed that the technique used permits positive identification of the different species of salmonoid fishes. Attempts to improve the flavour of certain canned marine products con­ thmed. Thus, a bacterial enzyme capable of removing the sugars, glucose and ribose, which are largely responsible for undesirable browning reactions in fish muscles was studied in detail. The possible value of addition of certain antibiotics as a means of shortening the canning procedures was a subject of some preliminary experimental work. Various preservative treatments for fish were studied. It was found that, although circulating refrigerated sea water could easily be rendered almost free from living bacteria by passage through an ultraviolet light unit, the treatment had a very adverse effect on fish quality. Several tests were made in attempts to assess the value of "polyphosphate" treatments for frozen fillets, and early results indicated that development of thaw drip and of oxidative rancidity may be inhibited somewhat by such treatment. Nutritional studies on British Columbia herring meal continued. Whole herring meal was found to be a comparatively uniform product of high nutritional quality. Other work indicated that the fat fraction, which accounts for some 15% of the weight of the meal, can be protected during prolonged storage by anti­ oxidant treatment so that it possesses a fairly high nutritive value for poultry. Progress was made in a study of the means by which salmon form deoxyri­ bonucleic acid in their milts during spawning. Crabs were shown to have very unique deoxyribonucleic acids which are of general chemical interest.

Further details of the above and other investigations by' the Board's various establishments during the fiscal year 1962-63 are given in the reports that follow. Localities of the laboratories and of their principal field work during the year are shown on the map facing page 112. A roster of the scientific staffs, and a list of publications issued during 1962, are appended. Rapport annuel de !'Office des recherches sur les pecheries du Canada pour l'annee budgetaire finissant le 31mars1963

INTRODUCTION Les oceans du monde et leurs ressources ont continue de commander une attention croissante. Le Canada marche de pair avec cette activite mondiale, et !'Office des recherches sur les pecheries du Canada a participe activement a tous les aspects pour ainsi dire de cette expansion, tant du point de vue national que du point de vue international. Sur le plan national, la cession progressive des travaux, visant les etudes oceanographiques et la recherche en oceanographie physique de l'Office des recherches sur les pecheries a la nouvelle Direction des sciences de la mer du ministere des Mines et des Releves techniques du Canada, a ete soulignee dans le cours de l'annee par l'ouverture officielle de l'Institut d'oceanographie Bed­ ford, a Dartmouth (N.-E.), le 26 octobre 1962. Cette vaste et moderne installa­ tion de recherche est maintenant occupee conjointement par le ministere des Mines et des Releves techniques et le personnel de !'Office, et l'on peut dire que la programmation et !'integration conjointe des recherches sont bien avancees. Sur le plan international, la Commission d'oceanographie intergouvernementale, lancee par !'Organisation des Nations Unies pour !'education, la science et la culture, a eu sa premiere reunion importante a Paris, reunion durant laquelle de vastes projets d'oceanographie regionale et internationale ont ete dresses. Le Canada et l'Office y etaient representes par des investigateurs scientifiques de premier plan. Ainsi que l'exige la Loi sur le Conseil de recherches, !'Office a poursuivi son travail sur un vaste front dans le dessein de fournir des indications pour la recolte ordonnee des grandes ressources vivantes de la mer et de l'eau douce, ainsi que pour l'accroissement de la ressource elle-meme. Des progres ont ete faits dans la realisation de ce dernier objectif, grace a la recherche scientifique menant a des methodes efficaces de culture et de gestion, et grace a la recherche fondamentale, qui ajoute a nos connaissances pratiques relatives aux organismes aquatiques, a leur milieu, et a l'usage qu'on peut en faire. Exception faite du president, l'Office comptait en 1962 seize membres dont neuf savants eminents d'universites canadiennes et de fondations de recherches, six hommes d'affaires bien au courant de la peche et de l'industrie qui en decoule, et un fonctionnaire superieur du ministere des Pecheries du Canada. Le president, qui est aussi le fonctionnaire executif en chef de l'Office, est nomme par le gouverneur en conseil et releve du Service civil du Canada. Tous les autres

17 18 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 membres sont nommes a titre honoraire par le ministre des Pecheries pour une periode de cinq ans. Les membres dont les noms suivent, y compris le president, etaient en fonctions durant l'annee 1962: *M. J. L. Kask, B.A., Ph.D.(Washington); president. M. C. W. Argue, C.B.E., B.A., B.S.A., M.S., D.Sc. (Nouveau-Brunswick); Universite du Nouveau-Brunswick, Fredericton (N.-B.). M. J. M. R. Beveridge, B.Sc., Ph.D(Toronto), M.D.(Western), D.Sc. (Acadia), F.R.S.C.; Universite Queens, Kingston (Ont.). *M. T. W. M. Cameron, T.D., B.Sc., M.A., Ph.D.(Londres), D.Sc. (Edim­ bourg), D.Sc.(Colombie-Britannique), M.R.C.V.S., F.R.S.C.; Univer­ site McGill, College MacDonald (Quebec). M. I. McT. Cowan, B.A., Ph.D.(Californie), F.R.S.C.; Universite de la Colombie-Britannique, Vancouver (C.-B.). *M. D. B. DeLury, M.A., Ph.D. (Toronto); Universite de Toronto, Toronto (Ont.). *M. Y. Desmarais, B.A., B.S.A., Ph.D. (Wisconsin); Jardin botanique de Montreal, Montreal (Quebec). M. C.-E. Desourdy, Montreal (Quebec); (representant de l'industrie de la peche). M. M. K. Ericksen, Prince-Rupert (C.-B.); (representant de l'industrie de la peche). M. F. R. Hayes, M.Sc., Ph.D., D.Sc.(Liverpool), F.R.S.C.; Universite Dal­ housie, Halifax (N.-E.). *M. D. F. Miller, B.Com., S.M.(M.I.T.)Vancouver (C.-B.), (representant de l'industrie de la peche). *M. A. H. Monroe, Saint-Jean (T.-N.), (representant de l'industrie de Ia peche). M. L. R. Om stead, Wheatly (Ont.), (representant de l'industrie de la peche). M. E. S. Pretious, B.A.Sc., M.Sc.(Iowa), Ing.P.; Universite de la Colombie­ Britannique, Vancouver (C-B.). M. A. L. Pritchard, B.A., M.A., Ph.D.(Toronto); Ottawa (Ont.), (repre­ sentant du ministere des Pecheries). M. S. Sinclair, B.S.A., M.Sc., Ph.D.(Minnesota), F.A.I.C.; Universite du Manitoba, Winnipeg (Man.). M. R. G. Smith, Halifax (N-E.), (representant de l'industrie de la peche). M. G. R. Clark!·, sous-ministre des Pecheries du Canada et M.A. D. Wymbs, agent en chef du Tresor au ministere des Pecheries et tresorier honoraire de !'Office, agissent comme membres ex-officio du Comite executif et assistent aussi bien aux reunions de !'Office qu'a celles du Comite. M. C. 0. Young a rempli Jes

*Membres du Comite executif. tDececie le 13 fevl'ier 1963. Introduction 19 fonctions de president adjoint de l'Office et a remplace le president durant son absence jusqu'a l'epoque de sa retraite en decembre 1962. M. W. R. Martin, anciennement de la Station de biologie de l'Office a St. Andrews (N.-B.), est pre­ sident adjoint de l'Office depuis le 1er janvier 1963. Une reunion pleniere de !'Office avec les directeurs de stations et les chefs d'unites a ete tenue a Ottawa au debut de janvier. C'est a ce moment que les programmes scientifiques et la ligne de conduite de l'Office visant la recherche ont ete etudies en meme temps que les rapports et les recommandations des comites consultatifs permanents regionaux. Le Comite executif s'est reuni trois fois durant l'annee pour etudier les questions de personnel et de finance et chacun des trois comites consultatifs regionaux s'est reuni deux fois. Les entreprises de !'Office dans le domaine de la recherche sont a dessein completement decentralisees. L'administration quotidienne et la surveillance de toutes les operations sont assurees par le president et ses collegues a temps continu au siege administratif, a OHawa. Ce personnel, y compris trois fonctionnaires en dehors d'Ottawa, comptait durant l'annee dix-huit employes en tout. Voici les noms des hauts fonctionnaires du bureau du president durant cette periode: M. J. L. Kask, Ph.D. (Washington), president. M. 0. C. Young, M.B.E., M.Sc.(Saskatchewan), president-adjoint jusqu'a sa retraite le 31 decembre 1962. M. W. R. Martin, Ph.D. (Michigan), president-adjoint a compter du 1er janvier 1963. M. J. A. Rogers, A.C.B.A., directeur de !'administration et adjoint-executif du president. M. W. E. Ricker, Ph.D.(Toronto), F.R.S.C., directeur de la publication jusqu'a ce qu'il soit designe a un autre poste le 1°r juillet 1962 (affecte a la Station de Nanaimo, C.-B.). M. J. C. Stevenson, Ph.D. (Toronto), F.C.I.C., adjoint special et directeur adjoint de la publication jusqu'a sa retraite le 3 juin 1962. M. E. G. Bligh, Ph.D. (McGill), adjoint special et directeur adjoint a compter du 1er mars 1962. M. H. B. Hachey, M.B.E., LL.D.(St. Thomas), F.R.S.C., oceanographe en chef jusqu'au moment de sa retraite le 31 mars 1963 (affecte a la Station de St. Andrews, N.-B.). M. J. A. Rogers et ses collegues, MM. R. D. Willet et L. M. Morin ont rem~ pli les fonctions de secretaires generaux a la reunion annuelle de l'Office et aux reunions du comite executif, et Mme Claire Duffy est la secretaire adjointe de l'Office. Le personnel de l'Office (effectif de 801 durant l'annee, dont 189 investiga­ teurs scientifiques) a connu une annee active et productive dans chacune des trois disciplines scientifiques qui retiennent son interet, notamment la biologie aquatique, surtout en ce qui a trait a la peche, l'oceanographie et la technologie de la peche. Seize vaisseaux de recherche ont ete utilises pour la poursuite de ses etudes biologiques. Ces unites varient des petites embarcations cotieres et de lac aux grand batiments de mer construits specialement a cette fin. En depit 20 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 de !'attention croissante portee durant l'annee 1a !'integration de la programmation et a l'etablissement de priorites rigoureuses visant le meilleur usage possible de ses effectifs, !'Office est encore incapable de repondre aux demandes raisonnables qui lui sont adressees pour la poursuite de nouvelles recherches. Des programmes cooperatifs de recherche oceanographique ant encore ete executes avec la collaboration de la Marine royale du Canada, du ministere des Mines et des Releves techniques, et du ministere des Transports. Des relations etroi­ tes ant ete entretenues avec l'Institut d'oceanographie de l'Universite de la Colombie­ Britannique, Vancouver ( C.-B.), l'Institut des Grands lacs de l'Universite de Toronto, Toronto (Ont.), et l'Institut d'oceanographie de l'Universite Dalhousie, Halifax (N.-E.). L'execution d'autres programmes cooperatifs a aussi ete pour­ suivie de concert avec les gouvernements provinciaux et la Commission interna­ tionale de la peche du saumon du Pacifique, New-Westminster (C.-B.). Le Conseil national de recherches a de nouveau dispense son aide en administrant de fac;on eminemment satisfaisante les bourses post-universitaires commanditees par !'Office des recherches sm· les pecheries du Canada. Les investigations poursuivies pour un certain nombre de commissions inter­ nationales sur la peche et sur les mammifores marins, commissions dont le Canada fait partie et qui ne disposent pas de leur propre personnel scientifique, representent une proportion considerable des entreprises de l'Office en matiere de biologie et d'oceanographie. Les Commissions en cause sont: la Commission internationale des peches du nord-ouest de l'Atlantique, la Commission de la recherche sur les peches des Grands lacs, la Commission intemationale de la chasse a la baleine, la Commission du phoque a fourrure du Pacifique, et la Commission internationale des peches du Pacifique nord. De nouvelles installations ont ete ajoutees durant l'annee, mais i1 faut en remplacer d'autres OU en acquerir de nouvelles, dont quelques-unes a breve eche­ ance. Le nouveau navire de rcherches G. B. Reid (de 177 pieds) a ete lance en juin pour servir sur la cote du Pacifique. Les plans d'un autre navire de recher­ ches, le E. E. Prince qui doit servir sur l'ocean Atlantique, ant ete avances consi­ derablement durant l'annee. La construction d'un chaland portatif destine a servir de base mobile pour les employes affectes a la recherche a ete commencee au mois de fevrier et l'on prevoit pouvoir s'en servir le long de la cote de la Colombie-Britannique au debut de mai 1963. Le nouvel edifice de services tech­ niques a ete complete et equipe a Nana'imo (C.-B.), et un barrage a saumon, des compartiments de retenue et des auges pour l'embryonnage des reufs ont ete completes sur la riviere Glendale (C.-B.). Quatre stations de biologie, dont deux comportent des groupes oceanogra­ phiques, une unite arctique et deux laboratoires technologiques, dont dependent les diverses unites, assurent !'execution des vastes travaux de recherche de !'Office.

ENQUETES BIOLOGIQUES ET OCEANOGRAPHIQUES Les principales stations de recherche biologique de !'Office sont situees a Nana'imo (C.-B.), London (Ont.), St. Andrews (N.-B.) et Saint-Jean (T.-N.). L'Unite arctique de !'Office a son siege a Montreal (Quebec). Des groupes oceano­ graphiques associes relevent des stations de N ana'imo et de St Andrews. Pour Introduction 21 assurer le fonctionnement efficace des operations, l'Office entretient un personnel d'unites sur plaoe et d'observateurs portuaires aux endroits strategiques.

PECHES DE L'ATLANTIQUE-REGION DE TERRE-NEUVE Le total des apports de poissons de fond a ete de 14 p. 100 superieur a celui de 1961. Ces apports comprenaient 79 p. 100 de morue, 8 p. 100 d'aiglefin, 6 p. 100 de chevre, 5 p. 100 de plie, 1 p. 100 de plie grise et 1 p. 100 de fletan, d'anarrhique loup et de colin. Les apports de morue ,et de plie ont ete de 15 p. 100 superieurs a ceux de 1961. Toujours par rapport a 1961, les apports de chevre accusent une hausse de 40 p. 100 et les apports d'aiglefin une baisse de 5 p. 100. Les captures de morue auraient ete superieures si l'encornet, qui n'est apparu qu'en petit nombre, avait ete disponible comme boette. La peche de la morue, dans les eaux cotieres de Terre-Neuve et du Labrador, a ete l'objet d'une attention accrue. Les echantillons de morue, provenant d'une importante peche aux trappes, revelent que le poisson capture est age de quatre a sept ans dans la proportion de 80 a 95 p. 100; les morues d'age plus avance et de taille superieure deviennent progressivement plus communes dans les captures faites au cordeau et a la palangre. L'etude visant la petite morue cotiere, sur le littoral est de Terre-Neuve, indique que la classe annuelle de 1959 est abondante dans la premiere annee de sa vie et que cette classe annuelle donne aussi des signes d'abondanoe dans les prises de commerce. Il serait peut-etre possible de multiplier ces etudes pour faire des predictions utiles. Les travaux deja poursuivis indiquent que la classe annuelle de morues de 1962 est aussi une classe forte. La moyenne de taille de la morue capturee dans les eaux cotieres du Labrador a augmente depuis 1949, car aucune nouvelle classe annuelle importante n'est entree dans cette peche depuis celle de 1953. D'autre part, les etudes poursuivies sur le bane de l'anse Hamilton revelent une baisse considerable dans le nombre, l'age et la taille de la morue; cette situation pourrait etre le resultat de la grande peche d'hiver et de printemps1 en eau profonde, faite pour la morue dans ce secteur depuis quelques annees par les pecheurs europeens. Environ 10,000 morues ont ete etiquetees, smtout dans le dessein d'etudier les rapports qui existent entre les poissons cotiers et hauturiers. La peche de l'aiglefin sur le Grand bane est a l'heure actuelle presque en­ tierement fondee sur les classes annuelles1 de 1955 et de 1956, la premiere etant environ quatre fois plus abondante que la seconde. Aucune autre bonne classe annuelle n'est en perspective, et l'on prevoit que la peche sera a la baisse au cours des quelques prochaines annees" Vu le manque de jeunes poissons, la taille de l'aiglefin capture a augmente. Les etudes sur la chevre, et une etude poursuivie par le A.T. Cameron sur les populations de chevre entre 100 et 400 brasses dans tout le secteur canadien ont maintenant ete completees. La prise moyenne de plie du Canada, par heure de peche, des chalutiers de Terre-Neuve operant dans les trois grands secteurs de peche commerciale du Grand bane a ete de 1500 a 1800 livres. La taille de la plie debarquee par ces chalutiers a tres peu diminue de 1954 a 1961. 22 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

Les recherches sur le homard, dans la baie de Port-au-Port, et sur le saumon atlantique, dans la rivfore Little-Codroy, se sont continuees. Environ 2.5 millions d'reufs de saumon rose, de la riviere Glendale (C.-B.), ont ete deverses dans la riviere North-Harbour, baie St. Mary, du 22 novembre au 3 decembre. La pre· miere eclosion de ces reufs s'est produite vers le milieu de fevrier 1963 et au 22 mars l'eclosion avait atteint 93 p. 100.

PECHES DE L'ATLANTIQUE-REGION DU SUD La recherche biologique poursuivie a St. Andrews (N.-B.) sert de base a la comprehension et a !'application. On etudie la chute du naissain pour evaluer et predire la survivance. On cherche une methode de culture des petoncles qui vien­ nent de naitre comme moyen d'aider a la prediction et a la comprehension des fluctuations des stocks. Les larves de homard sont etudiees pour explorer les rap­ ports entre les geniteurs, les larves a divers stades, et le recrutement. Les migrations de la morue et de la plie sont etudiees afin de definir les stocks et d'en estimer les caracteres de discontinuite. Le saumon a ete etiquete et marque pour etudier les migrations et evaluer les contributions faites a diverses peches par la Miramichi. L'e:ffet de la predation par des canards ichtyophages sur de jeunes saumons sur le nombre de sujets adultes qui remontent les rivieres est l'objet d'un examen critique. La valeur de l'amenagement des cours d'eau pour augmenter leur productivite biogenique par rapport a la truite est mise a l'epreuve. Dans les travaux sur la pollution, on envisage aussi bien les niveaux mortels de divers poisons que les concentrations d'ions metalliques lourds inferieurs a ce niveau qui epargnent le poisson. Le retablissement consecutif aux epidemies chez les populations d'huitres et de hareng est soigneusement suivi. Une population de hareng dans le golfe St-Laurent, estimee d'apres l'importanoe du frai, s'est revelee sous-utilisee. Les etudes mathCmatiques des populations de poisson et de la peche, ainsi que les investigations oceanographiques, dans les eaux frequentees par les pois· sons de mer, servent de cadre et de base a d'autres, investigations. Ces dernieres comprennent le rapport entre les prises et la distribution, les e:ffets de la consom· mation de nourriture sur la croissance du poisson, et les etudes sur la puisisance de peche, aussi bien que les investigations sur les temperatures et les courants en surface et en profondeur, la geologie sous-marine et la geochimie, et, enfin, la biologie des organismes de fond. Les etudes oceanographiques sont pour la plupart poursuivies par le Groupe oceanographique de l'Atlantique a Dartmouth (N.-E.), qui releve de la Station de biologie de St. Andrews. Outre ce qui precede, plusieurs etudes visent particulierement a ameliorer !'utilisation des ressources de la peche. Des etudes sur les elements qui commandent l'incidence du poison paralytique des coquillages ont ete poursuivies. Une meilleure comprehension de ce probleme pourrait permettre l'utilisation maximum des stocks de coquillages sans danger pour la sante publique. Un rateau hydraulique a clams, economique et efficace, qui n'entraine aucun danger pour le stock, a ete mis au point et essaye. Des predictions sur l'importance des stocks de morue et d'aiglefin sont disponibles a titre d'indication aux pecheurs. Les migrations diurnes des poissons de fond sont a l'etude dans le dessein de fournir une base Introduction 23 pour ameliorer !'exploitation. La croissance de la truite mouchet¢e et de la truite arc-en-ciel dans des conditions controlees est en voie de comparaison. Le personnel de la Station de St. Andrews consacre un temps considerable a suivre et a expliquer le cours des peches importantes. Ce travail comporte tres souvent le rassemblement et l'interpretation de donnees statistiques sur la prise. Les travaux des biologistes completent les donnees obtenues par le ministere des Pecheries du Canada et le Bureau federal de la statistique; ces renseignements servent a acquitter une partie de !'obligation nationale du Canada envers la Commission internationale des peches du nord-ouest de l'Atlantique. Dans le cas du homard, l'etude des donnees statistiques commerciales est completee par l'etiquetage et le marquage, dont l'objet est d'examiner la valeur de la reglemen­ tation visant la taille. Une augmentation des apports de petoncles est resultee d'un accroissement de !'effort de peche, bien que la capture quotidienne ait decline de 70 p. 100 de 1960 a 1962. Des palangres flottantes ont augmente l'efficacite de la peche de l'espadon et la duree de la campagne de peche. Sauf dans ·le secteur de la baie de Funcj.y, les prises de saumon se sont elevees suivant la tendance generale dans le bassin du nord de 1' Atlantique. Des donnees sur la prise commerciale des poissons de fond et du hareng ont ete rassembtees et rattachees a l'effort de peche. La valeur de la peche des poissons de fond s'est accrue en faisant porter cette operation sur un plus grand nombre d'especes, et on prevoit que la tendance a la diversification se continuera.

PECHES DU P ACIFIQUE L'acquisition du N.G.C. G. B. Reed, en decembre 1962, a etendu le champ d'operations de la Station de Nanaimo, de maniere a embrasser toute l'etendue du golfe de !'Alaska. Les premieres croisieres de ce navire, en janvier et en fevrier 1963, ont ete faites en vue d.e decouvrir la distribution du saumon au milieu de l'hiver, particulierement celle du saumon rose, a l'ouest et au sud de la Colombie~ Britannique. La recherche sur la distribution des stocks de saumon en haute mer a ete commencee en 1955, afin d'accomplir la part du Canada clans !'execution du programme conjoint congu par la Commission internationale des peches du Pacifique norcl pour repondre aux questions relatives a l'entremelement des saumons asiatiques et nord-americains dans le nord du Pacifique. En 1962, quatre vaisseaux, affretes du debut d'avril a la fin de juillet, ont fait sept croisieres dans une region s'etenclant du littoral est du golfe de !'Alaska jusqu'au 160° degre de longitude ouest et du 45° au 57° degre de latitude nord. Ces vaisseaux ont peche avec des palangres de surface sous la surveillance d'experts japonais. Les prises totales ont ete respectivement de 6,795 sockeyes, 3,007 saumons-chiens, 8,911 saumons roses, 457 saumons coho, 29 saumons quinnat et 258 truites steelhead. La plupart de ces poissons ont ete etiquetes et 7. 7 p. 100 des etiquettes ont ete recouvrees, principalement dans les peches cotieres. Le sockeye etiquete a ete repris de la baie Bristol au Fraser; le saumon-chien, de la mer du J apon et du golfe Anadyr a la Colombie-Britannique; le saumon rose, clans tous les principaux secteurs co tiers du golfe de l'Alaska, et le saumon coho, du golfe Anadyr a la 24 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 Colombie-Britannique; le saumon rose, dans tous les principaux secteurs cotiers du golfe de !'Alaska, et le saumon coho, du golfe de !'Alaska au detroit de Puget. La Station de NanaYmo collabore au travail du bureau regional du Pacifique du ministere des Pecheries dans !'execution d'un vaste programme de recherche visant a favoriser la gestion du deuxieme en importance des secteurs de production du saumon de la Colombie-Britannique, la riviere Skeena. I1 etait prevu que )a remonte de sockeye de 1962 compterait d'un a trois millions de poissons; en reaiite, la remonte n'a compte qu'un million quatre-vingt-dix-sept mille saumons, ce qui, bien que pres de la moyenne, n'etait guere mieux que le minimum prevu; la faiblesse de ce resultat est attribuee au manque de poissons de cinq ans. La remonte de saumons roses, qui comptait environ 1,700,000 poissons, s'est revelee excellente eu egard au faible frai de 300,000 sujets en 1960. Des progres impor­ tants ont ete realises dans la comprehension de la productivite individuelle de divers stocks de sockeye du lac Babine, principal lac de production dans le reseau de la Skeena. Des agences canadiennes et americaines ont prepare une etude des renseigne­ ments disponibles sur les deplacements du saumon dans le voisinage de la frontiere entre le nord de la Colombie-Britannique et le sud-est de I'Alaska. On y trouve que, depuis un certain nombre d'annees, un grand nombre de saumons roses et de sau­ mons sockeye, a destination de la Colombie-Britannique, sont interceptes par des pecheurs des Etats-Unis. Un nombre moins considerable de saumons a destination de !'Alaska sont captures par des pecheurs canadiens au cours de certaines annees. L'evenement marquant de la campagne de peche du saumon en 1962 a ete la prise sans precedent de 93,590,000 livres de saumon rose. Plus de 80 p. 100 des poissons qui composaient cette prise venaient du littoral central de la Colombie­ Britannique ou le secteur de Bella-Coola a produit a lui seul 46,500,000 livres de saumon. La prise de sockeye a ete inferieure a la moyenne, surtout a cause de la faiblesse de la remonte de la riviere Adams au Fraser. Des etudes poussees du jeune saumon rose et du jeune saumon-chien dans le milieu cotier ont ete faites en 1961 et en 1962 sur le littoral central de la Colombie­ Britannique, principalement a l'egard du stock de saumon rose de Bella-Coola. Ces etudes renseignent sur la croissance, la mortalite, la distribution et la methode de dispersion des saumoneaux. Les travaux visant a determiner la somme d'energie requise de la part du poisson pour nager a une vitesse moyenne de migration ont ete completes. II ressort de cette etude que le sockeye migrateur adulte, normal, en migration de frai, utilise ses forces a un degre voisin de la capacite quotidienne maximum, ce qui ne laisse que fort peu de marge pour repondre aux changements defavorables du milieu. Les etudes sur la pollution, continuees en 1962, ont fourni un recensement precieux des secteurs effectivement nuisibles ou susceptibles de nuire aux stocks de poissons. La recherche sur !'identification et !'amelioration possible des fractions toxiques d'un effluent d'usine a papier d'emballage fort, fournit des renseignements utiles au bureau du directeur regional. Les investigations sur les poissons de fond continuent de fournir les donnees necessaires a la gestion de la morue, de la morue-lingue, de la limande-sole, de la Introduction 25 barbue, de la sole de roche et autres especes. La compilation d'un inventaire des poissons de fond a progresse de fagon sensible grace a la preparation de donnees statistiques sur les prises dans l'est du Pacifique nord, avec la collaboration d'agen­ ces des Etats-Unis. Les pecheurs americains capturent des quantites importantes de poissons de fond au large du littoral de la Colombie-Britannique. Bien que la prise de crabe des lles de la Reine-Charlotte ait ete faible en 1962, le rendement par unite d'effort a ete eleve. Une prediction sur !'importance accrue du stock disponible, fondee sur le rapport entre la prise et la temperature de l'eau de mer, indique qu'il serait peut-etre possible de prevoir l'abondance du crabe. La toxicite des coquillages est restee faible durant 1962, et plusieurs floraisons d'eaux rouges non toxiques ont ete etudiees. Le travail visant a determiner la tole­ rance des huitres a la pollution en provenance des usines de pate a papier a ete etendu. Les operations baleinieres, a la Station de Coal-Harbour, ont ete continuees en 1962. Environ 80 p. 100 des baleines capturees ont ete examinees en rapport avec des etudes sur !'age, la reproduction et l'alimentation. La Campagne de 1962 s'est caracterisee par une abondance unique de rorquals de Rudolph et de femelles de cachalots, ainsi que par une rarete aussi remarquable de rorquals communs et de cachalots males, qui constituent ordinairement le gros de la prise. Les etudes sur la productivite primaire ont revele que la concentration de phytoplancton dans les grandes etendues de l'ocean Pacifique nord depend presque entierement de la consommation qu'en fait le zooplancton en depit de niveaux nutritifs relativement eleves et qu'il se produit une surconsommation. Le phyto­ plancton represente le premier element de la chaine alimentaire qui aboutit aux organismes pechables. Le Groupe oceanographique du Pacifique releve de la Station de biologie de l'Office des recherches sur les pecheries du Canada a Nanai:mo. Ce Groupe poursuit des recherches et coordonne toutes les ressources possibles afin de repondre aux besoins des peches nationales et aux exigences militaires de la region du Pacifique (lans le domaine oceanographique. Le modele de comportement de croissance et de declin du thermocline sai­ sonnier dans !'ocean Pacifique, sous-arctique, recemment termine, represente l'aboutissement de cinq annees de recherches sur le rechauffement et le refroi­ dissement, ainsi que sur les processus de convexion et de melange eolien. II permet !'appreciation et la prediction de la structure de la temperature dans la zone saisonniere ( 0-100 metres de profondeur). Grace a ce mode le, un service d'infonnation oecanographique semblable par sa conception et son fonctionnement au service meteorologique, a ete cree. Ce service oceanographique est loge avec la Direction des services meteorologiques de la Marine. Les pronostiqueurs colla·· tionnent et interpretent les donnees qui leur arrivent selon le modele thennoclyne et fournissent des evaluations et des pronostics a intervalles reguliers et rapproches. Les etudes sur les voies maritimes interieures sont sur le point de porter fruit. Grace a la maquette hydraulique de la region d'Hecate, les renseignements accumules depuis 1937 sont en voie d'evaluation. L'oceanographie de l'entree de Dixon a ete resolue, et une publication paraitra prochainement a cet egard. II 26 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

s'agit d'un systeme d'estuaire complexe ou les structures et les domaines oceano­ graphiques sont principalement determines par le mecanisme des marees.

PECHES DE L'INTERIEUR La seconde annee de l'etude sur les populations au lac Heming revele que les etiquettes de couleur rendent les petits poissons plus vulnerables a la predation que les etiquettes transparentes, bien qu'aucune difference appreciable n'ait ete remarquee dans le cas des poissons les plus gros. L'etude poursuivie au Grand lac des Esclaves quant a l'effet d'une peche de commerce sur une population inexploitee de poisson a ete continuee; !'analyse des renseignements accumules a revele recemment que le poisson marchand, pris individuellement, n'est guere nomade et que, comparativement a la prise de commerce, seules des quantites negligeables de poisson sont prises a la ligne ou au filet pour la consommation sur les lieux. La moyenne de taille, la prise par filet, et la quantite d'engins de peche utilises, revelent que la prise canadienne de truite grise au lac Superieur, en 1962, a ete sensiblement superieure a celle de 1961. Cette amelioration est attribuee a une reduction de la predation par la lamproie marine. L'Office a encore une fois rempli les fonctions d'agent canadien de la Com­ mission sur les peches des Grands lacs, et a poursuivi des etudes visant a repri­ mer la lamproie marine. Le programme de la Commission pour 1962 comportait !'application de lampricide a treize cours d'eau du lac Superieur et l'etude d'un total de 285 tributaires des lacs Superieur, Huron et Simcoe. Les remontes de lamproie marine ont paru beaucoup moins abondantes qu'en toute autre annee recente. Cette diminution d'abondance est attribuee aux efforts faits dernierement pour reprimer l'espece.

PECHES DES REGIONS ARCTIQUES Une etude de biologie aquatique, portant principablement sur les poissons, la limnologie et l'oceanographie biologique, a ete poursuivie dans les iles cana­ diennes des regions arctiques. Une base de coordination a ete etablie a la baie Cambridge, ile Victoria. Partant d'un depot d'approvisionnements installe a Resolute (ile Cornwallis) en 1961, des camps fixes ont ete etablis a Eureka (Ile Ellers­ mere), a la baie Carswell (cote est de l'ile Somerset) et a la baie Castell (lle Banks du no rd) . Le personnel affecte a ces camps a visite divers points des Hes. De precieuses collections de poissons, de faune de fond, de plancton, et autres donnees oceanographiques ont ete rassemblees. Les travaux accomplis foumissent pour la premiere fois une base solide a !'evaluation de la distribution des especes dans les regions arctiques. Des etudes ayant trait a une peche commerciale de truite grise et d' omble en voie d'expansion ont ete poursuivies a la baie Wellington et au lac Ferguson, ile Victoria. Le lac Keller, dans le district de Mackenzie, a ete l'objet d'un pro­ gramme intense visant a etudier les effets de la peche de commerce sur les stocks de petits lacs clans les territoires du Nord-ouest. Les peches d'exploration pour­ suivies sur le littoral arctique ouest continuent d'indiquer que le hareng de mer reste le poisson le plus abondant. Introduction 27

L'etude sur les phoques du Groenland confirme un declin des stocks cause par la surexploitation. Le marquage de phoques gris a ete fait pour etudier leurs deplacements saisonniers. Des renseignements sur la distribution et l'abondance saisonniere des baleines au large de la cote atlantique sont en voie d'etre com­ piles. La baleine blanche a ete etudiee en rapport avec une nouvelle peche au filet dans la baie d'Hudson. Des etudes sur le plancton et la faune de fond ont ete faites en rapport avec les programmes oceanographiques du ministere des Mines et des Releves techniques.

BNQUETES TECHNOLOGIQUES Sur la cote de l'Atlantique, le programme integre de recherche technologique de !'Office est mis en reuvre a deS' laboratoires situes a Halifax (N.-E.), Grande­ Riviere (Quebec) et Saint-Jean (T.-N.). Les enquetes technologiques sur les poissons d'eau douce se font a London (Ont.). Des etudes correspondantes ayant trait aux peches de la cote du Pacifique se poursuivent au laboratoire de re­ cherches de l'Office a Vancouver (C.-B.).

COTE DE L'ATLANTIQUE Les etudes sur !'utilisation de la morue cotiere de Terre-Neuve ont defini les effets de la conservation du poisson a l'etat vivant, du traitement au polyphosphate, de la temperature de l'eau, de la taille du poisson, de la decongelation a l'eau, de la decongelation dielectrique et au moyen de micro-ondes ainsi que de la re­ congela:tion sur la qualite a l'etat congele et la conservation en magasin du pro­ duit congele. Les principales hormones du saumon at/antique ont ete identifiees et des etudes ont ete entreprises en vue de provoquer artificiellement le frai de femelles adultes vides avec des hormones pures. On a note une extreme variabilite dans la fertilite du sperme provenant de males en fin de saison, et des progres ont ete accomplis en vue de definir les conditions qui influent sur l'entreposage du sperme a basse temperature. Ces travaux s'integrent dans une etude en vue de com­ prendre et d'apprendre la maniere de regler la reproduction et autres processus dependant des hormones en vue d'accroitre la ressource. La gaffkyaemie, qui est une maladie du homard, entra1ne de lourdes pertes de homard dans les viviers et durant la vente. Cette maladie empeche la coagula­ tion normale du sang et un certain progres a ete accompli dans la comprehension du mecanisme de la coagulation. Le traitement visant a prevenir la maladie est fonde sur la supposition que son point de depart est dans les viviers a homards. Cependant, on sait maintenant que beaucoup de homards portent l'organisme de Gaffkya dans leur milieu nature!. L'importance de cette observation est a l'etude, et les travaux en cours visent a determiner la possibilite d'immuniser le homard contre la maladie. Maintenant que la deterioration bacterienne des poissons de fond maigres comme la morue, a ete diminuee, la deterioration non bacterienne revet une im­ portance commerciale croissante. Les etudes poursuivies a Halifax gravitent autour de la rancidite catalysee au metal et une excellente correlation entre l'eva- 28 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 luation organoleptique et chimique du probleme a ete trouvee. L'effet de plusieurs substances normalement presentes clans le muscle du poisson a ete apprecie quant a la faculte que CeS substances peuvent avoir pour retarder OU provoquer la ran­ cidite. Des etudes sur la deterioration non bacterienne du poisson frais comple­ tent celles qui se poursuivent sur le poisson sale a Grande-Riviere. Cette modifi­ cation du programme s'accorde avec la nature changeante de l'industrie de la peche sur la cote de Gaspe, et les resultats auront une valeur particuliere pour !'evaluation des changements de qualite entraines par les temperatures elevees de l'eau et la forte consommation de nourriture, details qui peuvent etre particu­ lierement importants clans la peche au filet maillant et aux trappes. Des enzymes qui fractionnent la proteine ont ete isoles du muscle de la morue, et certaines de leurs caracteristiques ont ete determinees. La distribution des graisses clans les filets de morue a ete etudiee clans le dessein d'approfondir !'action d'enzymes naturels qui fractionnent la graisse sur ces substances. Les etudes sur le poisson sale portent sur !'evaluation des modifications chimiques qui se produisent clans le poisson legerement sale et dans le poisson tres sale afin d'aider au controle scientifique des deux procedes. La pasteurisation des petoncles et de l' aiglefin avec une source de cobalt radioactif a do1111e des produits dont la duree de conservation en magasin est excellente lorsqu'ils sont entreposes en glace, et ces produits n'accusent ni odeurs ni saveurs indesirables a la suite du traitement. La recente tournure des evene­ ments indique qu'avant longtemps les aliments pasteurises seront autorises aux fins de consommation generale. Depuis quelques mois, l'interet porte aux concentres de proteines de poisson s'est rapideinent accru. Des concentres tires de plusieurs substances brutes au laboratoire d'Halifax ont ete evalues du point de vue nutritif et plusieurs sont en voie d'etre etudies par des fabricants de produits alimentaires et des formulateurs de specialites alimentaires. Les huiles marines sont une source riche d'acides gras uniques qu'on sait pouvoir soulager certains etats se rattachant a l'arteriosclerose. La chromatographie au gaz a ete employee pour determiner la distribution d'acides gras dans plusieurs huiles marines, et il a ete 1etabli que la distribution de ces acides chimiques forme un groupement extremement interessant. La signification de cette observation est a I' etude. La recherche vis ant a une meilleure utilisation des huiles marines a ete concentree sur les huiles de capelan, de baleine et de morue. Les types de proteines renfermees clans le muscle, le sang et les fluides de l'reil permettent maintenant de reconnaitre plusieurs especes de poisson, mais, jusqu'a present, ii n'est pas encore possible de distinguer les populations indivi· duelles de poissons pelagiques et de poissons de fond. Les tissus de plusieurs especes marines d'importance commerciale peuvent maintenant etre conserves vivants et croissants dans des solutions nutritives. La guerison des blessures chez le poisson et la maladie de Malpeque des hu'itres sont maintenant etudiees au moyen de la culture de tissus. L'un des moyens d'accelerer la guerison des blessures se revele tout particulierement prometteur. Introduction 29

INTERIEUR L'Unite technologique de London a continue d'etudier les micro-organismes qui causent la deterioration du poisson d' eau douce frais, et la composition d'un certain nombre d'especes de poissons d'importance commerciale a ete determinee. En outre, un temps considerable a ete consacre a la demonstration de methodes visant a !'utilisation de grandes quantites de poissons indesirables dans le com· merce en provenance des eaux douces du Canada. On sait maintenant que ces poissons peuvent etre traites de diverses manieres et donner des produits tres savoureux et parfaitement acceptables, notamment des saucisses fumees ou non et des produits en conserve. Des enquetes poursuivies demierement ont porte sur la resolution de problemes se rattachant a la deterioration de la qualite et sur les moyens de prevenir cette deterioration chez les produits de la peche en eau douce.

COTE DU PACIFIQUE Le materiel de refrigeration pour la congelation du than par vaporisation de saumure a ete installe a bard de trois vaisseaux. Ces trois installations ont fonctionne de fa~on satisfaisante, et du than albacore, du than rouge et de la bonite congeles provenant de parages eloignes ont ete debarques a Vancouver en bon etat. L'emploi de l'eau de mer refrigeree pour le refroidissement et le transport du saumon se generalise. Ainsi, des systemes mecaniques ont ete instal· les sur trois bateaux de transport du poisson, et d'autres systemes de circulation glace-eau salee sur deux barges. Le dechargement du saumon au moyen d'un dispositif special a pression employe conjointement avec des reservoirs d'eau de mer refrigeree a bard d'un bateau de transport du poisson a ete reussi. Le succes de ce procede de dechargement, dont le champ d'application est plutot limite, a donne lieu a d'autres enquetes grace auxquelles des progres considerables ont ete accomplis dans la conception d'un systeme beaucoup plus adaptable et qui pourrait devenir d'application generale dans diverses peches. L'absorption de sel par le than congele a bord de vaisseaux utilisant le sys­ teme de vaporisation de saumure a ete etudiee et trouvee pour une grande part superficielle. Les changements de poids et diverses modifications chimiques ont ete mesures dans le cas du poisson garde en eau de mer refrigeree. Au moyen d'un appareil con~u a cette fin, le durcissement du poisson decongele a ete deter· mine dans diverses conditions d'entreposage, aussi bien dans le cas de la chair crue que dans celui de la chair cuite. On a constate que le durcissement et la generation d'acides gras libres s'accroissent avec une egale rapidite chez le poisson congele, entrepose dans l'azote ou dans l'air, tandis que, comme dans les travaux precedents, l'entreposage en azote supprimait pour ainsi dire la rancidite due a l'oxydation. Les moyens par lesquels le saumon migrateur utilise la graisse de sa chair comme source d'energie durant sa migration de frai ont ete elucides plus a fond. Les etudes portant sur les importantes hormones sexuelles de la glande pituitaire du saumon ont ete continuees. Un nombre suffisant de glandes pituitaires a ete recueilli pour permettre la separation preliminaire de !'hormone gonadotropique, et des methodes d'analyse ont ete mises au point. Un certain progres a ete realise 30 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 quant a !'identification de substances odorantes susceptibles de ramener le saumon migrateur sockeye adulte a son cours d'eau natal et de substances alimentaires qui attirent les saumoneaux. II a ete trouve pour la premiere fois que le sockeye adulte peut survivre au developpement avance des gonades et vivre pour plus d'un an apres sa periode normale de frai. La separation d'un grand nombre de proteines du muscle du saumon et d'Mmoglobines du sang a ete parfaitement reussie, et les resultats indiquent que la technique utilisee permet !'identification positive des diverses especes de salmonides. Les tentatives visant a ameliorer la saveur de certains produits de la mer en conserve ont ete continuees. Ainsi, un enzyme bacterien capable de supprimer les sucres, glucose et ribose, qui, dans une grande mesure, entra1nent un brunis­ sement indesirable des muscles du poisson, a ete etudie en detail. Des travaux d'essais preliminaires ont ete faits sur la valeur possible de !'addition de certains antibiotiques comme moyen d'abreger les methodes de mise en conserve. Divers traitements preservatifs pour le poisson ont ete etudies. On a decouvert que, bien que l'eau de mer refrigeree, circulee, pouvait facilement etre debarrassee presque entierement de bacteries vivantes en la faisant passer par une unite de lumiere ultra-violette, le traitement avait un tres mauvais effet sur la qualite du poisson. Dans le dessein d'evaluer le traitement au polyphosphate, des filets con· geles ont ete soumis a plusieurs essais et les premiers resultats indiquent que le degouttage au moment de la decongelation et la rancidite due a l'oxydation peuvent dans une certaine mesure, etre empeches par un tel traitement. Les etudes sur la valeur nutritive de la f arine de hareng de la Colombie­ Britannique ont ete poursuivies. On a constate que la farine de hareng entiet etait un produit comparativement uniforme d'une haute valeur nutritive. D'autres travaux revelent que la fraction grasse, qui compte pour environ 15 p. 100 du poids de la farine, peut etre protegee durant l'entreposage prolonge au moyen d'un traitement antioxydant, grace auquel elle conserve une valeur nutritive assez elevee pour la volaille. Un certain progres a ete realise dans l'etude des moyens par 1esquels le saumon forme de l'acide deoxyribonucleique dans sa laitance au cours du frai. On a aussi constate que les crabes avaient des acides deoxyribonucleiques uniques, et que ces acides etaient d'interet general du point de vue chimique.

Des details supplementaires sur les etudes indiquees ci-dessus et sur les autres travaux effectues aux divers etablissements de l'Office durant l'annee financiere 1962-1963, figurent dans les rapports qui suivent. La carte qui se trouve en regard de la page 112 permet de voir la situation de chacun de ces etablissements et leurs principaux champs de travaux durant l'annee a l'etude. Une liste des membres du personnel scientifique et un repertoire des publications parues en 1962 sont annexes. BIOLOGICAL STATION, ST. JOHN'S, NFLD. Coo...... 31 HADDOCK ...... -...... 36 RED FISH...... 38 AMERICAN PLAICE...... 38 GROUNDFISH STATISTICS AND SAMPLING...... 39 HYDROGRAPHY...... 39 MESH-MEASURING EXPERIMENTS...... 40 LOBSTER...... 40 ATLANTIC SALMON...... 41 PINK SALMON RESEARCH...... 41

Research on the groundfishes occupies most of the research effort of the St. John's Biological Station. In addition, research is carried out on the Atlantic salmon, the introduction of Pacific salmon, the lobster and hydrography. The Station is located in St. John's on Water Street East. Field units have been engaged in experimental studies of the Atlantic salmon of the Little Codroy River and the transplanting of pink salmon at North Harbour River, St. Mary's Bay. Shore sampling of groundfish is carried out in many places along the New· foundland and Labrador coasts. The Station is responsible for operating the research vessel A. T. Cameron for two-thirds of the year and for administrative matters relating to this ship. Other research vessels operated by the Station are the 82-foot Investigator II, the 62-foot Marinus and the 50-foot Parr. These vessels are mainly used in the groundfish investigations. The Station's investigations are usually concerned with the effects of the natural environment and of the fishery on the fish populations. They include re­ search into (a) the location of concentrations of groundfish in relation to area, depth, temperature and other factors of the environment; (b) the success of sur­ vival of young and, where posisible, prediction of future supplies of fish; ( c) the migrations, separations and interrelationships of fish stocks; and (d) the biology and population structure of the fish. The knowledge obtained through these researches is necessary so that adequate Canadian and intemational action may be taken and the fishing industry supplied with information useful for short- and long-range planning.

Con OBSERVATIONS ON THE NEWFOUNDLAND COMMERCIAL INSHORE COD FISHERY, Although cod catches by the various inshore gears fluctuated widely throughout the fishing season, the fishery generally was considered to be reasonably good with total landings above the low level of 1961. To the north, early in the season fishing operations were hampered and delayed by the presence of ice. The weather throughout the summer season was generally good but there were long stormy

31 32 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 periods in the autumn which kept fishing activities at a low level. Squid only ap­ peared inshore spasmodically and in small numbers so that there was a serious lack of bait in many areas for parts of the season. Information on catch and effort was gathered in various areas where the commercial catches were sampled. On the northeast coast of Newfoundland at St. Anthony and La Scie, fishing by all gears was1 poor throughout most of the season. In Twillingate, for short periods, catches by codtraps and by linetrawls (longlines hauled by hand from a small boat) were moderately good but by gillnets and handlines they were very poor. At Bonavista, total landings by all gears were about 50% higher than in 1961. This increase was due largely to a successful handline fishery, averaging 1200 pounds1 of cod per boat per day compared with 600 pounds in 1961. The traps did not consistently yield good results and, although the total trap landings were somewhat higher than in 1961, the average catch per haul was somewhat below the 1961 level. In the longline fishery the tendency seems to be for the catch to remain stable at the low level to which it has declined in the past few years, around 40 pounds of cod per line of gear for the deep-water fishery and 30-40 pounds for the shallow-water fishery. At St. John's ihe codtrap is the main gear used. There was a short period of successful catches averaging 4000 pounds of cod per haul in July but the fishery declined rapidly in August. The overall fishery was only moderately successful in comparison with other years. The fishery in the Burin area was poor. Codtrap catches early it1 June gave indications of a successful fishery to follow but, although catches in late June were good, there was a rapid decline to an extremely low level for the remainder of the season. Total codtrap landings in the Burin area were 1.3 million pounds com­ pared with 2 million pounds in 1961. For the linetrawl fishery the total catch was at about the same level as in 1961. Highest average daily catches per boat (800- 1000 lb) occurred in June but, similar to the codtrap results, declined afterwards and remained low for the rest of the season. AGE AND LENGTH DISTRIBUTIONS OF COD IN THE NEWFOUNDLAND INSHORE COMMERCIAL COD FISHERY. Sampling of the inshore cod fishery was carried out in the summer and autumn of 1962 at several of the larger Newfoundland fishing centres on the east and south coasts. Approximately 40,000 cod were measured, 5000 pairs of otoliths collected and supporting biological data recorded from the various inshore gears. In samples from codtraps, 80-95% of the fish were 4-7 years old (1955-1958 year-classes). Cod first appear in the trap fishery in significant numbers as 4-year-old fish and pass out of this fishery as important contributors at 8 years of age. The main age-groups supporting the handline and jigger fisheries are the 5-, 6- and 7-year-olds but 8- and 9-year-old fish sometimes remain in the fishery in fairly large numbers, also cod aged 9 years and older were somewhat better represented in the linetrawl samples than in handline and jigger samples. Biological Station, St. John's, Nfld. 33 In contrast to the shallow-water trap, handline and linetrawl fisheries which depend mostly upon young fish, the deep-water longline catches are maintained by fish of older age-groups together with cod of younger ages which have remained in deep water. The 1962 observations indicate that there has been a high survival of young fish in recent years (1952-1958) and cod hatched in 1957 were especially numer­ ous in the catches. Thus, the potential supply of cod for the inshore fishery is great enough to ensure successful fishing if environmental conditions make the fish avail~ able to the various gears. BABY coD SURVEY. The annual survey to obtain information on the inshore distribution and relative abundance of small cod of pre-commercial sizes was carried out from September 17 to October 26. Beaches were surveyed beginning in St. Mary's Bay and extending northward along the east coast to Green Bay in the western part of Notre Dame Bay using a small Danish seine with the codend lined with fine-meshed nylon. The survey consisted of 150 sets. In the majority of sets in which young cod were taken, cod of the year (zerb cod) were dominant. Only in the southern areas, Trepassey and St. Mary's Bays, where catches were small, were the numbers of zero cod less than 50% of the total cod catch. To the north of these areas, from the southern shore of the Avalon Peninsula to Notre Dame Bay the zero cod were more numerous than the other groups ( 1- and 2-year-old cod.) caught, ranging from 55 to 97% of the catch in the various regions. In the total cod catch for all areas in 1962, zero cod made up over·80% by number. Only in 1959, when they made up 88% of the total catch by number, were the zero cod as plentiful. The survival ofthe 1959 year-class was quite good as was later demonstrated by the entrance in abundance of this year-class in the com­ mercial fishery. It seems quite probable, therefore, that the 1962 year-class is a strong one as well. The relative scarcity of 1-year-old fish in 1962 supports the assumption, which was made following the 1961 survey, that the 1961 year-class probably did not survive well. LABRADOR AND OFFSHORE COD. Sampling of the inshore Labrador commercial cod fishery was resumed during July and August of 1962 and extended to settle· ments on the Labrador side of the Strait of Belle Isle. Approximately 7000 cod were measured and 2000 pairs of otoliths collected between Anse au Loup and Nachvak Fjord. These included collections from the commercial-trap fishery in the Strait of Belle Isle and southern Labrador (ICNAF Divisions 4R and 2J), from the jigger fishery in Division 2H and by jigger in Division 20 where then: is no commercial fishery at present. Additional collections, involving some 3900 length measurements and 360 pairs of otoliths, were made at 3 inshore localities in con­ junction with tagging experiments. A comparison of the length distributions from the commercial inshore fishery in Divisions 2H and 2J in 1959, 1960 and 1962 shows that the average size of fish taken has increased since 1959. The fishery in these years has been based mainly on fish hatched in the years 1946-1953, and growth of these year-classes has caused 70738-0-3 34 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 the upward trend in average lengths. There has been no significant contribution to the Labrador inshore fishery by new year-classes since that of 1953. Age and length distributions from the commercial fishery on the Labrador side of the Strait of Belle Isle present quite a different picture from 1hat existing in the remainder of Labrador. This fishery, when sampled in July 1962, was based almost entirely on small fish of ages 4-7, the 1957 year-class (age 5) alone accounting for 40% of the catch. A large proportion of the fish taken were less than 50 cm (20 inches) in length whereas in the more northerly part of the area almost all the commercial catch consisted of fish greater than 50 cm in length. Vertebral counts in earlier years have shown that these fish are related to the Gulf of St. Lawrence cod population rather than to the cod population to the north along the Labrador coast. Investigations of cod distribution and abundance were carried out on a number of cruises of the A. T. Cameron, using a No. 41 otter-trawl with the codend either lined or covered with small-meshed netting. These surveys covered various par1ts of Hamilton Inlet Bank, the Northeast Newfoundland Shelf, the coastal shelf off the Newfoundland west coast, the southern Grand Bank and St. Pierre Bank. Detailed examinations of cod samples, including otolith collections, were made on most cruises. A number of survey sets on Hamilton Inlet Bank in mid August failed to reveal the presence of any large cod concentrations, but fairly consistent catches of approximately 1000 pounds per hour were taken in depths of 120-140 fathoms at bottom temperatures mainly between 2.0 and 3.0°C (35.6-37.4°P). Superficial examination of stomach contents indicated that cod were feeding pelagically on amphipods and ctenophores. The age and length distributions of these fish were found to be unlike those seen in 1960. In 1960 the fish taken were relatively old and large in comparison with those taken in 1962, the 1962 catches consisting almost entirely of small fish of ages 3-6. In this respect the fish taken offshore in 1962 seemed to be quite a distinct group from those available to the inshore fishery at the same time. The younger ages found in quantity offshore were apparently not available to the inshore fishery and, conversely, the older age groups which were most abundant inshore were scarce on Hamilton Inlet Bank. The reduction in age and size of the cod on Hamilton Inlet Bank may be due to the great European winter and spring deep-water cod fishery which has developed in this area in recent years. Cod catches from 6 sets in depths of 75~129 fathoms on the coastal part of the Northeast Newfoundland Shelf in mid August were in each case less than 700 pounds per 30-minute tow. One set off Belle Isle in 98 fathoms at 0.1°C (32.2 °P) produced a catch of 1850 pounds in 30 minutes. Approximately 50% of the fish taken in this area were of ages 5-7. The 1957 year-class (age 5) was most promi­ nent, as it was also in the otter-trawl catches from Division 2J. A partial survey, in connection with cod-tagging experiments, was carried out off the west coast of Newfoundland during the latter half of January 1962. Along the northern part of the coast best catches were obtained in 75 fathoms at 1.3 °C (34.3 °P). However, on the basis of tagging sets in 60 fathoms, greatest Biological Station, St. John's, Nfid. 35

Sorting the catch on board the research vessel A. T. Cameron.

Completing a surface plankton haul in Labrador coastal waters. 70738-0-3~ 36 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 concentrations of cod were along the southern part of the coast (up to 3000 pounds jn a 15-minute tow). Goundfish survey cruises to the southern Grand Bank were made in Feb· ruary, May and October. Cod catches were generally very small, averaging less than 300 pounds per 30-minute tow. Only 3 catches in excess of 1000 pounds were obtained, 1 in February at 145 fathoms and 2 in May at 80 and 125 fathoms, although several catches of 500-700 pounds per 30-minute tow were obtained south of the Virgin Rocks in May. The catches in February and May were heavily dominated (more than 50% in each case) by fish of ages 3 and 4 ( 1959 and 1958 year-class·es), These will reach commercial size in 1964 and 1963, respectively. Fish of the 1955 year-class (age 7) were most plentiful among the commercial-sized fish, as was also the case in 1960 and 1961. Cod older than age 10 are generally scarce in this area. Temperature conditions on the southern and southwestern slopes were extremely variable; highest bottom temperatures occurred in February. Cod were very scarce in 13 sets in depths of 21-150 fathoms on St. Pierre Bank in May. Only 306 cod were taken in the thirteen 30-minute tows, the average weight of catch being 65 pounds per tow. It is apparent from age and length distributions of cod from surveys in 1958-1962 that the summer cod population in this area at present consists chiefly of small numbers of juvenile fish. Catches are composed mainly of fish less than 6 years of age. It is thought that the older and larger cod of this area move inshore in summer, and by winter retire to deep water near the north cape of St. Pierre Bank and in the channels. On a cruise to the Halibut Channel (Western Gully) in January 1963, the A. T. Cameron located good catches ( 1600-2000 pounds per 30-minute tow) in 65-85 fathoms at bottom temperatures of 0.6-3.0°C (33.1-37.4°F). Age reading of some 21,000 pairs of otoliths collected from the Grand Bank and St. Pierre Bank between 1946 and 1962 has been completed, and the data transferred to cards for IBM processing. Con TAGGING. Cod tagging was resumed again, after a 7-year interval, mainly to study the interrelationships of the inshore and offshore cod populations. About 10,000 cod were tagged along the west coast of Newfoundland, Cape Whittle Bank on the north shore of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, inshore Labrador and Hamilton Inlet Bank, Centre Bank in the Strait of Belle Isle, near St. Anthony, Bonavista and Baccalieu Island.

HADDOCK HADDOCK SURVEYS. Otter-trawling surveys over the southern half of the Grank Bank were carried out in February and May. During the February cruise the best catches were obtained in depths between 125 and 160 fathoms on the southern part of the southwest slope. Three catches of 2040-3300 pounds per 30-minute tow were obtained; the bottom temperature ranged between 4 and 5°C (39-41 °F). In contrast with the hydrographic conditions of March 1961, when most of the stations shallower than 65 fathoms had bottom temperatures less than 1°C (34°F), in February 1962 bottom temperatures of 8-10°C (46-50°F) Biological Station, St. John's, Nfld. 37 were prevalent at the 65- and 80-fathom stations and generally over 5 °C ( 41 °F) as shallow as 45 fathoms. The regular spring survey in May resulted in poor catches of haddock throughout the entire area. The best catch of 860 pounds was obtained on the northern part of the southwestern slope in 50 fathoms at 3.7°C (38.7°F). Near the central part of the slope in 80 fathoms at 3.9°C (39.0°F) a catch of 640 pounds consisted mainly of small haddock averaging 19 cm (7.5 inches) in length. As­ sociated with this was a large catch of cod which were found to be preying on the small haddock. An abbreviated survey of St. Pierre Bank in May produced very low haddock catches. At 2 stations near the southern slope of this bank in 80 and 100 fathoms, catches of 260 and 430 pounds consisted largely of baby haddock averaging 21 cm (8.3 inches) in length. The bottom temperatures were 4.3 and 6.7°C (39.7-44.1°F). It is too soon to predict whether or not these small haddock are sufficiently abundant to sustain a fishery in the future. LENGTH AND AGE COMPOSITION OF THE GRAND BANK HADDOCK STOCK. From the catch-length frequencies and age determination of otolith samples obtained during the survey in February 1962, the most abundant group present was the 1955 year-class (mode at 38-39 cm, 15 inches) which accounted for about 60% of the research vessel catches. A small group with a mode at 32-33 cm (13 inches) belongs to the 1959 year-class, but it will probably not be of much im­ portance in sustaining the fishery. The year-class picture was not very different from that of the spring of 1961 when over 80% of the catches by number con­ sisted of haddock of the 1955 and 1956 year-classes, the former being about 4 times as abundant as the latter. From the length and age composition of the commercial haddock landings by Newfoundland trawlers, the fishery is at present almost entirely dependent on the 1955 and 1956 year-classes and a declining fishery is to be expected over the next few years. FECUNDITY OF GRAND BANK HADDOCK. Fecundity estimates obtained from 229 ovaries of female haddock collected in the springs of 1957-1961 reveal that the rate of increase in fecundity with length is considerably greater than that previ­ ously reported for North Sea haddock. For fish of the same length there is evidence of considerable variation in fecundity. Also, the larger fish of a year-class have more eggs than the smaller ones. There is evidence that considerable variation in fecundity may occur from year to year, as indicated by the low fecundity of haddock in 1959 and the higher­ than-average fecundity in 1960. Evidence from the work of earlier investigators indicates that about 2 years elapses between the initial formation of eggs and subsequent spawning and that fecundity may be determined at the early period of egg formation. If this is true for haddock, then the unusually low temperature con­ ditions during the spring of 1957 and the higher than normal temperatures in 1958 probably had the effect of determining indirectly the fecundity in 1959 and 1960, respectively, the food supply being the direct determining factor. 38 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

RED FISH

REDFISH SURVEY CRUISES OF THE A. T. Cameron. Two areas were examined during 1962: (a) the southwestern slope of the Grand Bank, and (b) the Nova Scotian Shelf. In both these areas an attempt was made to fish a series of standard depths on several lines across the shelf or edge of the shelf. The standard redfish survey net, a No. 41 otter trawl having the codend lined with 1 -Ir-inch nylon mesh, was used in all sets. Trawling was limited to daylight hours and tows to 30 minutes. On the southwestern slope of the Grand Bank catches of redfish were low in the southern part of the area, the best catches being obtained at the 150-, 175- and 200-fathom levels where catches of 1400 to 1600 pounds per tow occurred. These fish were rather small in size. In the central part of the area (43°39'-43°45'N; 52°14'-52°24'W) catches of redfish greater than 2600 pounds per tow were obtained at all depth levels between 125 and 250 fathoms. In general, the sizes of redfish increased with depth and whereas best catches (about 5000 lb per tow) occurred around 200 fathoms the fish were, on the whole, rather small in size; at 250 and 300 fathoms, where catches of 3580 and 2220 pounds of redfish per tow were obtained, the fish were much larger in size (average weight per fish greater than 1 lb) . In the northern part of the area, redfish again were less abundant and catches greater than 2000 pounds per tow were limited to depths of 150, 175 and 200 fathoms. With one or two exceptions, redfish catches on the Nova Scotian Shelf were not very large. A few catches greater than 1000 pounds per tow were obtained in the deep-water hollows on the shelf but, as usual, the fish were rather small and averaged less than 0.75 pound in weight. On the seaward edge of the shelf, great difficulty was experienced in main­ taining the required depth levels. Along 2 lines west of Sable Island only 1 red­ fish catch greater than 1000 pounds was obtained. On the line at Sable Island, however, catches of fairly large redfish (greater than 1 lb in average weight) were obtained in depths of 200-350 fathoms, where 2 catches of 2670 and 2300 pounds were taken. To the east of Sable Island and on the eastern side of the Gully an excellent catch of 10,560 pounds of redfish was taken at 45-68 fathoms. These were quite large fish (average weight 0.8 lb) for such a shallow depth, and it seems likely that they became isolated from the main stocks at greater depths and were con­ centrated by the cold-water mass which extended to within 3 fathoms from the bottom (49t-fath temperature, l.9°C, 35.4°F; at bottom, 52-fath temperature, 3.5°C, 38.3 °F). On both this line and on one farther eastward, no good catches of redfish were obtained in depths greater than 200 fathoms.

AMERICAN PLAICE The catch per unit effort for Newfoundland trawlers for all 3 major commer­ cial plaice-fishing areas of the Grand Bank was approximately 1500-1800 pounds per hour in 1961. During 196 l the fishing effort along the eastern slope of the Biological Station, St. John's, N{ld. 39 Grand Bank between Lat. 45° and 47°N was higher than in either of the areas to the north and south. The size of plaice landed by the commercial fleet at Newfoundland ports has changed very little in the period 1954-1961. There appears to be no reduction in the larger sizes of plaice in the commercial landings. Fecundity studies of American plaice indicate that the rate of egg production is slightly greater than the cube of the length.

GROUNDFISH STATISTICS AND SAMPLING The collection of catch and effort statis·tics of the commercial groundfish fishery, as background information for groundfish population studies and for International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries purposes, is carried on throughout the year. The Economics Branch, Department of Fisheries of Canada (Newfoundland Area) assists in many phases of this work. The total whole weight of the principal groundfish (cod, haddock, redfish, plaice, greysole, halibut, pollack and wolffi.sh) landed during 1962 was about 14% above the 1961 total. Of the total 79% was cod, 8% haddock, 6% red­ fish, 5 % plaice, 1 % greysole and 1 % halibut, wolffi.sh and pollack. Cod landings of 452 million pounds were 15% higher than in 1961 as the result of an improved inshore fishery in most localities. Haddock landings de­ creased to 46 million pounds, 5% lower than in 1961 because of decreased catch per unit of effort. Redfish landings increased by 40% to 35 million pounds as trawlers landed larger quantities of smaller-sized redfish from the southern Grand Bank. Plaice landings of 31 million pounds were 15% higher than in 1961 principally because of continued fishing effort through the summer and autumn. Greysole landings of 8 million pounds were at the same level as in 1961. In the inshore fishery large numbers of small, open boats are used, fishing with traps, lines and nets. In addition, larger boats using longlines are employed in some localities; there were 58 longliners fishing in 1962 compared with 47 in 1961. The Danish seine fleet is small, 3 boats in 1962, and the otter-trawl fleet has increased to 34 ships, 3 more than in 1961.

HYDROGRAPHY -SEA TEMPERATURES. Six hydrographic sections from southern Labrador to the southern Grand Bank were taken by the Investigator II between July 24 and August 20. In the section extending off Seal Islands, Labrador, surface ·temperatures were a little higher than in 1961 but yet lower than usual. (The low 1961 surface temperatures in this area were possibly produced by the greater than usual abundance of ice.) In the intermediate layer there was more water with tempera­ tures below -1 °C (30°F) than in 1961. Temperatures in the deep water at the continental slope were about the same in both years, but on the top of Hamilton Inlet Bank temperatures were lower in 1962. In the triangular section eastward from Cape Bonavista and then southward to the northern Grand Bank, surface temperatures were lower, but less water below 40 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 0°C (32°F) and especially below -1 °C (30°F) was present in 1962. Deep­ water temperatures at ~he continental slope were slightly lower than in 1961. In the St. John's-Flemish Cap section surface temperatures were lower ·than in 1961 but there was less water with temperatures below 0°C (32°F) and particularly below -1°C (30°F). The bottom temperatures, however, were dis­ tinctly higher than in 1961 on both the Grand Bank and the western side of Flemish Cap. Compared with 1961 the section from St. John's to the southeastern edge of the Grand Bank showed considerably lower smface temperatures, with about the same amount of cold water in the Avalon Channel but with higher bottom temperatures over the surface of the Grand Bank. In the section at about 40 fathoms extending along the southwestern slope of the Grand Bank, surface temperatures were considerably lower than in 1961 but bottom temperatures on the Grand Bank and in the Haddock Channel were slightly higher. In the section at 150 fathoms along the southwestern edge of the Grand Bank, surface temperatures were much lower and, except on the slope, the remaining temperatures slightly lower than in 1961. Also, more cold water was present in the central part but not as much on the eastem part of the section. The most noticeable general picture was the occurrence of low surface tem­ peratures over the whole area due to the cold weather and lack of sunshine in the summer of 1962.

MESH-MEASURING EXPERIMENTS Mesh measurements made at sea using the ICNAF and Westhoff (1959 model) gauges were analysed to determine which gauge gave more consistent results in the hands of different operators. Differences between mean mesh sizes as obtained by 8 different operators usring the 2 gauges were extremely variable and almost always highly significant. This was considered to be due largely to between-operator variability using the ICNAF gauge. The 1959 model Westhoff gauge was considered to be far superior to the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries gauge in producing consistent results in the field. Further experiments were carried out in the laboratory to determine the ef­ fects of various gauge pressures, using the above gauges, on mesh size measure­ ments of a variety of manila nettings. It was found that with careful calibration and use, and over the range of pressures tested ( 6-13 lb), the gauges gave similar results. However, the 1959 model Westhoff gauge was found to be superior to the ICNAF gauge in its ability to produce a constant relationship between gauge pressure and mesh elongation for a variety of different twine sizes of manila netting.

LOBSTER One thousand lobsters were tagged and liberated in Port au Port Bay early in the season just as the fishery began. Calculation of the rate of exploitation from tag returns this year may now be compared with last year's calculation when the Biological Station, St. John's, Nfld. 41

tagged lobsters were released a few weeks after the fishery had begun. An additional 1000 lobsters were released outside of Port au Port Bay from Long Point to Cape St. George somewhat later than the beginning of the fishery in order to make a determination of the rate of exploitation in this area. Twelve hundred and fifty lobsters were marked for growth studies in Port au Port Bay and released after the fishery concluded in July. Preliminary plankton work was done from July to September to show distri­ bution of lobster larvae in Port au Port Bay under varying wind and current conditions. Onshore winds over a period concentrated first-stage larvae in a near­ shore zone but even in storms these were not swept ashore with inanimate debris. Also offshore winds and currents did not take all larvae away from the near­ shore zone in some areas. This work shows to some extent the ability of larvae to maintain position in spite of surface currents.

ATLANTIC SALMON Seventy-four mature adult salmon were counted moving upstream on the Little Codroy River in 1962. This escapement was slightly higher than in 1961 and about the same as in 1960. The run consisted of 42 grilse, 21 small salmon and 11 large salmon. Twenty-eight grilse and 19 small salmon had their dorsal and adipose fins missing. The return of the finclipped grilse was lower than antici­ pated and was probably due to the extra handling involved in the smolt migration experiments of 1961. Approximately half the salmon tagged at a trap downstream in the estuary were recaptured at the fence. The average interval between tagging and recapture was 26 days. Half of the number of salmon tagged were females, but they com­ posed 70% of the recaptures at the fence. Apparently the fence diverts a large proportion of the salmon entering the river, and males are more likely to be diverted than females. In 1962 the smolt run numbered 8190. They were counted without being handled in order to assess the probable effect of the fence and trap on smolt survival. This smolt production is about the same as in 1960 and 1961. Fifty-nine per cent of the smolts that were finclipped at a small fence 8 miles upstream from the estuarial fence were recaptured at the latter. The mortality due to handling and finclipping smolts in 1962 is comparable to that resulting from similar experiments in 1960 and 1961. About 1 % of the fresh-water portion of the river was quantitatively sampled to estimate the parr population. The population in 1962 was about average, and amounted to 13 parr weighing 116 grams for every 100 square yards of stream. No parr were caught when the estuary was qualitatively sampled with a trawl.

PINK SALMON RESEARCH A channel was constructed on North Harbour River in St. Mary's Bay for the planting of .5 million pink salmon eggs. The channel is 2.5 miles up from the mouth of the river and is situated in the old river bed which parallels Herder's Pool. It is 1770 feet long and 16 feet wide. From the head of the channel down 70738-0-4 42 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 it consists of: a 50-foot section which will be used for temporary holding of eggs, a 7-foot dam for controlling the flow of water, a 65-foot section of small boulders to prevent scouring and a 1650-foot section for the planting of eggs. The latter is to be filled with i- to 3-inch gravel to a minimum depth of 1 foot. This year 960 feet of this was finished leaving 690 feet to be completed in 1963 when 10 million eggs are expected. About 2.5 million eggs from Glendale River, B.C., were planted between November 22 and December 3. Weather conditions for the planting and the survival of the eggs have been favourable. First hatching occurred around February 15 and 93 % had hatched by March 22. A two-way fence similar to the one used in 1961 was again operated near the mouth of the river in 1962 from April 30 to September 30 to assess the numbers of potential predators of pink salmon fry. The Atlantic salmon smolt count was. 2708, almost double the number counted in 1961. The number of grilse and salmon entering the river was 52 compared with 29 in 1961. Anglers caught 17.6% of the run. Returns from smolts tagged in 1961 were sufficient to indicate that the internal anchor tag which was used might be quite satisfactory when modified slightly. The migratory brook and brown trout were not so plentiful as in 1961. The upstream run of brook trout was only 55 % of the downstream run and similarly for brown trout the upstream run was only 35.6% of the downstream run. Anglers caught 36.2% of the brook trout entering the river but only 5.3% of the brown trout. Similar figures for 1961 were 30.3% and 1.6%, respectively. BIOLOGICAL STATION, ST. ANDREWS, N.B.

LOBSTER ...... 45 OYSTER ...... 47 CLAMS AND QUAHAUGS ...... 48 SCALLOPS...... 49 GtWUNDFlSH ...... 50 PELAGIC fJSI·lES ...... 53 SALMON ...... 55 TROUT... 58 POLLUTION ...... 59 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS 60 OCEANOGRAPHY ...... 61 OTHER INVESTIGATIONS ...... 64

The Fisheries Research Board of Canada investigates practical and economic problems connected with marine and freshwater fisheries. Its Biological Station at St. Andrews conducts the biological research for the Maritime Provinces. Animals and plants are studied in relation to regulations, fish culture, other aspects of conservation and management, and to fishing and handling practices. This involves, among other things, critical studies of growth, survival, distribution, recruitment, habitat, diseases, predators, and special statistics. Conclusions can be applied in a variety of ways. In the past, results have frequently been used in proposing and assessing regulations. While this remains important, more and more emphasis is being given to increasing the efficiency of offshore fishing operations and to practices which will increase the resource in inshore and inland waters. The administrative headquarters for biological research in the Maritimes is at St. Andrews. Resident scientists are established at two other localities. The Atlantic Oceanographic Group (AOG) is at Dartmouth, N.S., housed in the Bedford Institute of Oceanography, and oyster research is centred at a Biological Sub-Station at Ellerslie, P.E.I. There is a statistical office in Halifax, N.S. Port contact technicians and year-round bases for field operations are maintained at seven other points in the Maritimes. Temporary field headquarters are set up throughout the area as occasion demands. LIAISON. Problems associated with fish often impinge on the interests of several agencies. Accordingly, substantial effort goes into liaison with other government departments in addition to frequent informal consultations. The Interdepartmental Shellfish Committee is advisory to the Department of Fisheries of Canada, the Department of National Health and Welfare, and includes representatives from these two departments and the Board. Its main function is to reconcile the objective of making full use of molluscan shellfish resources and protecting the health of consumers. The United States as importers

43 70738-0-4~ 44 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 of fresh Canadian molluscs also participate usefully. Information supplied by the St. Andrews Station is used in framing recommendations. Salmon are anadromous and the federal authority is responsible for their conservation. Provincial governments control the shores of the streams the fish live in and derive benefit from the resource. The situation calls for liaison at all levels. Within the fisheries ministry, Departmental officers are responsible for management while Board staff carry out research. Co-ordination between federal groups is now assured by personal contact and group meetings. Co-ordi­ nation between federal and provincial activities is achieved by annual meetings of personnel active in research and management of salmon and trout. Proposals arising from these meetings are presented to a Salmon Section of administrators for consideration in framing its report to the Federal-Provincial Atlantic Fisheries Committee. Salmon are involved in another more specialized liaison. The spruce bud­ worm in epidemic proportions destroys mature stands of spruce and balsam through defoliation. Suspensions of DDT sprayed from aircraft are the most economical ways of controlling budworm. However, indiscriminate distribution of poison kills young salmon and their food. To reconcile conflicting interests, a federal Interdepartmental Committee on Forest Spraying Operations was set up in 1958. Data collected by the St. Andrews Station are used by the Committee in designing budworm control operations that are less destructive to aquatic life. Canadian offshore fishermen exploit the same grounds as fishermen from the United States and eleven European countries. Recognizing the need for concerted conservation, these countries subscribe to the International Con­ vention for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries and have representatives in its Commission (ICNAF). Scientists from the participating countries meet among themselves when necessary to pool data and consider recommendations and they meet annually with the Commissioners. St. Andrews scientists present information on Maritimes fisheries and research. An important part of Canadian participation in ICNAF work is supplying fishery statistics and data on sampling catches. This is arranged through co­ operative action with officers of the Department of Fisheries of Canada and the Dominion Bureau of Statistics. Data me presented in a form to provide total statis­ tics as required by the Statistics Subcommittee of the ICNAF Standing Committee on Research and Statistics. Statistics are used by ICNAF scientists to find trends in fisheries and fore­ cast the effects of proposed regulations. A special assessment committee con­ cluded that the effects on yield of further changes in mesh size of trawl nets were likely to be small and turned attention to the effects of changing fishing efforts and to the consistency and pertinence of the data available for making forecasts. Oceanography in its many aspects interests several agencies of government. The interdepartmental Canadian Committee on Oceanography (CCO) co-or­ dinates research and application among the various agencies. On the Atlantic coast, the East Coast Working Group (ECWG) of CCO considers for each agency its needs for research and facilities, and arranges to provide them. A Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 45

Fisheries Panel of the ECWG, including representation from the St. Andrews Station assesses and presents requirements of fisheries investigators for oceano­ graphic studies. FISHING EFFICIENCY. The St. Andrews Station has a long established in­ terest in increasing the efficiency of fishing operations. With a few important exceptions, this has been done by introducing fishing methods whose effective­ ness had been proved in other regions. Many promising introductions have now been made and successful ones adopted. Additional developments will depend upon application of new information of several kinds. Some of this information is beyond the scope of the Biological Station. A committee of senior Fisheries Research Board and Department of Fisheries officers was set up in 1962 to examine needs and co-ordinate efforts. The Committee has stimulated new investigations and redirected others. New products from scallops are being sought and tested. Fishing methods for taking large pelagic fishes are under study and fishing grounds for them are being sought. Studies of movements of groundfish at different times of day were undertaken and considered in relation to fishing success. A survey of fishing practices showed great need for detailed bottom charts of Canadian Atlantic offshore fishing grounds. Recognizing the need, the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys undertook to produce a series of special charts for fishermen. An engineering study of fishing gear has been undertaken. Equipment is being assembled for objective tests of established and experimental trawl gear on such points as: warp tensions and angles, hydro­ dynamic pressure, mouth openings, bridle tensions at nets, etc. Scallop gear per­ formance is being critically assessed to decide whether to work on improving present gear or to invoke new principles.

LOBSTER The fishery for lobsters is almost entirely conducted inshore by small boat fishermen. It provides employment to more individuals than any other commercial fishery in the Atlantic region, and lobsters are moreover the most valuable single-species fisheries product in all Canada. The landings in 1961 were 47.8 million lb, valued at $17,925,000. Because of its sociological importance and high value the species merits careful study. Small percentage improvements in yield from the fishery can be important in dollar values. Improved handling methods can extend markets geographically and thus sustain or increase prices. Furthermore the lobster fishery has undergone natural cyclic fluctuations in yield. Production is good at present and recent increases have coincided with imposition of size limits. A cause and effect relation is not clear or proved and it is possible that we are reaping the benefit of a favourable natural fluctuation. It is important that future changes in the fishery and the stock be followed to indicate their causes. Studies on lobsters have been pursued along four main lines. The com­ mercial fishery has been followed at three ports exploiting different stocks of lobsters. Studies of distribution ahd survival of larval and young lobsters have been continued and adapted to accumulating knowledge. Growth and survival of lobsters on the fishing grounds were explored further. Research related to 46 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 shipping and holding lobsters was continued. In addition some attention was given to problems related to the effect of cover on survival in nature, the care of lobsters in fishing boats, improving condition by feeding lobsters held in captivity, the effects of crowding on survival in storage, the brown marks on shells caused by injuries in holding, and the relationship between the internal chemistry and the moulting cycle in lobsters. STUDIES OF THE COMMERCIAL FISHERY. At Port Maitland, N.S., total land· ings declined from 1951 to 1961 to about 40% of the 1951 production. However, the decline has been accompanied by reduction in fleet size (by half) and in· creasing prices with the result that earnings _per boat have risen slightly. The trend applies generally in southern Nova Scotia where catches have declined from 12.2 million lb in 1951 to 8.6 million lb in 1960. At Fourchu, N.S., the effective start of the 1962 spring season was delayed beyond the legal opening date by heavy drift ice, and a week's extension was granted to the 2-month season. Landings during the extension amounted to 10 % of the season's catch by weight and 12% by value. The quality of the lobsters remained good and the rate of exploitation remained below the average for recent years. Research fishing off Miminegash, P.E.I., prior to the opening of fishing on August 10, showed lobsters plentiful. However, strong winds lowered water temperatures by about 9°F before the opening of fishing, and early catches were unprecedently low. The drop in yield is greater than can be explained by what is known about temperature effects on activity. STUDIES OF LARVAL AND EARLY BOTTOM STAGES. After fertilization, lobster eggs adhere to the under part of the female's tail for nearly a year before hatch· ing. When eggs do hatch, the young float free in the water for several weeks before settling to the bottom. There they continue to live and grow like small adults. During their free-swimming life as larvae, the young lobsters grow by moulting just as adults do. Typically there are four free-swimming stages. For 14 years the numbers of larvae at different stages and young lobsters have been followed in Northumberland Strait by special fishing methods. The object has been to find out mortalities during the critical stages and to see what relationships exist among larval abundance, mature spawners, and later recruitment. In 1962 there was a marked scarcity of stage IV larvae in comparison with other years and with earlier stages. Surveys showed only 300 IV-stage larvae per square mile. This is only a small part of the number necessary to sustain the fishery at its present level. Although methods of assessment are still under review, the possibility of poor recruitment to the fishery must be taken seriously. GROWTH AND SURVIVAL. Lobsters grow only when they moult. Accordingly growth of a losbter stock depends upon the amount of growth per moult and the proportion of lobsters moulting. From this must be subtracted losses from natural mortality. The relation between growth and survival at different sizes is basic to considerations of size regulations. The results of large scale marking experiments to determine growth and survival at Port Maitland and Miminegash are now available. Off Port Maitland, Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 47

46% of the lobsters that were of legal size when marked failed to moult. Lobsters that did moult grew an average of 0.41 inch in length regardless of sex or size. Because of the large proportion that failed to grow by moulting, average growth per year was only 0.24 inch. Only 7.3% of the marked lobsters were recovered during the next two seasons. This indicates very heavy mortality. Fishing trials using lobsters as bait and food studies suggest that the catfish, Anarhichas lupus, may be an important predator. At Miminegash average growth per moult was 0.35 inch and average growth per year 0.17 inch. Survival for 10 months was 24%. SURVIVAL OF LOBSTERS IN CAPTIVITY. Many lobsters are marketed alive and it is important to know the conditions influencing their survival in holding units and in shipping. Work during 1962 concerned survival of lobsters out of water and oxygen consumption of lobsters in sea water under different conditions. The importance of light-weight shipping of lobsters has led to further explora­ tion of survival in air. Lobsters acclimated to 68 °F survived much longer in air at 32-41 °F than at 50-59 °F. Fine mists and sprays did not extend survival time significantly. Increases in oxygen concentrations of air surrounding lobsters did not lengthen survival time usefully but did increase oxygen consumption. Experiments were continued to determine the amount of oxygen used by lobsters under various conditions. As oxygen concentrations in sea water increase, oxygen consumption by lobsters rises at first (to 2--3 cc/I) and then becomes constant at a level depending upon conditions. Feeding, crowding or increased temperature lead to higher oxygen consumption.

OYSTER Of all marine animals in the temperate zone, the oyster lends itself best to fanning. As in the case of cultivating domestic animals on land, farming leads to special problems in reproduction, nutrition, and disease. With oysters, these may be accentuated because marine animals are more subject to the vagaries of their environment than warm-blooded species. The oyster work carried out at Ellerslie is designed to supply the information necessary to provide a large assured supply of high-quality oysters and a confident market. An important facility for applying research on oysters is an oyster hatchery. This is being constructed by the Department of Fisheries and will be operated jointly with the Fisheries Research Board. It is hoped that it will meet the problem of regularly supplying young oysters for growing areas and can give oyster farmers encouragement to expand efforts with the assurance that seed stocks will be available. The culture of the oyster is intimately bound up with its life history. The female Atlantic oyster produces very high numbers of eggs which develop for several weeks while drifting free in the water. Eventually these larvae settle permanently in one place as spat. They settle on any suitable surface but growers prefer to catch them on special clean friable cultch put out for the purpose. 48 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

Main projects at the Ellerslie Sub-Station have been directed to monitoring larval development and forecasting times of spatfall, to determining oceanography in relation to oyster activities, to studies of so-called Malpeque disease and othet diseases, and to the possibilities of oysters harbouring and concentrating poisonous substances. New work is being undertaken in studying the relationship of oysters to conditions on the beds. LARVAL DEVELOPMENT AND SPATFALL. On the whole, reproduction of oysters in the Malpeque Bay area was unsuccessful in 1962. Some spat were produced but their growth was slow. At Gillis Cove and Crowdis Bridge, N.S., spatfall was poor. At Malagash, N.S., and Shippegan, N.B., there was none. In sp1te of the poor season in 1962, tests of strings of scallop shells as spat collectors gave useful results. The strings caught spat when hung from floats or fencing, when laid on plastic sheeting, and when used in other recognized ways. When hung from floats the scallop shell strings also served well from rearing 1960 and 1961 spat. These grew quickly and when they reached bedding size were readily separated for maturing as single oysters. OCEANOGRAPHY IN RELATION TO OYSTERS. When water temperatures drop to 3 °C oysters hibernate. While hibernating the oysters get in poor condition and become subject to excessive mortalities. Interest in water temperatures on oyster beds was renewed in 1961. It was found that in the winter of 1961-62 oysters were subjected to 3 °C or lower temperatures for 132 days as compared to 170 days in 1960-61. MALPEQUE DISEASE FIELD STUDIES. Epidemic "Malpeque disease" devastated most mainland oyster areas in the early 1950's. Further spread of the disease is being followed and the success of rehabilitation efforts by introducting immune breeding stock is being monitored. Oysters held on trays in areas yet unaffected by Malpeque disease showed no unusual mortalities. Evidently there was no spread of the disease in 1962. The effectiveness of rehabilitation was investigated by holding trays of resistant, susceptible, and local oysters at Malagash, N.S., Shippegan, N.B., and Mill Creek, P.E.I. The general conclusion is that resistance is developing satisfactorily in the south, but that spat produced in northern areas is still susceptible to disease. ZINC IN OYSTERS. The zinc content of oysters is becoming a matter of public health concern. The Station is co-operating with public health officials and in turn is receiving help from the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys in making zinc analyses of oysters. Oysters at the head of the Miramichi estuary contained over 1000 ppm zinc and in areas where they are exposed to normal sea water they contained 400~500 ppm. There is evidence of a direct ionic zinc concentration by oysters. Quahaugs from the same areas have a lower zinc content.

CLAMS AND QUAHAUGS In the 1940's clam digging provided a useful supplement to low incomes around the Maritimes. However, the practice has become less productive. There are three causes for the decline: the accumulated stock has been harvested; disease; and wasteful harvesting methods. Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 49 During 1961 a hand-operated hydraulic clam rake was developed which in­ creased a fisherman's capacity to produce and at the same time avoided breaking or burying unused clams and thus wasting the resource. Commercial scale trials in 1962 showed that the rake was effective on intertidal flats that are seldom exposed. A disease among quahaugs at Neguac was shown to be spreading. Paralytic shellfish poisoning has produced severe illness and even death in the Maritimes. It is accordingly an important public health problem as well as a fisheries problem. The source of poison in the clams has long been suspected to be a minute organism called Gonyaulax tamarensis which the clam eats with impunity. This belief is now confirmed. High toxicities in clams coincide with or closely follow peaks of abundance of Gony.aulax in the water. Non-toxic clams become toxic when fed on Gonyaulax. Slightly toxic clams become more so in similar tests. Extracts from pure Gonyaulax cultures are highly toxic, and the poison is shown by filtering to be present in the cells rather than to be an excreted product in the surrounding water. Paralytic shellfish poisoning also occurs in Quebec around the St. Lawrence estuary. Plankton samples taken at several locations between Bic and Grande­ Riviere through the co-operation of the Quebec Minister of Fisheries showed Gonyaulax to be most abundant between Metis Beach and Baie des Capucins. This is also the area where clams are the most toxic.

SCALLOPS After many years as a minor fishery by inshore vessels the scallop fishery has within 5 years increased to major proportions. It is now pursued by large vessels mainly working on Georges Bank. To meet the national and international needs for managing the fishery, there is immediate need for more knowledge of the fishery itself; of how thoroughly the resource is being used; of the basic biology of the animal (all stages of its life history are not yet known); and of the popu­ lation dynamics and how the stock may be expected to react to exploitation. How best to use the animals that are taken by the fishery, and how best to modify gear are regarded as part of a fishing efficiency program. In 1962 scallop landings increased again, and reached a record 14 million lb of shucked meats worth 4.7 million dollars. This represents a 30% increase in weight and a 46% increase in value over 1961. As in recent years, most of the volume was produced by the rapidly increasing offshore fleet working on Georges Bank. The increase in production there was the result of increased effort. Boats fished harder, in 1962 and covered more of the Bank. Deck loading became uncommon as catches fell off. The catch of market-sized scallops in bushels per drag has declined markedly during the last three years from 1.93 in 1960, to 0.58 in 1961, and to 0.4 in 1962. The inshore fishery at Digby also increased, reaching 0.8 million lb, partly because of an abundance of scallops. Successful fishing was also carried out in Charlotte County, N.B., and in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Studies of basic biology of scallop centred on early free-swimming larval stages. Artificially spawned larvae were reared in sterile sea water where they were fed small plankton plants cultured under sterile conditions. Some larvae 50 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 survived for 58 days, and seemed ready to settle but none did. It is hoped that development of this work will provide information useful in recruitment studies.

GROUNDFISH Collectively, the groundfishes are the most valuable fisheries resource on the Atlantic coast. Because production is so high, quite minor improvements in management or in the efficiency of operation can result in substantial increases in earnings. The groundfish resource in offshore waters is shared by many nations most of whom co-ordinate their research efforts through the International Com­ mission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. The Station carries out Canadian research obligations for the Maritimes. Much groundfish is landed by otter trawling in offshore waters, but other fishing grounds and other fishing methods are also important. Primary attention has been given to the whole commercial operation to establish a base line and examine the problem. The otter trawl fishery takes a wide variety of species of various values. Their biological characteristics, their reactions to exploitation and fishing gear, and their behaviour are being studied as opportunity allows. The possibility of using additional species to widen the resource base is under consi­ deration. COMMERCIAL FISHERY. Catches by the commercial fishery are carefully recorded and analysed as an index of importance of the various components of the resource and of trends in their exploitation. Half of the Canadian groundfish by value ( 16 million dollars) are now landed in the three Maritime Provinces. The species are cod, haddock, pollock, halibut,. American plaice, witch flounder (or gray sole), redfish, hake, cusk and catfish (or wolffish) in decreasing order of importance. Half of the groundfish by weight are caught by the mobile fleet. The otter trawl is now by far the most important gear. Danish seines and longlines are of much smaller importance. The shift from line fishing, largely inshore, to mobile dragging offshore has developed since 1945. With the development of a mobile fleet the greatest expansiort has been on the open-water coast where fishing is year round. Nova Scotia groundfish land­ ings have increased to a value comparable wHh those of Newfoundland ( 13.0 as against 13. 8 million dollars), although still substantially behind in volume. The value of Nova Scotia landings is nearly half of the Canadian Atlantic landings for all species (30.8 as against 65.5 million dollars). The species composition of offshore landings has become more diversified. Recently, more attention has been directed to pollock and witch flounder, and in 1962 monkfish was landed for the first time. The mobile fleet now takes important catches of scallop, swordfish, and herring, and flexibility has become important in the design of offshore vessels. In addition to compiling weight and values of different kinds of fish taken, landings are sampled to find out about sizes and ages of fish landed. Altogether 204 samples comprising over 53 thousand individuals were measured for length; oto• liths were taken from 9660 of these. Otoliths are the ear stones of the fish and Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 51 arc made up of alternate annual bands of opaque and transparent bone which are counted for age determinations. Sampling data are used in studies of growth, mortality, and of success of different broods of fish. SELECTION BY FisHERY. The otter trawl is designed to catch everything larger than a certain size in its path. As a result, many individuals of commercial species are brought on deck of a size too small to market. By the time small fish have been sorted and returned to the water, they are stressed too much to survive. They are thus lost to the resource. Examination at sea of this wastage showed that rejection practices varied among species, with locality, and with the objectives of the fishing trip. The percentage of fish retained for landing depends upon the size distribution of fish caught. Surveys with small-mesh otter trawls provide information on all sizes and species on the grounds rather than just those captured by the 4-!-inch trawl nets in common use. Examining records of research dragging using small-meshed trawls in 1960 gives an indication of the whole resource availab}e if means can be developed to use it. Except for the skates and sharks, larger fish commonly caught are used. Substantial quantities of small individuals of commercial species arc thrown away. Some kinds of fish are never big enough to be retained in com­ mercial nets. Large quantities of herring, silver hake, argentines, capelin, and sand launce could be taken if satisfactory markets can be developed. There are other small fish taken by experimental nets for which no commercial us.e can be contemplated in the near future. Coo. The cod is the most valuable of the Atlantic marine fish resources, providing almost 45 % of the weight and 30 % of the value of Canadian landings. It is also the species most actively sought by the European fleets traditionally working off the Canadian coast. Studies during 1962 dealt with the migrations, availability, growth rates, and distribution of commercial sizes and young. Studies of the early free-drifting stages of young cod and haddock have been made to learn the positions of mature spawning schools and as a background for studying early mortalities and the success of year broods. Recoveries in 1962 of tags used on cod in the Sept-Iles area in 1961 showed the relationships of these fish to others in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Cod present in the Sept-Iles area in autumn migrate south outside the Gulf in winter. There is substantial mixing of these fish with cod stocks in the southwestern Gulf during the subsequent summer. Some fish have a migration pattern which takes them from the southwestern Gulf to the northern side of the Laurentian Channel in autumn. Research vessel surveys in the southwestern Gulf of St. Lawrence allow prediction of the sizes of cod in the c~tch based on the sizes present in the third quarter of the preceding year. The 1962 survey supports the expectation of significant landings of 6-, 7- and 8-year-old cod in 1963. Accordingly, average lengths and weights should rise. Catch per unit fishing effort should be somewhat increased. The availability of food to cod and the efficiency of its utilization are im­ portant in theoretical studies of the productivity of the sea. During 1962 laboratory studies of the feeding and growth of cod were resumed. It was shown that more 52 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

Six-inch lobster (July 25, 1962) occupying 4-inch diameter terra cotta drainage tile set on June 22, 1962, in 4 fathoms of water in Kouchibouguac Bay, New Brunswick, in experiment aimed at increasing lobster production by providing artificial cover; photographed by Scuba diver.

Deckhand measuring scallops on board M.V. Cape Eagle in study of the offshore scallop fishery, Georges Bank. Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 53 food was required for maintenance at high temperatures than low and that addi­ tional food was used more effectively for growth at high temperatures. Comparisons of cod and haddock winter distributions have been based on survey cruises of the A. T. Cameron. Cod are regularly found in shallower water than haddock. Both species were taken in deeper water along the Laurentian Channel than on the Nova Scotia Banks. In general cod were found in colder water.

HADDOCK. April 1962 research v~ssel surveys provided bases for forecasts of haddock abundance in the Sable Island-Emerald Bank region. Both 1958 and 1960 year-classes are weak and the 1959 year-c:ass is below average. A reduced abundance of haddock in the important winter fishery in the area may be ex­ pected with the shortage showing first among small scrod. HALIBUT. Halibut research is on life histories in relation to the effects of the fishery on the stock. Studies include tagging, examinations of food, and examinations of reproductive organs for size at maturity and spawning period. AMERICAN PLAICE. A study of American plaice in the Gulf of St. Lawrence was brought to a conclusion in 1962. Most emphasis was on analysing returns from tags put out from 19 5 8 to 1961. Recoveries are in accord with the results of fishing surveys in showing sedentary summer concentrations on the Magdalen Shallows, some movement offshore in autumn, and all three winter recoveries in deep water along the edge of the Laurentian Channel. Tag recoveries gave no indication of movements between major fishing areas and confirm conclusions drawn from growth studies that there is little or no interchange of fish. Tag return data showed total mortality rate on two fishing grounds to be 67 and 60%. POLLOCK. Pollock are taken in a new and growing fishery in the Maritimes. In 1962 the fishery produced 1.6 million dollars. A study of life history in rela­ tion to the fishery is completed and ready for publication. It deals1 with distribution of different sizes and schooling, temperature preferences, movements and migra­ tions, spawning, growth, and food. DIURNAL MIGRATION. Day and night catches of several species of ground­ fish have been analysed and the results compared with records of location obtained by echo sounders. Cod, haddock and redfish were found to be more abundant in day hauls than at night. Echo sounder records showed them to be off the bottom at night.

PELAGIC FISHES Pelagic fishes are the most important of the incompletely used resources within range of the Canadian fishing fleet. Herring in some places where they are available close to shore produce substantial and valuable catches but much of the resource is exploited inadequately, or not at all. Some herring are taken well off the North American coast in international fisheries and the species now comes under consideration by the International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries. Research during 1962 dealt with sizes and ages of herring in important stocks, developing marking methods to establish ranges of stocks, surveying spawn- 54 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 ing grounds as an indirect method of assessing populati01rn, distribution of young, and effects of disease on stocks. Of the large pelagic fishes the swordfish is exploited aggressively but the others, such as tunas and porbeagle sharks, are not used by Canadian fishermen. The swordfish fishery is being followed and the catch examined. Exploratory fishing for unusual species is being carried out to survey the resource and its availability. Work on mackerel was limited to sampling commercial landings in southwest Nova Scotia for size, age, growth, and year­ class composition. CATCH STATISTICS. Landings of pelagic fish on the Canadian Atlantic coast in 1962 amounted to 262 million lb, valued at 5.8 million dollars. The total catch included 242 million lb herring, 16.1 million lb mackerel, 3.5 million lb swordfish, and 0.24 million lb turta. In the southern Maritimes, the herring fishery shows trends and yearly varia­ tions. Mobile gear is taking an increasing share of the catch. In 1958 and 1961, most of the catch was taken on the Nova Scotia side of the Bay of Fundy and this was associated with the set of surface currents in the bay which differed from that of most years when fishing was better on the New Brunswick side. HERRING. In 1962, important herring populations were sampled for length and weight, and otoliths were taken for age determination. This work was done at Caraquet and Magdalen Islands in the southwestern Gulf of St. Lawrence, on both sides of the Bay of Fundy, and in the Georges-~Browns Bank region of the Gulf of Maine. In the. Gulf of St. Lawrence, lO year-classes were represented in the samples and fish were of moderate size (29.2 cm average at Caraquet and 31. 4 cm at the Magdalens) . Herring in the Bay of Fundy were small on the New Brunswick side ( 12-15 cm) and about the same size as Gulf fish on the Nova Scotia side (25-32 cm). On Georges Bank, herring were more numerous and larger (28.5-30.6 cm) than on Browns Bank (2l.4 cm). A herring spawning survey was carried out in Chaleur Bay in 1962. Observa­ tions by divers were supplemented by sampling with a Peterson dredge. The spawn­ ing area surveyed was about 450,000 square yards in extent. The estimated total number of eggs on this ground was 35.5 x 1011 • From this and the known fecun­ dity of herring, the total number of spawning fish was calculated as 185 X 106• This is about 25 times the fishing mortality of the area. It seems that this stock is being under-utilized. From 1954 to 1956 herring in the Gulf of St. Lawrence were ravaged by an epidemic fungus disease. This disease is believed to have killed at least half the mature fish in the area. It also changed the quality of the population by decreas­ ing mean age and the number of year-classes in the population. Growth rate and the relative abundance of autumn-hatched fish both increased. Other changes involved spawning habits and distribution patterns. There is evidence that since 1960 herring stocks in the Gulf of St. Lawrence are recovering from the results of the epidemic. SWORDFISH. In 1962, landings of swordfish amounted to 3.5 million lb. valued at 1.6 million dollars. Successful fishing was distributed along the edge of the continental shelf from Georges Bank to Grand Bank. This was in contrast to 1961 when most catches were made on Georges and Browns Banks. Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 55 In 1962 longlining was introduced into the swordfish fishery with marked sucoess. The average catch per day was 8.1 fish with longlines as against 2.9 with harpoons. Longlining also improved efficiency by lengthening the fishing season. In 1962 fishing continued into November whereas it was usually over at mid September when fishing was limited to harpooning. Sampling for length and weight showed that swordfish caught in 1962 averaged 190 lb and showed no differences with fishing ground or months whereas in 1961 the average weight of fish sampled was 196 lb but there were average weight differences up to 30 lb between adjoining fishing areas. EXPLORATORY FISHING. Between July and September 1962 four exploratory fishing cruises were carried out, mainly on Georges and Browns Banks. Experi­ mental fishing with longlines, bottom trawls, handlines, and gill nets was used to discover commercial concentrations of pelagic fish. Forty-four sets of longline gear produced 197 blue sharks, 16 porbeagles, 4 swordfish, 3 mako sharks, and 1 brown shark. Bottom trawls were used in 52 sets and caught mainly haddock and herring. Herring were abundant on Georges Bank in September. Handlining catches consisted of 4 dusky sharks and 1 por­ beagle. Marking methods for large fish are being explored. Dart type tags have been used and trials with branding begun. One branded fish was caught again 250 miles away from the site of marking.

SALMON Canada has in the Miramichi and other rivers some of the world's most famous salmon waters. The opportunity to fish these rivers attracts many anglers from outside the area. The fishery also provides valuable recreation for Cana­ dians. The contribution to the national and local economies of angling with its established fishing camps and employment of guides is undoubtedly high, but it is difficult to estimate with confidence. In addition to the sports fishery there are commercial fisheries with drift and trap nets which support inshore fishermen. Sports and commercial fishermen are in competition for fish and each seeks regulations favourable to its interests. Equitable management can only be based on biological studies of the fish and its reaction to exploitation at different stages. The conflict between two users of the salmon resource is further complicated by human activities which tend to destroy the resource without using it. Fanning and lumbering near salmon streams alter the habitat and reduce its suitability as homes for salmon. More dramatic are the results of forestry and mining. In order to suppress epidemic outbreaks of spruce budworm, affected areas are sprayed with DDT formulations. This is necessary to prevent lethal defoliation of valuable forest stands, but DDT falling on the water kills, salmon and their food. Several metallic ions when present in fresh water repel salmon or kill them, and also destroy food organisms. Drainage from mining operations is found to carry lethal concentrations of heavy metal ions. Problems raised by these menaces to the salmon are under study. Except as modified by threats to the salmon's habitat, the general course of salmon research has followed lines laid down in 1949 by the Federal-Provincial 56 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

Co-ordinating Committee on Atlantic Salmon. The program and its accomplish· ments have been under review during 1962 as a prelude to assessment and possible re-direction of research. Salmon are anadromous. They mature in salt water for 1 or 2 (or more) years before returning to fresh water to spawn. Eggs are deposited in autumn and protected by gravel in redds dug by the fish. Eggs hatch during winter and remain in the gravel as alevins until spring when they emerge as fry which are later called fingerlings or underyearlings. After about a year, fry gain characteristic black bars and become parr. After 1 or 2 years as parr, the bars disappear, the young salmon becomes silvery, and migrates to sea as a smolt. Fish that remain at sea for 1 year before maturing return as grilse. Fish that grow at sea for 2 years or longer return as large salmon. CATCH STATISTICS AND EXPERIMENTAL FISHING. An important part of this work is analysis of salmon catches to provide an objective measure of the status of the salmon populations. Since 1949 the Department of Fisheries of Canada has assembled annual records of commercial and angling catches in the Maritime region in three areas, Gulf, Atlantic, and Fundy. Commercial landings in 1962 in the Maritime region (including a pro-rated estimate for the Quebec section) totalled 1.42 million lb, a 19% increase over the 1961 total. The Gulf and Atlantic areas increased by 33% and 10%, respectively, and the Fundy area decreased by 40%. Angling catches increased by 21 % over 1961 but catch per rod-day fell off from 2.1 fish in 1960 to 1.9 fish in 1962. There was an increase of nearly 30% in fishing effort without a corresponding increase in catch. Through the 1949-60 period total commercial and angling catches follow similar patterns. Both seem to be governed by the strengths of successive year­ classes or by water conditions. Commercial landings since 1870 have fluctuated widely around an average of 2.5 million lb with indications of a relationship between sea water temperatures and catches. The present upward trend from 1.4 million lb may continue if the current decline in sea water temperatures continues and if deterioration of the freshwater habitat can be controlled. For Newfoundland, statistics provided by the Department of Fisheries of Canada show commercial landings totalling 2.2 million lb or 4% higher than in 1961. By increasing effort 38%, Newfoundland anglers caught 53% more fish. In Quebec commercial catches were 0.5 million lb, 7% lower than in 1961. A commercial-type trap for sampling salmon runs is maintained in the Miramichi estuary throughout the open-water season. Counting weirs or fences are established in the Northwest Miramichi at Curventon, and at Camp Adams. In the estuary counts of both grilse and large salmon during the fishing season were among the lowest recorded since 1954. Grilse were quite plentiful after September 1 and the annual total was average. This suggests satisfactory survival from the good 1961 smolt run. The total season count of large salmon was the lowest on record. The very low catch during the commercial season parallelled _the poor catches in commercial gear in the estuary. At Curventon there was a good run of grilse but large salmon were few. The grilse reached Camp Adams in fair numbers. The relationship between the poor runs and mine effluent is dealt with elsewhere. Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 57

TAGGING. Since 1958 tagging has been used to supplement marking salmon smolts by fin clipping in studies of homing and of the contribution of Miramichi smolts to various Atlantic fisheries. One of the smallest taggings, 750, at Camp Adams in 1960, has already produced interesting results. Of the 25 recoveries to date one was recovered at Greenland as a post grilse. All the rest were early returns to the Miramichi system, or its approaches. There were 12 grilse at Curventon between June 23 and July 25, 5 grilse in the Miramichi estuarial fishery between June 26 and August 7, 1 grilse angled on July 19, all in 1961. Six large salmon were taken in 1962 between May 29 and June 12. Of these, 5 were taken in set nets in the Miramichi estuary and 1 by drift net in Northum­ berland Strait. RELATION OF FOREST SPRAYING TO SALMON. Mature stands of spruce and balsam are subject to killing defoliation by spruce budworms when they appear in epidemic numbers. Budworms can be controlled relatively cheaply by spraying various formulations of DDT from aircraft. After spraying, this poison makes its way into salmon waters in one way or another, killing both salmon and their food. Much effort has been diverted to assessing damage and seeking ways of minimizing it. Some observations were made co-operatively by Board and Depart· ment staffs. In 1962 effects of spraying the Cains River watershed with DDT were monitored by holding caged fish near its outlet and comparing mortalities among them with those of controls in an unsprayed area. All affected fish were dead within 12 days of the start of spraying. Mortalities among controls were salmon parr 3 % , salmon fry 17 % , and trout fry 4 % . DDT is regarded as a specific poison for insects and as such may be expected to be destructive of the aquatic insect larvae that fry and parr live on, The destruction and restoration of the insect population in sprayed New Bruns­ wick streams have been followed since 1955. Observations show significant recovery of insect populations within 5 or 6 years following spraying at t lb DDT per acre. A new systemic insecticide, phosphamidon, may control budworm effectively. Exploratory tests conducted co-operatively by forestry and fisheries interests during 1962 on the Taxis River did not show damage to young fish or to aquatic insects. Since 1951 an annual census of young salmon in various Miramichi tribu­ taries was started. It has been continued and expanded so that it now provides a basis for assessing effects of different spraying procedures on young salmon at various stages. An analysis in 1962 of all data to date indicates clearly that numbers of young salmon at all stages are greatly reduced by spraying and that the extent of reduction is related to the amount of DDT used. EFFECTS OF CONTROLLING MERGANSERS ON RUNS OF ADULT SALMON. Research on the Pollett River and elsewhere has demonstrated that thorough control of mergansers increases production of salmon smolts from a stream. It remains to be shown that the number of usable returning adults is correspondingly increased, An experiment to establish this point has now been begun on the Mar- 58 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 garee River where returning adults can be kept track of effectively and where base lines are now established. The project involves several agencies working in a co-ordinated effort. In addition to the Fisheries Research Board of Canada, the Canadian Wildlife Service, the Nova Scotia Department of Lands and Mines, and the Fish Culture, Development, and Protection Branches of the Department of Fisheries of Canada are all involved in various aspects of a co-operative venture. BEHAVIOUR. It seems likely that remedial action will be necessary to help salmon stocks surmount hazards placed before them by human activities. Effective action must help salmon to help themselves and will depend on knowl­ edge of normal behaviour of salmon. Studies of buoyancy in young salmon and movements within a stream were begun during 1962. It was found that the initial filling of the swim bladder in alevins was delayed by holding them in fast currents. In general young salmon in swift currents were less buoyant than those in still water. Smolts were most buoyant than parr. These observations are related to fish holding their places in streams and have applications in stocking. Parr were found in both pools and riffles and individuals tended to remain in small "home areas". They showed a tendency to return to these when moved elsewhere.

TROUT Trout provide a much valued resource for recreation and the use of tourists. It is difficult to fix a monetary value on a recreational fishery. It is certain, how­ ever, that with increased population in New Brunswick and beyond, the value of the trout resource will increase and with it the need for knowledge on manage­ ment. Natural waters ordinarily produce trout to their capacity. The need is to modify the fish habitat so as to have it produce more trout or to make fish already there more available. This was done at Crecy Lake, N.B., where a com­ bination of stocking, fertilization, and predator control greatly increased the yield of a small lake in an infertile area. Habitat control approaches complete­ ness in utilization of farm ponds for fish or in put-and-take stocking. Interest in farm ponds is increasing now and both expedients should be considered when appropriate. A pond made by damming Ellerslie Brook in Prince Edward Island stopped movement of fish out of the stream. It made trout more available to anglers so that the potential of the brook was fully utilized. However production of sea run trout was lost. Hatchery trout were planted in the brook estuary below the dam in 1961 to remedy this loss. Results to date show good growth and good survival of these fish. Further tests are proposed in 1962 to test this new technique of management. In Ellerslie Brook during 1959 and subsequently, minor modifications (dams, deflections, cover) were made to improve the habitat for trout. A marked im­ provement in carrying capacity for older trout resulted in some of the study areas. In addition trout became more available to anglers. The net effect on the whole system will be studied over the next two years. Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 59

As increased control of both populations and habitat are contemplated, the adaptability of two species of trout to management was compared. When brook trout and rainbow trout are both planted as yearling fish of catchable size, so that the lake is essentially an over-winter holding area, survival of the two species is comparable. When brook and rainbow trout are stocked as fish of the year, so as to use the lake as a growth area, survival was on the whole somewhat better for brook trout.

POLLUTION Pollution of natural waters is a national and international problem of great concern. It is being studied actively by scientists interested in public health and industrial implications, and valuable information is being accumulated. However, all information collected for other interests is not necessarily applicable to fishery management. In some cases, for example, tolerances of fish to lethal substances are much lower than public health requirements. The study of pollution from the fisheries point of view requires application of known information gained by other agencies and the execution of special research necessary to meet fisheries needs. Relative to other areas, the situation regarding polluted waters in the Maritimes is not bad. There are, however, serious instances of pollution and some of these are on important fishing rivers. Pollution is easier to prevent than to remedy, and now is the time to profit from experience in other areas which have been fouled by the advance of industrialization. In general, opportunities for constructive application of research on fisheries pollution are good as pro­ vincial governments in the Maritimes have set up or are setting up water boards whose co-operation in meeting fisheries needs may be anticipated. There are many current and potential problems in the Maritimes calling for research and some selection is necessary. The effects of zinc and copper ions on aquatic life have been selected as most important because of the new upsurge in activity in base metal mines in northern New Brunswick. Parallel investigations in laboratory and field studied lethal and sublethal effects, especially avoidance reactions, of anadromous fishes. AVOIDANCE BY SALMON OF MINE EFFLUENTS. In the summers of 1960, 1961, and 1962 migrating salmon in the Northwest Miramichi River moved downstream in unusual numbers. Between 1954 and 1959 only 1.8% of salmon going upstream came down again. In the three following years percentages were 22.4, 13.7, and 10.0. Downstream movement was attributed to effluents from a re-opened base metal mine on the tributary Tomogonops River. Of fish which moved downstream about half were never heard of again. Of those that were again noted over three quarters proceeded upstream and the rest were taken in various commercial or sports fisheries. The concentration of zinc and copper which causes avoidance among adult migrating salmon is important to know. It was suggested in last year's report that 15 % of the incipient lethal level was a safe level of metal pollution. Results in 1962 suggest that the value may be about 40%. The subject is still under review. 60 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 7962-63

Studies of the effects of heavy metal pollution in the Northwest Miramichi have called for a detailed examination of the chemistry of the water. These analyses in addition to meeting their main purpose gave a revealing year-round picture of the chemistry of a river. They are being distributed to interested groups. Observations in the Northwest Miramichi River were followed up by labo­ ratory experiments on young salmon to study avoidance of heavy metals. The experiments allowed the fish to choose between natural water and water to which metallic ions were added. Although analysis of results is not complete, prelim­ inary examination provides convincing evidence of avoidance of copper at 7.5% of the incipient lethal level. Zinc also gave positive results at low concentrations. LETHAL CONCENTRATIONS OF ZINC AND COPPER. Knowledge of lethal levels of pollutants is necessary to show cause of death of fish in natural waters and provides a useful criterion for other studies on pollution. For example the in­ cipient lethal level (ILL) is the highest concentration which just fails to kill 50% of fish. The ILL was found to depend upon water hardness for both zinc and copper. When the pH was raised above 8.5, zinc for most practical purposes was not lethal to salmon. At low temperatures the ILL is raised. When zinc and copper are used in combination the effect is greater than the sum of their individual lethal actions. EXTREME FLOWS JN THE SAINT JOHN RIVER. Proper river management depends upon knowledge of extreme flows. For fisheries and pollution investiga­ tions the severity of low flows during summer is most important. A chart has been prepared for the Saint John River from which may be read how often any given low (or high) flow may be expected to occur in a representative period.

MA THEMA TI CAL ST ATISTICS Work in mathematical statistics at the St. Andrews Station is involved in three kinds of objectives. Supervision is provided for putting catch and fishing effort statistics and data from census surveys on IBM cards for routine processing prior to critical analysis. Consulting service is provided to biological investigations to assist in planning sampling and experimental routines, and with the analysis of data. Much emphasis is given to original theoretical work. In connection with groundfish studies, analysis of IBM records show that there is a bias in the collection of catch-effort data in favour of larger vessels and suc­ cessful trips. Study of fishing power or performance of vessels shows that within a gross tonnage class, size of net is an important factor. Analysis of records demons­ trates definite selection of the major species landed per trip but the extent to which this is a result of selective fishing remains to be determined. Theoretical studies were primarily exploratory in nature. Simulation of search­ ing for contagious distributions by hypothetical fishing vessels emphasized both the importance of schooling and clustering behaviour of fish to fishing success, and the need to develop more efficient sampling techniques. Other theoretical studies were concerned with fish production models. The covariance and multiple regression analysis of growth efficiency show the relative importance of rations, temperature, and relative size. Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B. 61 OCEANOGRAPHY Oceanographers study the environment of fish. The inclusion of oceanography as part of fisheries research has long been accepted by the Board which for many years recognized and carried out all Canadian research on the subject. More recently other agencies have assumed responsibility for Canadian national needs in ocean­ ography. The Board's oceanographers on the Atlantic Coas•t work out of two headquar­ ters. The Atlantic Oceanographic Group is accommodated in the Bedford Institute of Oceanography in Dartmouth, N.S., but functions independently under the Board's direction. The Institute is operated by the Marine Sciences Branch of the Depart­ ment of Mines and Technical Surveys and joint projects with it are pursued in close co-operation. During 1962 the Atlantic Oceanographic Group moved to its present accommodation from Halifax, N.S. The Atlantic Oceanographic Group is actively engaged in projects on the con­ tinental shelf, particularly in the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The investigations stem from the general needs of east coast fisheries for basic research in oceanography and from various national and international requirements of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. Some of the projects are carried out with other Board Stations or member agencies of the Canadian Committee on Oceanography. Oceanography more closely related to fisheries is centred at St. Andrews. Much of the work of defining the environment for fish is done in active on-the-spot co-operation with biological investigations. Work at sea is carried out on C.N.A.V. Sackville ·supplied by the Royal Canadian Navy. Board vessels, such as the M. V. A. T. Cameron and M. V. Harengus are also used as well as ships controlled by other government agencies. GEOLOGY AND GEOCHEMISTRY. Work in this field is based at the Atlantic Oceanographic Group and is carried out mainly in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, the Scotian Shelf and Grand Banks areas. Studies of the calcium carbonate system are considered to be of prime importance because of its close association with nutrient conditions, sedimentary deposition, shell composition, and environment. The calcium carbonate content of the bottom material increas·es seawards and centrally from the Saguenay River towards the mouth of the St. Lawrence River, indicating that no important detrital calcitic material entern the river above the Saguenay River. The carbonate content is high along the south coast of Anticosti Island, reflecting its geological com­ position. Samples of rock, sediment and a molluscan shell were analyzed from the sedi­ ments around Anticosti Island to establish the source of marine carbonate. All samples with the exception of the molluscan shell were calcitic in nature and are similar to the limestone of Anticosti Island. Some molluscs secrete pure calcite or aragonite whereas others secrete a mixture of both, depending on the temperature and salinity environment. An examination of shells is being carried out in order to key populations •and the bottom temperature environment by X-ray diffraction techniques. In the water the calcium ion concentration holds to about 9-11 milli­ molar but drops to about half this value near the Saguenay River. Surface concen- 62 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

trations vary considerably, reflecting the influence of biological activity. It has not been possible as yet to estab1ish whether the solubility product is exceeded in Gulf waters. Some 20 bottom s

Dynamic computations are available for many of the Sackville cruises in the Gulf and a program is well under way in a study of geostrophic flow. Sections have been checked for salt and volume transports. A clear cut pattern of flow is evident in Gaspe Passage and along the Laurentian Channel to Cabot Strait. The results to date in Cabot Strait are not encouraging. In conjunction with this work studies are in progress on the variation of property related to the phase of tide. Simultaneous current, temperature and salinity observations were taken in Gaspe Passage. A detailed study has not been completed but initial evidence suggests no systematic variation in properties related to the phase of tide. The results indicate that over a 2-day period, there is a change in property distribution apparently related to non-tidal parameters. CmcuLA'.I:ION. At St. Andrews emphasis is given to surface and bottom circu­ lation as indicated by drift bottle and sea-bed drifter releases and recoveries along the Canadian Atlantic coast from the Bay of Fundy to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. In the Bay of Fundy the open circulation region was featured in 1962. This regime started earlier and was less intense than in 1961. In Northumberland Strait the change from a general easterly transport during summer to a westerly movement in autumn was more pronounced than in recent years. In the eastern sector of the Strait there was a weak easterly flow. Cabot Strait releases of drift bottles showed a weakening inflow along the Newfoundland west coast toward autumn accompanied by diversion toward the Magdalen Shallows. Releases in Central Cabot Strait showed a northeasterly drift in summer changing to southward later in the season. Along the Cape Breton shore the southerly drift persisted at all times. A local eddy-like counter-clockwise bottom drift between Gaspe Peninsula and Orphan Bank has been inferred from recoveries of sea-bed drifters but the main feature of the bottom circulation in the southwestern Gulf of St. Lawrence is a southeasterly drift along the edge of the Magdalen Shallows. On the Scotian Shelf in Emerald Bank area, bottom drift was westward at an average speed of 0.7 mile per day. In Cabot Strait other means of measuring currents involved use of radar drift poles for the surface drift and Pisa tubes on the bottom. Forty-eight-hour tracking of drift poles showed a drift of 16 miles a day toward the south on the Cape Breton side and 8 miles a day toward the north on the Newfoundland side. At 180 metres depth Pisa tubes over a 66-hour period gave an average current velocity along the bottom of 0.11 knot at 130°. TEMPERATURE AND SALINITY. St. Andrews oceanographers monitor coastwise surface temperatures at six stations between the Bay of Fundy and the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Surface temperatures were below the long-term averages by 0.2- l.00C. During the first 6 months of 1962 surface temperatures were generally higher than those of 1961 which had been much below normal. Bottom tempera­ tures observed at three stations were below average during 1962 with a greater departure from average in the Halifax region than in the Bay of Fundy area. Temperature and salinity observations at St. Mary Bay show marine climates of two types. The lower third of the Bay is dominated by conditions at the entrance to the Bay of Fundy. The head of the Bay has a purely local regime. 64 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

Surface temperatures in Northumberland Strait were generally below average. The salinity stratification was less pronounced than usual and the autumn over­ turn early. The cooling trend experienced since the beginning of the fifties continues with minor year-to-year variations for both surface and bottom temperatures. An important part of the studies of surface currents has been made possible by the co-operation of the masters and officers of the following vessels: CPR Princess Helen; CNR Bluenose, Abegweit, William Carson, Lord Selkirk; Sambro and Lurcher Lightships. Their interest and help is gratefully acknowledged.

OTHER INVESTIGATIONS SMELT. The Miramichi smelt fishery has been followed through Fisheries Officers' reports, :fisheries statistics, and log records from ten co-operating fisher­ men. The catch per licensed net was 200 lb above average and the catch per net-day was 29% above average. However, because of poor prices, reduced effort, and low total catch the season was rated as poor. The 1962 spawning run of fairly large fish was quite good. Precipitation was 60% average during the run. These circumstances should make for good larval production. INSHORE coo. Work on oxygen requirements of cod in confinement has been completed and reported. Earlier results showing less oxygen consumption on a per pound basis by large cod than small ones, by starved cod than feeding ones, and by crowded cod than uncrowded ones have been confirmed. Increasing tem­ perature raises oxygen consumption in both starved and fed cod. Handling cod also increases oxygen consumption by as much as 70%. Moderate reduction in the availability of oxygen does not change the amount used significantly. This may place the fish under stress as it must pump more water over its gills to maintain the oxygen supply to its blood. BIOLOGICAL STATION, LONDON, ONT.

HEMING LAKE...... 65 GREAT SLAVE LAKE...... 67 LAKE SUPERIOR ...... ,.. 68 OTHER RESEARCH ...... ,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,...... 70 LAMPREY CONTROL EXPERIMENT...... 71

The Biological Station at London is concerned with freshwater fisheries prob­ lems in central Canada. Its research program is primarily directed at establishing the basic biological principles requisite to the sound management of inland fisheries. In fulfillment of a contractual arrangement between the Fisheries Research Board of Canada and the Great Lakes Fishery Commission, the Station also carried out work on sea lampreys in the Canadian waters of the Great Lakes during 1962. The administrative headquarters of the Station are in a rented two-storey building at 539 Richmond Street, London, Ontario, which is shared with the London Technological Unit. The building serves as a base of operation for field parties; all projects at the Station require considerable field work. It also houses facilities which aid the scientific staff to interpret and report on the results of field work. These facilities include: a library, data-card punching and sorting equipment, equipment for determining the ages of fish from their scales, facilities for experimentation with live fish, a dark room and a workshop. Field work is carried out either from permanent sub-stations or from mobile camps. About half of the men on the lamprey project are permanently stationed at Sault Ste. Marie, and the largest sub-station was, until recently, housed in a building at Sault Ste Marie, Ontario. The building was burned beyond repair in September 1962; plans for replacing it are well advanced. Meanwhile, work in Sault Ste. Marie is based in temporary quarters. A sizeable sub-station at Heming Lake in northern Mani­ toba is occupied seasonally for research on fish populations. A sub-station at Hay River, Northwest Territories, is permanently occupied by two men in connec­ tion with research on Great Slave Lake. In addition to a number of small boats, the Station has two 45-foot steel­ .hulled diesel-powered motor vessels. The Cottus is used on Lake Superior and the Stenodus is used on Great Slave Lake.

HEMING LAKE POPULATION STUDIES. In their attempts to predict fishery yields under various conditions, fishery scientists often use mathematical models of fish populations. These models are essentially equations whose terms are manipulated to represent various sets of conditions which might influence a fish population, so that the theoretical effect of various changes may be studied. All concerned have long realized that it would be very advantageous to test the validity of such mathemat­ ical models by attempting to apply them to a controlled fish population.

65 70738-0-5 66 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 Heming Lake has been chosen as such a testing ground. It is small enough that relatively few men can apply sufficient fishing pressure to greatly affect the population and can tag a sizeable proportion of the fish present. It is remote enough that outside interference with the experiment is unlikely. At the same time, a good deal is known about the lake and its biota because of a previous study conducted there on Triaenophorus crassus, and the buildings, boats, etc., used for that study are available. The principal activity in 1962 was a tagging and recapture program. The fish for tagging were mainly taken in seines and trap nets, but were also taken in gill nets, in trammel nets, by angling and by other means. A total of 5971 fish of seven species were tagged in 1962; 25 % of these were recovered during the same year. Minor difficulties were encountered with holes in "fish fences" which had been erected to prevent fish from entering or leaving Heming Lake, and a few fish were known to escape, but for all practical purposes the population in Heming Lake was a closed system in 1962. The effect of coloured tags on population estimates was further investigated. The most recent data would indicate that, while coloured tags on small fish tend to make them targets for predators and therefore must bias population estimates, on the other hand coloured tags on large fish apparently affect estimates very little, indicating that larger fish are much less vulnerable to predation. During the recently completed experiment in controlling Triaenophorus, the size of pike was greatly reduced by deliberate overfishing. Since 1960 fishing mortality on pike has been intentionally almost negligible. As a result, as might have been expected, the size of pike increased markedly as has the size of other species which had also inadvertently been reduced in size during heavy fishing for pike. TRIAENOPHORUS CRAssus. Because it is necessary to avoid a heavy fishing mortality at this stage of the population study, it has been impossible to examine pike and whitefish in numbers comparable to the samples examined during the Triaenophorus control experiment. Nevertheless, a limited s·ample of pike and of whitefish were examined in 1962. No adult Triaenophorus were found in the intestines of any of the pike examined; 1962 is the sixth year in which no adult Triaenophorus have been found in pike. No Triaenophorus cysts were found in the flesh of whitefish or ciscoes; 1962 is the third year in which no Triaenophorus have been found encysted in Heming Lake coregonines. A closely related but economically unimportant parasite, Triaenophorus nodulosus, was approximately as abundant as ever. OTHER OBSERVATIONS. The incidence of "black spot" was noted among the fish of five species. In some species the incidence was greater than in former years, in others it was less. The study is continuing. Silver pike were again observed in Heming Lake in about the same proportion as previously. In 1961 two new species of minnows, Notropis heterolepis and Pimephales promelas, were recognized for the first time. Both species appeared in seine hauls in 1962, in much smaller numbers than the predominant minnow, Notropis hud~ sonius, and in about the same proportion to other fish as in 1961. It now seemsr. Biological Station, London, Ont. 67 reasonable to assume that these two species always were in the lake, but were not recognized earlier because they are relatively scarce.

GREAT SLAVE LAKE The commercial fishery of Great Slave Lake has been studied continuously since it first began in 1945. The study has served to document the effect of fishing on the fish populations and the effect of changes in the populations on the fishery. The resulting information has been used by the Department of Fisheries of Canada which manages the lake, and in most cases the pertinent fisheries regu­ lations are based on the results of the study. But more important than this use of the data is the fact that information gathered from such an intensive study has wide application to Canadian inland fisheries. Great Slave Lake is particularly appropriate for such an intensive study because (a) the collection of data began with the unexploited condition and has not been interrupted, (b) the catch is landed at very few places, (c) there are relatively few species in the lake and only two are important in the commercial catch, ( d) only one type of fishing gear is used, and ( e) the lake is entirely under federal jurisdiction, which eliminates some problems which would arise in a similar study of any other Canadian lake of comparable size. The main source of data has been, and remains, the commercial fishery. Samples from the fishermen's catches are examined regularly to get information on sizes of fish caught and on their ages. Daily interviews of the fishermen produce information on catch per effort and on places fished. Data on total commercial catch is accumulated by Fisheries Officers and made available to us, but it is necessary to supplement this data with information gathered by other means in . order to arrive at a true figure of biomass removed from the lake. Data from sources other than the commercial fishery have played a minor but important part in the general study. In 1948 a recommendation based on our data led to a considerable increase in the permitted annual catch. Because of fears that this increased catch might be too large, it was for several years considered desirable to take special steps to detect, at an early stage, any effects of the fishery on the fish as a precaution against overfishing. During this period changes in the average size of fish, in catch per effort and in age structure were closely followed. However, it was eventually established: ( 1) that average size is a reliable and sufficient index of the effect of removing fish from the lake; (2) that all over the lake average sizes, after an initial decrease, have become stable at slightly lower values, in­ dicating equilibrium between the fish populations and the fishery; and ( 3) that this equilibrium condition does not represent overfishing in any part of the lake. Having demonstrated that fears of overfishing were and are groundless, it has been possible in recent years to suspend the time-consuming annual computa­ tion of these indices and to concentrate on a more detailed analysis of all the data in order to get from it the maximum of useable information. The major consideration in 1962 was to prepare data going back to 1945 for analysis by putting them on punch cards. Unfortunately, restrictions on re­ placement of personnel reduced the manpower available for this operation and 70738-0-5~ 68 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Repo1·t 1962-63 resulted in much less progress than had been anticipated. Very little was done on the main body of data, and efforts were concentrated on related studies which must be carried out before the main body of data can be adequately analysed. A good deal of data has accumulated as a result of tagging and later recovering Great Slave Lake fish. Final analysis of these data corroborates earlier preliminary conclusions that, in general, lake trout and whitefish, the two im­ portant fish in Great Slave Lake, move very little, although a few individuals do travel considerable distances. This confirms the advisability of dividing the lake into a number of statistical areas, as has been done, and of treating each area separate1y when analysing data. It also shows that it has been sound manage­ ment policy to divide the lake into a number of units, each with its catch quota, as a means of preventing local overfishing. It shows, too, that the present regula­ tions which in most cases prevent commercial fishing within ten miles of a settlement are the only regulations needed to prevent any adverse effects of com­ mercial operations on the fish populations which those who live in the settlements usually exploit for their own use. Data on size and age of fish caught and on catch per net were collected as in previous years. In addition, a special effort was made to finish studies of non-commercial fisheries. In 1962 the Rae Ann segment of the domestic fishery was studied. Also, for the second year in a row, a creel census of the angling fishery was conducted at Taltheilei Narrows. These studies indicate that fisheries other than the commercial fishery harvest a negligible fraction of the Great Slave Lake crop at the present time.

LAKE SUPERIOR The Great Lakes Fishery Commission is carrying out a program designed to control sea lampreys in the upper Great Lakes. The basic purpose of their program is to enable the re-establishment of lake trout which sea .Jampreys have almost exterminated in Lakes Huron and Michigan and greatly reduced in Lake Superior. The immediate purpose of our study of Lake Superior fisheries is to assess the effect of lampreys on the lake trout populations and the effect, in terms of improved lake trout production, of the Commission's efforts to control lampreys. Because the stocks of spawning lake trout have been so greatly reduced, the Province of Ontario, the States of Michigan and Wisconsin, and the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service have planted millions of hatchery-reared trout in Lake Superior in recent years. Collecting data on the contribution of these planted trout, which may be recognized by distinctive patterns of fin clipping, is an im­ portant part of the Lake Superior study. As on Great Slave Lake, the commercial fishery provides the major source of data. Because few trout are being taken, we try to sample as much of the com­ mercial catch as possible. Observers are put aboard fishing vessels so that they may sample the fish as they are caught. In many cases trustworthy fishermen are paid to sample their own catches. Among the information coHected are data on length and weight of fish and on the number of open wounds and healed wounds made by lampreys. Scales are collected so that ages may be determined later. Biological Station, London, Ont. 69

Loading a skiff with equipment for fish tagging at Heming Lake.

Pouring lampricide from its shipping container into the reservoir of the pump which will feed it into a stream at a measured rate. 70 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 The average weight of marketable lake trout caught increased from 2.18 pounds in 1961 to 2.34 pounds in 1962. Catch per net increased by 10o/o in the same period. Ten per cent more gear was fished in 1962 than in 1961. As a result of these three factors, the marketable Canadian catch of Lake Superior lake trout in 1962 was approximately 70,000 pounds compared with about 45,000 pounds in 1961. As will be shown in a later section, the year-class of sea lamprey which spawned in 1962 seems to have been considerably weaker than any in recent years. A decrease in the rate of scarring of lake trout by lampreys, noted in late 1961 and early 1962, also indicates that the same year-class of lamprey was a comparatively weak one. It therefore seems reasonable to interpret the increase in average size of individual lake trout and the increase in catch per net as the results of increased survival because of a decrease in lamprey predation. A study of the age structure of both planted and native lake trout also indicates that the rate of survival has increased between 1961 and 1962 at all ages. The rate of wounding of lake trout was approximately the same throughout 1962 as in the fall of 1961, indicating that the year-class of sea lampreys which will spawn in 1963 is roughly of the same strength as that which spawned in 1962. A further increase in rate of survival between 1962 and 1963 is therefore not expected. Considerable evidence is accumulating from the lake trout study which suggests that sea lampreys tend to remain near the streams in which they hatch. As a result, it would appear that the heaviest predation on the Canadian side of Lake Superior takes place in Whitefish Bay and in Nipigon Bay into which the principal Canadian lamprey-producing streams drain. Lamprey predation see~s to have had less effect on Canadian lake trout populations in other areas and particularly on trout which inhabit offshore fishing grounds. Thus, although there has been a noticeable change in catch per net and in average size of fish taken in inshore waters, where lamprey predation seems to have decreased, there was less change on the offshore fishing grounds where lamprey predation has always been slight. Considerable evidence is being accumulated which indicates that the average lake trout, too, moves very little. In particular, planted lake trout have tended to remain in one place. For instance, of 527 fish planted off Sand River in early 1959 and recovered during 1962, more than half were recovered within two miles of the exact spot at which they were released. The planted fish form a major part of the commercial catch in the immediate neighbourhood of the place where they were planted, but have comparatively little effect on catches elsewhere. In 1962 considerable data were gathered on a fishery for lake herring which takes place annually in Black and Thunder Bays between November 15 and December 15.

OTHER RESEARCH EXPERIMENTAL LIMNOLOGY. A biologist has been seconded to the Great Lakes Institute as part of a co-operative research arrangement. He has been Biological Station, London, Ont. 71 experimentally hybridizing various salmonids, also pike and muskellunge, as a means of studying their genetics. A total of 37 crosses have been made to date. LAMPREY PHYSIOLOGY. The effects of high temperature were studied when exposure time was long, about 3t months. Results indicate that ammocoetes can­ not withstand temperatures as high as 27.5° C (81 °F) for a prolonged period. This project had to be terminated in 1962 because of restrictions on replacement of personnel.

LAMPREY CONTROL EXPERIMENT LAMPREY BARRIERS. Electrical barriers were operated continuously from May 15 to July 31 on eight streams tributary to Lake Superior. The same barriers were operated in 1962 as in 1961. The main purpose of barrier operation is to assess the size of the lamprey runs. It is assumed that approximately the same proportion of the run is killed, recovered, and counted each year at the electrical barriers, so that comparisons of counts from year to year should give a rough idea of the relative number running. The size of the spawning run is in turn probably closely related to the number of lampreys which have preyed on lake trout and other fish during the preceding year. In 1962 a total of 788 adult sea lampreys were counted at the eight Canadian barriers compared with 2895 in 1961. This represents a considerable decrease compared with the average run for the last seven years. The decrease was pro­ portionally greater in the six barriers near Sault Ste. Marie than in the two barriers in the Nipigon Bay area. The counts at the Sault Ste. Marie barriers indicated approximately an 80% reduction from the average during the seven previous years and is comparable in magnitude with the reduction in counts on the United States side of Lake Superior. Counts at Nipigon Bay barriers were approximately 60% less than those of recent years. Values for recent counts in electrical barriers on the Canadian and United States sides of Lake Superior are shown in the accompanying table. The values are rounded to avoid a false implication of accuracy. The three earliest values for United States barriers include estimates derived by extrapolation, since some of the barriers have been operated since 1958 only. Note that these estimates have been re-calculated since the comparable table shown in the 1961-1962 report was prepared.

1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 Oanada ...... 2,000 2,100 2,100 1,600 2,300 3,900 2,900 800 U.S.A...... 21,000* 45,000* 53,000* 58,000 45,000 38,000 68,000 9,000 *Estimates-see text. It is evident from the above table that in both Canada and the United States the counts in 1962 were considerably lower than in other recent years. The com­ bined count was only about 20% of recent averages. It seems reasonable to assume that the smaller count represents an actual decrease in the sea lamprey population of roughly the same magnitude. 72 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 STREAM SURVEYS. Stream surveys are carried out to determine lamprey dis­ tribution as a necessary preliminary to treating stteams with lampricide. Frequent re-surveys are necessary to assess the effects of using lampricides and to see whether lampreys are spreading to previously unused streams. Lamprey surveys are carried out mainly by electro-,shocking devices, but in many cases small amounts of lamp­ ricide are used to collect ammocoetes in small streams. In 1962, 175 tributaries to Lake Superior between Agawa River and Steel River were re-examined to see whether any new lamprey runs had developed. Sea lamprey ammocoetes were found in eight, although sea lampreys had been found in none during previous surveys. It is not clear whether this represents improved survey techniques or further spread of the lamprey. In every case the populations discovered were small. Three Lake Huron tributaries in the North Channel area were also surveyed. At the present time, the Trent Valley Canal System between Lake Simcoe and Georgian Bay includes two marine railways for moving boats around each of two high dams. A proposal to replace these marine railways with locks is under con­ sideration. At the present time, the two high dams- mentioned prevent sea lampreys from reaching Lake Simcoe. Were they replaced with locks, it would be only a matter of time until sea lampreys became established in Lake Simcoe just as they became established in the upper Great Lakes. Because of this possibility, 107 streams in the Lake Simcoe-Severn watershed were surveyed in November 1962. About 19 seemed to offer suitable habitat for sea lampreys to spawn and for ammo­ coetes to develop, indicating that if sea lampteys were once allowed access to Lake Simcoe they could be expected to thrive there. No evidence was found that sea lampreys are already in the watershed. LAMPRICIDE APPLICATION. The principal method used in the attempt to control sea lampreys is the application of a chemical to all streams in which sea lamprey ammocoetes are found. As agent for the Great Lakes Fishery Commission, this Station has been applying lampricide to Canadian streams in the Great Lakes basin since 1958. Afundamental requirement for lampricide application is proper control of the concentration in the stream. If the concentration is too strong, it kills both lampreys and fish; if too weak, it kills neither. The range of concentrations which will kill lampreys but not fish varies with temperature and also varies from stream to stream in an unpredictable way. The diluting effect of tributaries must be taken into account in planning a lampricide operation, and a rain storm during application can dilute the treated stream enough that the treatment is ineffective and must be repeated. Among the necessary preparations for treatment is a careful survey of the watershed, sincB the lampricide must be applied above the highest point at which ammocoetes occur in each tributary. It is also necessary to find the time taken for a mass of water to move from the point of application to the river mouth, and to determine the volume of flow at critical points. The minimum concentration of lampricide likely to kill ammocoetes and the maximum concentration which will spare the fish is determined by bio-assay. For that purpose, stream water is used to make up different concentrations of lampricide: fish and ammocoetes are kept in each of the resulting solutions at stream temperatures to see whether they live or Biological Station, London, Ont. 73 die. The bio-assay must be made just prior to treatment, since the concentration required one week is not necessarily the same as that required another. On the basis of these facts, the place or places where lampricide is applied, the rate and duration of application are decided. Sometimes transportation to the point of application is a major problem. Standard proportioning pumps are used to apply the lampricide at a predetermined rate. The stream water is analysed frequently to determine whether the expected concentration is in fact being maintained; if it is not, the flow through the pumps is adjusted. The chemical is applied for the allotted time, generally about 18 hours. It may take several days for the treated water to move downstream to the river mouth. As it slowly moves along, ammocoetes be­ come irritated enough that after about an hour they leave their burrows, and after another hour or two most of them are dead. In 1962, 13 streams tributary to Lake Superior were treated with lampricide using standard techniques. Included were five of the eight streams in which lampreys were discovered for the first time in 1962.

70738-0-6

BIOLOGICAL STATION, NANAIMO, B.C.

SALMON INVESTIGATIONS AS A WHOLE...... 77 DISTRIBUTION OF SALMON STOCKS IN THE NORTH PACIFIC...... 77 STUDIES RELATED TO REGULATION OF SALMON FISHERIES...... 81 SALMON MANAGEMENT IN THE SKEENA AREA...... 82 FRASER RIVER PINK SALMON...... 85 PINKS AND SocKEYE IN THE NORTHERN BRITISH COLUMBIA-SOUTI-IEASTERN ALASKA BORDER AREA 86 SALMON STOCK ASSESSMENT...... 86 STUDIES OF SOCKEYE SCALES TO DISTINGUISH STOCKS IN THE GULF OF ALASKA...... 87 STUDIES OF SALMON PROPAGATION...... 88 MIGRATION AND ORIENTATION OF SOCKEYE SALMON SMOLTS...... 91 EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES ON PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOUR OF SALMON...... 92 POLLUTION...... 96 HERRING...... 98 GROUNDFISH ...... ;...... 99 CRABS ...... 101 SHRIMPS ...... '' ...... ' ...... ··········· ..... ······· .... ' ...... '...... 102 MARINE INVERTEBRATES ...... 102 MARINE MAMMALS ...... , ...... 103 MARINE PRODUCTIVITY ...... , ...... 105 OCEANOGRAPHY...... 107

/ The objective of the work of the Nanaimo Biological Station is to provide scientific basis for the development and maintenance of the fisheries of the Cana­ dian Pacific coast. The Station must carry out research to obtain basic scientific knowledge on which management is to be based, and to provide the basis for sound long-term development of the fisheries. It is also necessary, and of value in the acquiring of fundamental knowledge, to study many problems of an im­ mediate nature which are important to administration and industry. In the wide range of immediate problems, the salmon fisheries are most important because of their over-riding economic importance, their extreme vul­ nerability to fishing, pollution, and other man-made changes, and the ever-chal­ lenging possibility that they may be regulated and cultured to great advantage. The salmon, and other Pacific marine species, cause concern in that they are, or may soon be, intensively fished by new fleets from other nations. The need for providing more information on which to base international agreements or negotiations, sometimes involving extensive cooperation with the agencies of other countries in research and reporting, is growing rapidly more pressing. Other prob­ lems are concerned with regulation of intensive domestic fisheries, protection of these fisheries from damage by pollution or other consequences of industrialization, and technical advic~ on culturey- Great as the need may be to solve immediate problems, the development and extension of Canada's west coast fisheries will depend also upon the knowl­ edge acquired from broader and more fundamental research. Not only must the

75 70738-0-6:1 76 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 unused potential of the fisheries resources (some now actively sought by other nations) be explored, we must also learn how to increase fish and shellfish pro­ duction by positive means. Expansion of the fisheries will depend upon better knowledge of how the fish survive, grow, reproduce and behave, and· how and where nature provides the food and physical conditions on which they thrive. Good progress was made in most fields in 1962-1963, in spite of a progres­ sive draining off of scientific staff during the year brought about by restrictions on 'recruitment. The most important immediate problems mentioned above are still being actively investigated; progress is being slowed in some fields of study of a more fundamental nature. In 1962-63, with engineering assistance of the Department of Fisheries of Canada, extensive facilities for salmon egg-collecting were constructed at Glendale River. The facilities are being used in an experimental transplant of pink salmon eggs to Newfoundland and will continue to be utilized by the Board and Depart· ment of Fisheries in future transplant projects and fish culture studies. Through the courtesy of the Fish and Game Branch of the British Columbia Department of Recreation and Conservation, the Provincial Hatchery at Puntledge River was us.eel for the first stage of incubation of the eggs which were transplanted to Newfoundland. Other construction projects of 1962-63 involved the addition of a salmon fry release building at the experimental hatchery at Lakelse Lake, completion in March of the 25-foot aluminum-hulled vessel Melibe, conversion to offices and laboratories of two floors of· a building which formerly housed carpenter and electronic shops, commencement of a 70-foot steel-hulled laboratory and camp barge, and completjpn of a 177-foot deep-sea side trawler G. B. Reed and her 26-foot auxiliary gillnet boat Remora. The G. B. Reed, which was delivered in December, was employed through January and early February in salmon distribution studies on the high seas west and south of Cape Flattery and during the remainder of February and March in groundfish studies in the Queen Charlotte Islands area. This Station operated three other vessels in 1962-63. The 78-foot general purpose fishing vessel A. P. Knight . was employed mainly in herring and groundfish studies but also for pollu- tion, mid-water trawl development, and joint studies of deep-scattering layers with the Institute of Oceanography of the University of British Columbia, for fur-seal .surveys, and as a tender for res·earch work on juvenile salmon in the Fitz Hugh Sound area. The 54-foot dragger Investigator No. I was used in studies of groundfish, herring, crabs, shrimps, as a tender for juvenile salmon studies in Fitz Hugh Sound, and in joint studies with the Institute of Oceanography at the University of British Columbia on deep-scattering layer phenomena, and with the Vancouver Public Aquarium. The 30-foot Noctiluca was employed as a tender in Fitz Hugh Sound area on studies of juvenile salmon. The 39-foot tender-vessel Alta was sold through the Crown Assets Disposal Corporation. Four seiners, the 81-foot Western Crusader, the 79-foot Western Producer, the 70-foot Midnight Sun, and the 73-foot Skardale were chartered during April through July for salmon tagging throughout northeast Pacific waters. The 72-foot general purpose vessel Pacific Ocean and the 108-foot fish packer T. W. Islander Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 77 were chartered to collect fur seals as required by an international treaty. The latter vessel was employed for the month of June and the former for the period February through May. The gillnetters Shirley D. (33 feet) and Lady Luck (34 feet) were again chartered to conduct systematic fishing to provide immediate information on escapement of salmon into the Skeena River. A 66-foot camp barge, NBF No. 2, was chartered during May and June to provide a mobile laboratory and living accommodation necessary for studies of the early life of pink and chum salmon as they migrate away from streams flowing into Fitz Hugh Sound. Through the courtesy of the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys and the Department of National Defence, the 85-foot hydrographic vessel Ehkoli and the 235-foot CNA V Oshawa were employed at various periods in the moni­ toring of pollution and pulp-mill wastes through the inlets and coastline of British Columbia.

SALMON INVESTIGATIONS AS A WHOLE The Station's salmon research programs encompass the whole of the salmon's life history. Although reported here as separate studies, each study is so inter­ connected with others that they mesh into a single whole. The protection of our salmon stocks through international negotiation, the prediction of runs to facilitate rational exploitation, the regulation of the fishery to provide optimum spawning escapements, the protection of runs from adverse effects of industrialization, and the development of positive cultural methods-achieving these aims depends upon knowledge of the various salmon stocks throughout their life history and upon knowledge of their capacities and behaviour. The maximum economic yield of salmon can be achieved only by regulation of fishing and by positive culture techniques based on knowledge of the salmon's capacities to exploit their environ­ ment and the capacity of the environment to support them, at all stages of their life. Steady progress is being made in describing the whole picture of the salmon potential and the limitations to be overcome on the way of its achievement.

DISTRIBUTION OF SALMON STOCKS IN THE NORTH PACIFIC Research on the distribution of salmon stocks on the high seas was com­ menced in 1955 to carry out Canada's share of a joint program formulated by the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission in 1954 to answer questions raised by the Protocol to the Convention between Canada, Japan and the United States which established the Commission. The Protocol required the three coun­ tries to discover whether salmon of North American and Asian origin intermingle on the high seas and, if so, whether another line than the provisional eastward limit of Japanese salmon fishing (175°W) could be shown to divide them more equitably. In one of the greatest co-operative fisheries investigations ever under­ taken, the agencies of the three countries combined ( 1) high-seas sampling by research vessels, (2) sampling of salmon in inshore waters to establish, by every promising method available, the characteristics of the various stocks so as to recognize them in the high-seas samples, ( 3) tagging, and ( 4) study of the ocean­ ographic background for salmon distribution. Canada, through this Station, has 78 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 participated fully in this program, carrying out high-seas fishing in the eastern North Pacific, collecting samples both inshore and on the high seas, examining material from all sources as to their parasites and scale patterns, tagging salmon, and playing a leading part in oceanographic research. Since its inception in 1955 the combined research program has shown that salmon are distributed very broadly throughout the North Pacific and Bering Sea, and that salmon from the two continents intermingle over at least 45 degrees of longitude, crossing the provisional line in both directions in large numbers. The major features of the distribution and movements of a number of important stocks have been discovered, and the homing of salmon to their rivers of origin from distant areas has been confirmed. Because, however, of the complexity and dynamic nature of the distribution of so many stocks intermingling over such a vast area, a reliable quantitative picture could not be obtained with the resources available and many serious gaps are left in our knowledge of the high-seas distribution of some important stocks. At its 1961 annual meeting at Tokyo the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission paid special attention to the preparation of agreed joint reports of the results of its research program and to the long-term planning of further re­ search. The former involved, on the one hand, careful and extended consideration at Tokyo of conclusions which could be incorporated in the proceedings of the Commission's meeting and, on the other, steps in the preparation of a com· prehensive report for publication. Both aspects of joint reporting involve much work by the Station's scientific staff. The Commission also adopted a broader long-term research program on salmon on the high seas designed to obtain more fundamental knowledge of the factors governing the survival, growth and move· ments of salmon in the ocean-knowledge which is badly needed for fisheries management as well as for the solution of the international problems which are the Commission's main concern. STUDY OF CHUM SALMON SCALES TO DISTINGUISH STOCKS. Associated with differences in growth rates during early sea life, scales of chum salmon originating in different coastal areas around the North Pacific exhibit different patterns of circular ridges ( "circuli"). Scales of chums originating in British Columbia and southeastern Alaska have many closely-packed rings, whereas those from northern Alaska and Asia have fewer, more widely-spaced circuli. In samples taken in various coastal areas from 1956 to 1958, the scales of about 50% of the churn salmon from British Columbia and southeastern Alaska were distinctive enough to identify them had they been taken on the high seas. Similarly, about 30% of those originating in northern Alaska and about the same proportion of those originating in northern Asia exhibited scales distinctive enough to permit identifica· tion of the region of origin. The studies of the origin of chum salmon taken on the high seas, based on the classification of scale types from shore samples, are being concluded with the examination of samples taken by Japanese, United States and Canadian vessels in 1958. The additional data considered in 1962 confirmed earlier con· clusions, including the presence of Asian chums in the eastern areas where theit' occurrence has now been demonstrated by tagging. Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 79 HIGH-SEAS DISTRIBUTION OF SOCKEYE AS REVEALED BY PARASITES. Research on this subject has culminated in a paper describing the ocean distribution of certain sockeye stocks as revealed by two freshwater parasites (Triaenophorus crassus and Dacnitis truttae), to be published in 1963. Since the usefulness of data obtained from marine trematodes in determining the ocean distribution of North American and Asian stocks is dependent on the parasites having a life span of at least several months, the life histories of other trematodes are being in· vestigated. Preliminary experiments reveal that Lecithaster gibbosus may live fol' at least five months in the pink salmon. Work continues, also, on the identification and taxonomy of all parasites found in sockeye with the objective of producing for publication a complete account of the parasites occurring in salmon throughout the North Pacific. OCEANOGRAPHIC BACKGROUND FOR SALMON DISTRIBUTION. The Pacific Oceanographic Group continued its important role in the oceanographic aspects of the INPFC research program. The field program included ( 1 ) a synoptic two· ship survey of the eastern Subarctic Pacific Ocean in early summer, (2) continued observations at Ocean Station "P" (50°N, 145°W), and (3) frequent sections between "P" and the mainland. These data provide an excellent monitor of oceanographic conditions in the northeastern Pacific Ocean. In addition, weekly charts showing the characteristics of the temperature structure in the seasonal zone in the northeastern Pacific were issued through the Information Service, Esquimalt. As background information for these charts, an assessment of historical temperature data in the Subarctic Pacific and adjoining areas is being made by the Pacific Oceanographic Group (POG) and Scripps Institution of Oceanography. This study will provide charts upon which further studies and comparisons can be made. The "Review of the Oceanography of the Subarctic Pacific Region", for incorporation in the published comprehensive report on International North Pacific Fisheries Commission (INPFC) research, was completed by correspondents of Canada, Japan and the United States and was approved for publication by the members of the Commission. It is a comprehensive review of the oceanography of the Subarctic, in which salmon spend the marine portion of their existence, in terms which should assist materially in an understanding of the problems of the movements, . growth and survival of salmon. TAGGING WITH LONG-LINES. Investigation of the distribution, movement and areas of origin of Pacific salmon in 1962 was made through the operation of four chartered vessels (Midnight Sun, Skardale, Western Crusader and Western Producer) from early April until late July. Each vessel made seven cruises within a region extending from the eastern coastline of the Gulf of Alaska westward to Longitude 160°W and from Latitude 45°N to Latitude 57°N. Fishing was carried out by means of long-line gear under the supervision of Japanese fishermen. Total catches of anadromous fishes were: sockeye 6795; chum 3007; pink 8911; coho 457; chinook 29; steelhead 258; total 19,457. The numbers tagged and released were: sockeye 6260; chum 2640; pink 7929; coho 409; chinook 23; steelhead 246; total 17,507. Throughout April, May and June the greatest concentration of sockeye was found in the west-central part of the Gulf of Alaska, where catches of more than 80 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 200 fish per 1000 hooks were made on several occasions in April and May. This is a region of relatively cold water. Very few fish were caught near the British Columbia coast and catches were also small in the far-western part of the region examined. Chum salmon catches were generally relatively small and widely scattered. In the early weeks of the season the youngest (2nd-year) fish were confined to the southeast part of the Gulf. Areas farther to the northwest were occupied by older fish. The zones occupied by the various age-groups shifted to the northwest during the progress of the season. In April and early May, pink salmon were only numerous in the relatively warm water characteristic of the southeast part of the region examined. They appeared to be entirely absent from a large area in the northwest. During the course of the fishing season they spread northward and westward throughout the Gulf. Similar features of distribution and seasonal movement were shown by coho and steelhead. From the total number of fish tagged and released, 1342 recoveries (7.7%) were reported to January 11, 1963. These comprised: sockeye 659 (10.5%); chum 103 (3.9%); pink 538 (6.8%); coho 34 (8.3%); chinook 1; steelhead 7. In the sockeye recoveries all the regional stocks providing major North American fisheries were well represented. Bristol Bay fish occurred as far east as Longitude 143°W in the early weeks of the season. All stocks mingled ex­ tensively in the central part of the Gulf of Alaska prior to the mature fish moving towards their respective spawning areas. The westernmost tagging localities from which British Columbia sockeye were recovered were approximately at 154°W for Skeena and Rivers Inlet fish and 158°W for Fraser River fish. Chum salmon recoveries showed the presence in the Gulf of Alaska of fish which subsequently migrated to the Japan Sea and the Gulf of Anadyr (U.S.S.R.) as well as to North American localities from the Polar Sea to Puget Sound. A relatively large number came from the eastern coast of the Bering Sea. Four were recovered by the Japanese high-seas fishery in the western North Pacific. The distribution within the Gulf of the tagged fish subsequently recov"ered showed that the chums "belonging" to different coastal regions tended to form overlapping zones running in a northwest-southeast direction. The fish proceeding farthest west and north were in the southwest part of the Gulf, while the fish which moved to British Columbia and southeast Alaska were mainly in the northeast. British Columbia chums were not recovered from farther west than Longitude 152°W. Pink salmon were recovered in all the main coastal areas of the Gulf of Alaska and one from fresh water on St. Laurence Island (northern Bering Sea). In general, the population approaching each major coastal area converged from a range of tagging localities covering the greater part of the Gulf. On the other hand, tag recoveries suggested strongly that the fish contributing to the record­ breaking run of central British Columbia stayed mainly within 200 or 300 miles of the coast during the period of the fishing operations. Only one British Columbia recovery came from as far west as Longitude 148°W. Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 81

Coho recoveries were made in coastal or freshwater areas from the Alaska Peninsula to Puget Sound, with more than half coming from British Columbia. Except for one fish tagged at 148°W, all British Columbia recoveries were from the eastern half of the Gulf of Alaska. The steelhead recoveries came from British Columbia, the Columbia River and the Oregon coast. One of the British Columbia fish was tagged as far west as 151°W. MILD-WINTER HIGH-SEAS SURVEYS. Two high-seas fishing cruises were carried out by the G.B. Reed between January 3 and February 4, 1963. Both long-lines and gillnets were used. During the first round trip, which was made in a southerly direction to Latitude 42 °30'N, no salmon were caught south of Latitude 48 °N although the area had been found to be well populated with pink salmon in April and May, 1962. On the second cruise, in a northwest direction, sockeye were caught in substantial numbers at stations between 140°W and 150°W. None was taken east of 13 5 ° W. The findings for this species corresponded closely with the distribution observed in the spring and early summer of 1962. Chum, pink, coho and chinook salmon, and steelhead, were represented by a few individuals, mainly in the more easterly part of the cruise track.

STUDIES RELATED TO REGULATION OF SALMON FISHERIES Commercial exploitation of British Columbia's salmon stocks on a large scale began with the development of intensive net fisheries for sockeye salmon on the Fraser, Skeena, Nass Rivers and at Rivers and Smith Inlets toward the close of the last century. By 19 3 0 large coastwide fisheries for all 5 species of Pacific salmon had developed. Since the end of the second world war, vigorous market demand has assured intensive exploitation of all stocks by a large, efficient and highly mobile fleet wherever and whenever fishing is allowed. In the face of the increasingly effective fishery, the Department of Fisheries of Canada has been forced to impose increasingly stringent restrictions to prevent reduction of the stocks to dangerously low levels. In most areas, the problem has been complicated by the fact that the fisheries operate on a mixture of stocks and species and that most stocks are subject to more than one fishery along their migration routes. Effective management under these conditions requires a knowledge of the mi­ gration routes of individual stocks and of the potential effectiveness of individual fisheries in exploiting them. In addition, for best use of the stocks, it is necessary to know how many spawners are required to provide maximum yields on a long­ term basis. Thus, the two problems requiring investigation for precise management are to determine what constitutes an optimum escapement and to learn how to regulate the fisheries to provide such escapements. The Fisheries Research Board of Canada is closely involved in a large-scale research program to aid in the management of British Columbia's second most important producing area, the Skeena River; it carries out studies for Canada under several treaties and agreements, mostly with the United States, involving stocks which are fished by both countries; and, by sampling the catch and escapement (where possible) of all species of salmon caught in British Columbia, 82 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 it provides a current inventory of the stocks, urgently needed for rational exploita­ tion of the resource.

SALMON MANAGEMENT IN THE SKEENA AREA An apparent decline in production of sockeye in the Skeena River area in northern British Columbia during the late 1930's and early 1940's stimulated, in 1944, a 5-year investigation by the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. The studies culminated in a report to the Department of Fisheries of Canada providing information on migration patterns and distribution of spawners that was used to establish improved regulations. Then, in 1951 and 1952, a rock slide in the Babine River reduced the sockeye spawning runs in the largest producing area in the Skeena system (supporting about 80% of the total Skeena stock) to a low level. Prompt removal of the slide by the Department following the 1952 run prevented further damage. Concern over the future of the sockeye stocks after the catastrophe led, in 1954, to formation of a committee consisting of the Area Director of Fisheries and the Director of the Nanaimo Station. The committee was charged with responsibility for management of all salmon stocks in the Skeena area. RESTORATION OF BABINE SOCKEYE ESCAPEMENTS. The committee's most urgent objective was to restore the slide-depleted Babine escapements to their former levels. The slide reduced the 1951 and 1952 escapements to Babine Lake to 141,000 and 158,000 effective spawners, respectively, only about one-third of the pre-slide average. Babine sockeye mature mainly as either 4- or 5-year-olds. The progeny of the slide-blocked escapements therefore provided the bulk of the returning run in 1956 and important parts of the 1955 and 1957 runs as well. As expected the returns in these three years were small and the committee recommended severe restrictions in all three years to permit a larger-than-usual portion of the run to escape. In 1955, despite these severe restrictions, only a small escapement (about 110,000 to the entire Skeena system) was salvaged from the very small total run of 285,000. In 1956 and 1957, however, moderate escapements, comparable to many in pre-slide years, were achieved (361,000 in 1956 and 441,000 in 1957). Escapements in those years provided virtually the entire run of sockeye (all the 4- and 5-year-olds) returning in 1960 and 1961 and the 4-year-olds of 1959 and 5-year-olds of 1962 as well. The 1960 run (progeny of the very poor escapement of 1955 and the moderate escapement of 1956) was poor, but severe restrictions permitted two-thirds of the run (321,000) to escape to the spawning grounds. The 1961 run was the third highest in the past twenty years and provided a large escapment ( 1,059,000). Total runs in the other years (1958, 1959 and 1962) which did not depend heavily on the progeny from the slide-affected escapements were comparable with runs in pre-slide years and provided large escapements. Thus, with the exception of the brood-year 1960 (which will contribute mainly to the runs in 1964 and 1965), regulations recommended by the committee have been sl.1ccessful in restoring escapements and yields to levels comparable with those existing before the slide. SrrnENA SOCKEYE CATCH AND ESCAPEMENT IN 1962. Following a very large run of 4-year-olds in 1961 ( 1,460,000), it was expected that there would also Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 83 be a large run of 5-year-olds from the same brood in 1962. Mainly on the basis of past relationships between the numbers of spawners and resultant returns, a moderately good return of 4-year-olds was also expected in 1962. In all, it was expected that the 1962 sockeye run to the Skeena would be between 1,000,000 and 3,000,000 and most likely about 2,200,000. The actual return of 1,097,000, though close to the pre-slide average, was at the bottom of the range of pre­ dictions mainly because of the failure of the expected large run of 5-year-olds to materialize. SKEENA PINK CATCH AND ESCAPEMENT IN 1962. The moderate 1962 pink run (about 1,700,000) came from a very small parent escapement or l.ess than 300,000 in 1960. The very high return per spawner (of almost 6) reflected the excellent survival conditions met by this brood throughout northern British Columbia (especially in the Bella Coola system) . The catch of pinks in the Skeen a Gillnet Area was 580,000. In addition, up to 140,000 Skeena-bound pinks were taken in adjoining fishing areas. The distribution of the 1962 escapement, when compared to that in the parent year, suggests considerable variation in the success of return of individual runs. STUDIES TO PROVIDE THE BASIS FOR MANAGEMENT OF SKEENA SOCKEYE AND PINKS. The committee's long-term aim is to raise production of all 5 species of salmon in the Skeena system to the optimum long-term level. For sockeye this level is believed to be higher than that existing in the period just before the slide. For pinks the present level of production is less than half that prevailing during the first 20 years of the fishery (until 1930) and there is no assurance that even the early level represents the maximum. Less is known of the other 3 species, but they are of relatively minor importance in the Skeena area, con­ tributing only about 10% of the total commercial catch. To provide the basis for the improved management required to achieve the committee's aim of increased production, this Station conducts a large-scale program of research mainly on sockeye and pinks. Investigations have included: (1) studies of escapements (of pinks and sockeye particularly) and resultant production of young fish to assess success of regulations in providing escape· ments and to determine optimum levels of spawners to achieve maximum pro­ duction; (2) special studies at Babine Lake of the relation between abundance, distribution and growth of young sockeye and their environment during their year of lake residence; and (3) studies of the fishery (times of passage of runs, effect­ iveness of the fishery under varying conditions, etc.) to provide detailed knowledge for formulation of regulations. Analyses of records of sockeye catch, effort and escapement over the past fifty years indicate that, on the average, best returns have resulted from escapements to the Skeena system as a whole of between 800,000 and 1,000,000 spawners of which all but approximately 100,000 would be bound for Babine. To gain more particular information on escapement requirements at Babine, in addition to counts of adults entering the system through a fence at the outlet, estimates are made of the numbers of young fish produced in different parts of the lake and of the total number of smolts leaving the lake. Studies showed that 84 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 fry did not disperse far from the spawning grounds. The northern lake basins adjacent to the largest spawning grounds (the outlet Upper and Lower Babine Rivers) are relatively small, whereas those adjacent to the scattered smaller streams of the south end are much larger. As a result, the young fish produced from the outlet spawnings (amounting to half the Babine spawners) were crowded into about 12 % of the total lake area, often resulting in reduction in growth rate. The large southern lake basins, on the other hand, were sparsely populated and could easily have supported several times the number of young present without the effects of crowding becoming evident. Tagging of adult sockeye re­ vealed that runs to streams adjacent to the southern underutilized basins of the lake tended to pass through the Skeena commercial fishing area earlier than did runs to the outlet streams. On the basis of these :findings the Skeena, Salmon Management Committee gave special protection to early running sockeye, pro· viding a greater proportion of the escapement to south-end streams than formerly. Provision of successively larger and better-distributed escapements from 1956 to 1958 resulted in increasing production of young without any significant reduction in growth in the small north-end basins. The estimated smolt output from the large 1959 escapement was small (only 16,000,000 smolts from 783,000 spawners), but most of this escapement passed through the fishing area late in the sockeye season during a two-week tie-up of the fleet for price negotiations, resulting in larger-than-desired escapements in the later part of the run. As expected, the small 1960 escapement (263,000 spawners) provided a small smolt run (13,000,000). Preliminary measures of the numbers of underyearlings in Babine Lake in 1962 suggest that production from the large 1961 escapement (942,000 spawners) will be disappointingly low. The egg-to-smolt survival rate for recent broods has varied considerably (from 1.03% for the 1959 brood to 5.25% for the 1957 brood). Estimates of the abundance of smolts emigrating from Babine each spring since 1957 paral­ leled estimates of the abundance of underyearlings made late in the previous summer, indicating that the relative success of reproduction is established before the end of the first summer of life. Further studies of the very early freshwater life of sockeye (from the egg to underyearling stage) are urgently required to understand the causes of variation in freshwater production. To study production from different parts of the Babine system more thor­ oughly, special attempts were made in 1962 to estimate the numbers of sockeye spawning in different areas. The studies revealed that the total number of spawners on streams throughout the Babine system amounted to only 418,000, or 130,000 less than the number counted through the fence. Although lake spawning was found in one area, scuba surveys did not locate sufficient numbers of lake spawners to account for the missing 130,000 fish. Further surveys are required. To assess the success of reproduction of different broods for the runs to different Babine spawning grounds, it is necessary to determine the ages of the spawners. Because their scales are resorbed during maturation, it has not been possible to determine ages through use of conventional scale-reading methods. In 1962, otoliths (inner ear-bones) collected from sockeye in the commercial fishery showed growth-rings which corresponded to the annual growth bands of Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 85 their scales. Otoliths collected from Babine spawners revealed similar patterns of growth-rings, permitting estimation of age. These studies also showed that although there was great overlap in the sizes of 4-year-olds and 5-year-olds for the Babine run as a whole, within some individual streams differences were sufficient to permit estimation of the proportions of 4- and 5-year-olds on the basis of size alone. Development of these promising meth_ods will permit closer study of year­ to-year variations in the age of return and success of production in different parts of Babine-information of great importance in assessing the effectiveness of present management policies involving differential harvesting of the separate parts of the Babine run. Intensive studies on Skeena pinks did not begin until 1956. At that time little was known of the distribution of spawners in the Skeena system and of the timing of the various runs through the fishery. Tagging immediately upstream from the fishing area and extensive surveys of the spawning grounds revealed that 0 in the odd-numbered years the Kispiox, Kitwanga and Lakelse Rivers provided the bulk of the run whereas in the even-numbered years the Lakelse River was the main producer, but important numbers of spawners were also found in the lower reaches of the Skeena itself. Within each season the run to the Kispiox is the earliest, that to the Kitwanga River and main stem of the Skeena intermediate, and that to the Lakelse River the latest. In recent years the abundance of the odd­ year stocks has been greater than that of the even-years. Analyses of past catch statistics showed that spawnings in years of abund­ ance more often provided large returns two years later than did spawnings in years of scarcity. As mentioned earlier, both escapements and yields were con­ siderably higher in the period prior to 1931 than recently. It is therefore believed that for most spawning areas, escapements considerably larger than those provided in recent years will be required to provide substantial increases in long-term yield. Estimates of fry output from major Skeena tributaries indicate that, although there are marked variations in egg-to-fry survival rates from year to year, the numbers of fry produced are roughly proportional to the abundance of parent spawners, supporting the view that larger escapements will be required to increase yields.

FRASER RIVER PINK SALMON Pink salmon passing through the Fraser Convention area in the Straits of Juan de Puca and Georgia are a mixture of stocks bound for the Fraser River, other Canadian streams north of the Fraser, and streams in the State of Wash­ ington. To provide the information required for the management of the pink salmon fisheries in this area, Canada and the United States in 1957 signed a Protocol to the existing sockeye treaty which required, as one of its provisions, that the two countries conduct a co-operative study of the migratory movements of pink salmon stocks entering the Convention area. To provide the data required for this study, agencies representing Canada (the Fisheries Research Board and the Department of Fisheries), and the United States (Washington State Department of Fisheries), and the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, co-operated in a major tagging and enumeration 86 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 program on the 1959 run. The results of this program were supplemented by further information gathered in 1961. These data, described in some detail in last year's Annual Report, are now being incorporated in a joint report to be presented to the two governments prior to a review of the terms of the Protocol scheduled for its seventh year (beginning August 1963).

PINKS AND SocKEYE IN THE NoRTHERN BRITISH CoLUMBIA-Soun-rnASTERN ALASKA BORDER AREA At the second Conference on Co-ordination of Fisheries Regulations held in 1959 between representatives of Canada and the United States, the movement of salmon between Canada and the United States near the northern British Columbia-southeastern Alaka boundary was a cause of concern. Past taggings had shown that salmon bound for Canada were exploited by United States fisher~ men in some years and that in some areas Canadian fishermen were exploiting stocks bound for Alaskan streams. The Conference therefore established a com~ mittee to study problems of mutual concern in this area. This committee, with the Area Director and the Director of the N anaimo Station as the Canadian representatives, has met annually for the past three years to arrange exchange of data on the problem. Analyses of available data reveal that over two-thirds of the pinks and sockeye taken in the United States fishery off the west coast of Prince of Wales Island in Alaska in 1957 were bound for British Columbia (mainly for the Skeena River). It is estimated that at least 1,992,000 pinks and 159,000 sockeye bound for British Columbia were taken. In 1957 a few Alaska-bound fish were inter­ cepted by Canadian fishermen operating in the Dundas Island area off the Nass River (a minimum of 7000 pinks and perhaps 1000 sockeye). In 1958, pink salmon approached from a more southerly direction. Only about 50,000 British Columbia-bound pinks and 20,000 sockeye were taken in the United States fishery. On the other hand, an estimated 151,000 Alaska-bound pink salmon and perhaps 20,000 sockeye were intercepted by Canadian fishermen operating in the international boundary area off the Nass River.

SALMON STOCK ASSESSMENT The particular investigations described above have improved the basis for management of the stocks concerned. For most of the remaining stocks, includ­ ing most of the province's chum, chinook and coho, and a substantial part of the pink population, very little is known. For these stocks, with present resources, studies are restricted to sampling commercial catches to determine annual changes in the age, size and sex composition of the runs. These data, in conjunction with Departmental data on catch and effort, are required to measure returns resulting from parent runs of different sizes and distribution. Mainly because of a record catch of pink salmon in the central area, the total 1962 British Columbia salmon catch of 167,660,000 pounds was well above the 1951-1961 average of 146,410,000. The pink salmon catch of 93,590,000 pounds was the highest in the province's history and provided nearly 60% of Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 87 the total. Over 80% of these came from central British Columbia, mainly from the Bella Coola area ( 46,500,000 pounds). The sockeye catch was lower than average. As predicted by the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission the run to the Fraser (mainly to the Adams River) was small. Catches in Rivers and Smith Inlets were good and in the Skeena about average. Coho catches (totalling 26,610,000 pounds), made mainly in the troll fisheries off Vancouver Island and the Queen Charlotte Islands, were the highest since the record catch of 19 51 (the first year of recording catches by the sales-slip system) . Catches of chum (18,050,000 pounds) and chinook (9,060,000 pounds) remained at a low level. NORTHERN socKEYE RUNS. In the Skeena River and Rivers and Smith Inlets areas (the major northern producing systems), sockeye mature mainly as 4- and 5-year-olds. The 1957 brood returned very strongly in the Skeena (the return per spawner was 4.5 compared to an average for recent years of 2.2), providing an unusually large catch of 4-year-olds in 1961. Considering the small size of the parent run, the returns from this brood at Rivers and Smith Inlets were also good; in these areas the combined catch of 4-year-olds in 1961 and 5-year-olds in 1962 was 1.6 times the catch in the parent year. In all three areas the brood returned predominantly as 4-year-olds ( 69 % on the Skeena, 7 5 % at Rivers Inlet and 61 % at Smith Inlet) . In the north the 1958 run was among the best in recent years. In 1962, re­ turns of 4-year-olds from this brood on the Skeena were disappointingly low, but the catches of this age-group at Rivers, and Smith Inlets were the highest since the 1940's (889,000 at Rivers and 219,000 at Smith). When the 5-year-olds return in 1963, the total return from the 1958 brood will exceed the good catch in the p;irent year (over 1,017,000 at Rivers and 223,000 at Smith).

STUDIES OF SOCKEYE SCALES TO DISTINGUISH STOCKS IN THE GULF OF ALASKA Preliminary attempts were made to identify the origin of sockeye taken in the April and May 1962 long-line operations in the Gulf of Alaska through exami­ nation of scale characteristics. These studies involved comparison of scale charac­ teristics of the high-seas samples with those of sockeye sampled in previous years in various coastal areas. Study of the coastal samples revealed that ( 1) sockeye with scale patterns indicating two years of freshwater residence before seaward migration were abundant in systems from the Alaska Peninsula northward and in Kodiak Island but relatively scarce in streams of central and southeastern Alaska and British Columbia; (2) sockeye stocks of the northern Alaska area also contained substantial proportions of fish which migrated to sea after spending only one year in fresh water. Some of these had distinctive scales, exhibiting very sparsely-spaced circuli in the part of the scale formed during the first year of ocean life; ( 3) sockeye bound for the Fraser River were virtually all 4-year-old fish which had spent only one year in fresh water before seaward migration; and ( 4) sockeye from Rivers and Smith Inlets in central British Columbia had very distinctive scales with extremely densely-packed circuli on the part of the scale formed during the first year of ocean life. 88 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 On the basis of these findings, comparison between samples taken in the Gulf during April and May with coastal samples indicated that ( 1) over two-thirds of the sockeye were bound for northern Alaska rivers (half of these were sockeye which had spent two years in fresh water before seaward migration, and the re­ mainder were one-year freshwater fish with widely spaced circuli); (2) sockeye bound for Rivers and Smith Inlets formed a small proportion of the total (about 7 % ) and consisted mainly of 4-year-olds; and ( 3) the proportion of the samples which were 4-year-olds not bound for Alaska or Rivers and Smith Inlets was small ( 15 % ) , indicating a relatively poor return to the Fraser in the usually abundant Adams River cycle. This supported the earlier prediction by the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission of a poor Adams River run. These estimates compared with a northern Alaskan share of the North American sockeye catch of 70% (mainly in Bristol Bay), a Rivers and Smith Inlets sockeye run containing an unusually high proportion of 4-year-olds (86%), and a poor Adams River run.

STUDIES OF SALMON PROPAGATION Development of Canada's Pacific salmon resources will continue to depend upon making fuller use of existing freshwater spawning and rearing areas through precise regulation of fishing. Eventually, further increases in production over and above those achieved by management of natural populations will likely be realized by man-made improvements to the freshwater environment. Already research on the relationship between water flow, gravel quality, and incubation has led to large-scale applications involving controlled flows and improved gravels. Further improvement of the existing environment to increase salmon production requires intimate knowledge of the fishes' capacities and their responses to changed sur­ roundings. Studies are underway to improve this knowledge from the time of spawning until the entrance of young into the sea. EXPERIMENTS IN HATCHING AND RELEASE OF FRY. Hatcheries have long been capable of producing more fry than would survive from the same number of eggs deposited naturally by spawning salmon, but in most cases the return of adult salmon appears to be less than it would have been under natural conditions. The purpose of this project is to discover and, if possible, overcome the causes of the poor survival of hatchery fry and thus obtain a greater instead of a smaller return of adults in the next generation. In the experimental hatchery at Kleanza C11eek, tributary to the Skeena River, fry were incubated and held in darkness and permitted to escape from the hatchery at the same stage of development as that at which fry leave the gravel in nature. Returns of adults were nevertheless less than one-tenth of those from natural spawning of other Skeena stocks. This may have been because, contrary to expectations, the local Kleanza stock was inadequate for the hatchery operation and the eggs came mainly from nearby larger pink salmon runs; the adults may have returned to the donor streams. The 1961 eggs taken only from Kleanza spawners were destroyed when the hatchery burned in the spring of 1962. At Lakelse Lake the spawning adults, fry and smolts of a small sockeye run were enumerated for niany years. Recently developed tow-netting methods have Biological Station, Nanaima, B.C. 89 been used to study young sockeye during their year of life in the lake. In 1961 a hatchery was built capable of incubating all the eggs from the Lakelse sockeye run. In 1961 enough eggs were incubated to almost double the number of fry entering the lake because of the increased survival in the hatchery. Data obtained in 1962 on the resulting population of young sockeye in the lake are now being analysed for comparison with data on naturally-produced populations of previous years. The 1962 egg-take aimed at quadrupling the number of fry entering the lake but survival has been affected by a proliferous growth, apparently of a slime mold. Eventually the entire Lakelse sockeye run will be handled in the hatchery. Studies of behaviour of larvae during incubation and emergence at Nanaimo have been hampered by inability to maintain sufficient stock. This work is now being centred at Lakelse, under more natural conditions. Comparisons of the en­ durance and swimming ability of hatchery and wild fry were begun in 1962. UTILIZATION OF STREAMS BY COHO SALMON. Because coho stocks spawn in a multitude of streams, mix in the sea, are fished there over a long season and spawn late, it is impossible to relate the sizes of spawning runs to the production in the next generation. The only prospect of determining whether coho escapements are adequate now or further restriction of the fishery is needed, is to discover the capacity of streams to rear coho underyearlings and the reration of the present numbers to the indicated maximum. To obtain basic backgrounds a detailed study is being made at Chef Creek, Vancouver Island. In 1962 the 800 adults (about 4% of the 1961 smolts) again migrated up­ stream, mostly at periods of high discharge; 60% entered on one day in November. Tagging confirmed that about one-third of the run could be sighted one week after the peak of the migration, 10% dead. The output of smolts was 7000 from the stream proper and 5000 from a related pooled area near tide-water. Of 20,000 fry from the stream proper and 35,000 from the pooled area, which dropped down to the fences and were returned upstream, those put in the unpopulated steep head­ waters spread down to the occupied area but did not reappear at the fence; 10% of those placed in the pooled area did. In July about the same numbers of fry were going upstream and downstream at the fence just above the head of tide. In 360 young coho, stomach contents of .02 cc or less were common. Food was mainly insect drift organisms ( ephemoptera naiods, dipteran pupae, larvae and adults and a few trichopteran larvae, plecopteran nymphs and collembola) which move downstream in increasing numbers from dusk to about midnight. In August the drift increased from 0.04 ml per 1000 cubic feet of water in daylight to 0.24 ml. Fresh drift organisms were found in stomachs of underyearlings until midnight and not again until 7: 00 a.m. Yearling coho fed mainly on coho larvae of the next brood. No young coho were found in trout stomachs.

EARLY SEA LIFE OF PINK AND CHUM SALMON. High and variable mo1tality of young salmon during their seaward passage through c~mstal waters is believed to determine to an important degree the numbers of returning adults. Intensive studies of the young salmon in their coastal environment have been made in 1961 and 1962 in Fitz Hugh Sound and vicinity, in the central British Columbia coast. The pre- 90 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 dominant stock there is the pink run of the Bella Coola River; pink and chum also spawn in smaller streams in the area. The fry were found to school quickly after entering the sea. The schools at first follow the shoreline closely, apparently in any direction. When removed by currents in the early stages they move westward or southwestward until they reach the shore and follow it again. When they reach a length of 5-6 cm their behaviour changes. The schools leave the shore and an exodus from inshore waters begins which, because of the south-westward movement of the schools, take the majority through Nalau Pass into Queen Charlotte Sound. The schools contain other fish (adult three-spined stickleback, juvenile sand­ fish, lingcod and sandlance) as well as young pink and chum. The diet of young pinks (small plankton) suggests horizontal foraging; that of young chums (adult marine chironomid flies from the surface and chironomid larvae, cumaceans and amphipods from the bottom) suggests foraging from surface to bottom while close to shore. The young pinks grow rapidly from 3.4 cm in length and 0.2 g in weight on entering the sea to 7-8 cm and 2.6 g seven to nine weeks later; the young chums grow more slowly. Causes of large mortalities have not been apparent in either year. A parasitic copepod (pre-adult Caligu!us sp.) was found attached to young salmon in 1961. It is estimated that the high level of infection observed in 1962 may have caused the death of 8 % of the pink fry entering the study area. The copepod attaches itself most frequently near the ventral fins (less frequently near the adipose) and, since it often destroys the fin, infected fish which survive might be wrongly identi­ fied as having been marked by fin-clipping. In 1961 about 481,000 (42%) of the pink fry and 167,000 (46%) of the chum fry from Hooknose Creek (Port John) were marked by removal of ventral fins, and 38,000 young pinks were differently marked later during their exodus time from inshore waters of Fisher Channel. Nearly 7000 of the early and 133 of the later marks were found among about 1,000,000 returning adults examined in 1962, but estimates of the mortality between the two markings are difficult to inter­ pret because the second marking involved fish of other stocks. In 1962, 180,000 pink fry were marked at the entrance of Burke Channel into Fitz Hugh Sound, and 140,000 later at Nalau Pass; a more extensive search of the 1963 commercial catches and spawning escapements will be c:irried out to permit estimation of the mortality between these markings, which involved mainly the Bella Coola stock. The early markings, followed by later sampling, permitted gross estimates of the numbers of young pinks entering the area at about 480,000,000 in 1961 and 107,000,000 in 1962. Observers reported the impression that fingerlings were about one-quarter as abundant in 1962 as in 1961. The abundant young pinks of 1961 gave rise to the record adult run of 1962; those of 1962 will give rise to the adults of 1963. TRANSFER OF PINK SALMON TO NEWFOUNDLAND. The possibility of trans­ planting Pacific pink salmon to the Canadian Atlantic coast has been under study for several years. Small transfers for testing purposes have been made, culminating in a shipment of 250,000 eggs in 1959. From this small experimental plant, one Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 91 adult pink returned to North Harbour River in 1961. Preparation of a British Columbia collecting site on the Glendale River flowing into Knight Inlet was begun in March, 1962. It was proposed that a major transfer of about 5,000,000 eggs should be attempted in 1962. Construction of the Glendale site was delayed by bad weather and working conditions, so that collecting was made difficult under the conditions of high discharge which prevailed. A total of 2,700,000 eggs were flown to the Puntledge hatchery of the British Columbia Fish and Game Branch, near Courtenay. Here they were eyed with only small losses. Shipment of the eggs to Newfoundland was carried out in five flights between November 19 and 27. Reports from Newfoundland indicate that the eggs arrived in good condition and that survival to emergence in the specially-prepared channel has been excep­ tionally good.

MIGRATION AND ORIENTATION OF SoCKEYE SALMON SMOLTS The nature and mechanism of the migration of sockeye smolts from large lakes, where most of them are reared, has long been the subject of speculation. The question of possible lowered productivity of remote stocks due to inability to negotiate intricate lake basins as compared to stocks reared near the outlets, and the effects of inherited migratory behaviour on transplanted stocks, are involved. Studies of smolt migration from the Babine Lake system in 1962 were the most intensive to date. An extensive program of tagging and recapture of smolts at various points throughout the system, transplantation of tagged smolts to various places in the system, and aerial observations, expanded the findings of the previous two years. Although the data are still being processed, it is already obvious that the previous findings are generally confirmed. In addition, it appears that fish from more remote parts of the system (with more complicated migration routes) are not as efficient in finding the outlet, as indicated by both the speed and the percentage recovery of tagged fish. Tagged fish transplanted from the outlet and from Halifax Narrows back to various places in the system were later recovered at Halifax and the outlet, but with a generally poorer performance than would be expected from tagging normal fish in these locations. Air observa­ tions gave a good gross picture of distribution of migrating schools and indicated the influence of drift due to wind-induced circulation. Most of the conclusions drawn from the 1961 findings on the orientation mechanisms have been confirmed by the 1962 studies, except that a new mech­ anism for orientation during long distance migration has been found. Sockeye smolts tested during their seaward migration under conditions of diffused artificial light, thus without a view of either the horizon or the sky, are still very well oriented. The directional preferences under these conditions are also correlated with the compass directions of the normal migration direction to the outlet and, further, a shift with time in the directional preference of the Morrison Lake smolts occurred appropriate to the route to be followed through the lake to the outlet. Nothing is known as yet about the nature of reference points used in this type of orientation (called, for the time being, "type X"). 92 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

Thus, so far, three orientation mechanisms have been found for sockeye smolts which can explain the patterns followed during their seaward migration. Firstly a time-compensated orientation in relation to celestial phenomena, secondly orientation to landmarks, and thirdly the "type X" orientation discussed above. There is no doubt that more orientation mechanisms will be found in the future for some of which there is only circumstantial evidence so far.

EXPERIMENTAL STUDIES ON PHYSIOLOGY AND BEHAVIOUR OF SALMON Studies to discover the capacities and behaviour of migrating salmon, so as to exploit their ability to cope with changes in their environment (such as im­ poundments, obstructions or pollution), were continued in 1962. This knowledge is also important in our attempts to develop positive cultural methods of increas­ ing salmon stocks; it is even valuable background for some aspects of salmon management. RESPIRATORY METABOLISM OF YOUNG SOCKEYE. The rate of oxygen uptake in young sockeye has been determined for various swimming speeds, including fatigue levels, at temperatures of 5, 10, 15, 20 and 24°C. A logarithmic increase in oxygen demand for linear increase in swimming speed characterized each accli­ mation temperature. Extrapolation to zero activity (basal metabolism) and maxi­ mum activity (active metabolism) provided differences of the order of 10 times the minimum rate. The greatest scope for activity occurred at 15°C for a swim­ ming speed of 4.1 lengths per second just maintained for one hour. Above 15°C active metabolism was limited, apparently by oxygen availability, and the maxi­ mum sustained swimming speed declined to 3.4 lengths per second at 20°C. Rate of replacement of oxygen debt following fatigue was determined by tracing the retum to a resting state of metabolism, and confirmed by re-tests at fatigue velocities. In most instances the rate declined logarithmically with time; in a few there was an initial or secondary slump. Times to a steady state varied from 2t to 3t hours. Estimates of the metabolic demand for bursts of high speed (which cannot be maintained) showed that the oxygen requirement could exceed the standard rate by a factor of 50 times. An oxygen-debt of approximately 250 mg02 /kg at 5°C to 420 mg02 /kg at 15°C was accumulated. Calculation of the time to fatigue at prescribed swimming speeds from a knowledge of the locomotor oxygen requirement and sustainable oxygen-debt is considerably in excess of the observed. A combination of excitability and a lag between demand and delivery of oxygen may account for the difference. The relation between the locomotor metabolic requirement (less maintenance) and temperature was also semi-logarithmic with a small positive slope. An in­ creased cost of locomotion is contrary to expectation since the viscosity of water decreases with increasing temperature. The problem may be related to an inade­ quacy of resting metabolism as a measure of maintenance for active states, or insufficient knowledge of turbulence phenomena surrounding a flexing, stream­ lined form. ENERGY EXPENDITURE AND PERFORMANCE OF ADULT SOCKEYE. A fifth effort to determine the energy required for swimming at an average migration rate in Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 93 the Robertson Creek flume has been completed. Eleven out of 32 salmon main­ tained a speed of 2 mph, 20 hours a day for 14 days, covering an equivalent distance of 560 miles. Improved equipment and methods of combatting disease enabled continuing the forced exercise for nearly twice as long as previous tests. Proximate analyses performed on the 8 exercised female fish revealed a highly significant increase in the moisture content accompanied by a decrease in the fat and protein fractions. The calculated rate of energy expenditure, less the amount diverted into developing ovary, was 29.1 Calories/fish/day or, 18.7 C/kg/day. It· is known from earlier work that Fraser River sockeye expend about 42 C/kg/ day in their upriver migration which, in the light of experimental evidence, suggests a very high level of daily performance. To this assessment may be added the calculated active metabolism from the respirometer findings (corrected for weight difference) which indicates a maximum rate of 48 C/kg/ day. Although some refinement in the analysis is expected, it is apparent that the normal adult migrant is working to a daily maximum capacity, leaving little leeway to meet any changes of environment which increase the metabolic load. The determination of critical fatigue swimming speeds was conducted in a new 10-inch diameter water tunnel with a maximum velocity of 8 mph. All salmon tested fatigued within 2 to 7 minutes when raised by 30-minute performance in­ tervals to 4 mph. The critical 24-hour level appears to lie between 3 and 4 mph. Special facilities for rapid removal of the fish showed promise for allowing blood and tissue samples to be taken within the maximum allowable limit of one minute following collapse. Persistent problems of fungus disease, common among injured norm.al migrants, had forced termination of earlier energy studies within 10 days of commencing. Recommended treatments with malachite green proved to be useless. Preliminary studies on the disease involving various degrees of inflicted injury (mucus scraped, scales removed, skin cut) and treatments with a wide variety of fungicides and antibiotics (administered by injection and orally) resulted in an unexpected variety of responses ranging from rapid invasion and death to apparently uninfected open wounds even in untreated individuals. Literature review indicates at least thirteen fungus diseases possible which can be cross­ complicated with bacterial invasion. It can be concluded that death is still likely but not inevitable, and that other predisposing factors affecting the resistance of the fish (anti-bodies) are involved. Repeated daily washes with 1.5% salt for H hours was as effective as any of the treatments used. BIOCHEMICAL STUDIES. Two periods in the post-embryonic life of salmon are associated with profound physiological changes (metamorphoses). These are the smolt transformation and the adult maturation phase. Cataloguing of the protein and fat changes accompanying maturation has continued. The increase in total fat in female serum is due mainly to increased levels of triglycerides followed by increased total phospholipid and cholesterol, and reflected by the high level of these components in the yolk. Smolt transformation in yearling coho, as indicated by silvering and reduc­ tion of parr marks, has been induced 5 to 6 weeks early by use of a 16-hour-day 94 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 length, and inhibited entirely during the 6-month test period (December to June) by an 8-hour-day length. No significant change or difference between groups in moisture content, hematocrit, plasma proteins (separated by paper electrophoresis), liver alkaline or acid phosphatases were observed. While not significant there was a trend indicating that liver acid phosphatase is inversely related to liver weight. Attempts to rear pink salmon in captivity from the egg to sexual maturity were partially successful when, in the fall of 1962, hatchery-reared pinks spawned in a large glass-faced experimental tank. These fish were smaller than wild mature pinks and several had a liver disorder. However, it is felt that with slightly im­ proved techniques, pink salmon can be reared in captivity which will be similar enough to wild fish to be suitable for the investigation of many physiological problems. METABOLIC PATHWAYS. Although nitrogen metabolism accounts for the major source of energy immediately preceding and during spawning, and protein "storage" characterizes fish (unlike mammals), there is little known of the meta­ bolic pathways. The presence of arginase, one of the nitrogen metabolism en­ zymes, has been confirmed in salmon tissues using techniques which, in contrast to those of earlier workers, show the presence of both ornithine and urea as end-products from the splitting of argenine. Liver and kidney appear to be par­ ticularly rich in arginase. The role of arginase in mediating urea excretion is being investigated using the techniques of anaesthesia, blood sampling, and urine col­ lecting now developed. EcoLOGY OF MIG RA TING ADULT SALMON. Migrating adult sockeye and coho salmon in the Somass River system normally show behaviour patterns functional in migration, self-protection, maintenance and waiting. The manner in which these patterns are expressed can be related to river habitats-pools, flats, rapids, falls, canyons, V-channels. In shallow habitats daylight migration is directed along the deepest channel, but nocturnal migration may be at the surface. Observations of a sockeye run in a deep river in 1962 showed that migration throughout the 24-hour cycle was close to shore at the surface. A survey of relevant literature indicates that critical depth for the difference in behaviour beween shallow and deep rivers is approximately 30 feet. Adult sockeye, coho, pink and spring salmon observed passing through 2 fishways and a brailing pool showed prematurely-induced reproductive patterns, including aggression, particularly under low flows and total blockage. Under these environmental conditions migration behaviour was redirected from current and deepest-channel cues (normal in river migration) to jumping at wall faces. Both these behavioural effects caused damage to migrants. It is felt that this could be minimized by inducing low intensity self-protection behaviour. Adult chum salmon migrations into two coastal creeks in 1962 consisted of nightly low-intensity intrusions and one high-intensity mass movement correlating with passage of cyclonic weather over the area. Migration persisted for only a few hours and was superseded by a process of localization during which a home range was adopted comprising spawning beds and a hiding place. Localization was essentially complete within two days of entry, marking the end of anadromous migration. Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 95

Behaviour studies on salmon alevins in an aquarium.

Working respirometer used in physiology and microbiology studies. 96 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 IMPROVEMENT OF PROCEDURES IN BIOLOGICAL ASSAY. Until recently the study of the effects of toxic materials on young salmon has centered on kraft black liquor and the consequences of environmental change. Toxicity was greatest in fresh water and, for full-bleach effluent, was directly related to black liquor content, which is normally low. Searching for a better laboratory approach which will give results more generally applicable under the great variety of environmental conditions in nature, recent advances in statistical procedure (canonical matrices) have been developed and offer great promise in biological assays. The technique has been tested using young coho with sodium pentachlorophenate as the lethal agent in a complex of variables involving temperature, salinity, oxygen and age. The design permits a rapid sequence of tests which define the optimum conditions for survival. Working with the normal environmental ranges of 0-14°C, 0-28°/oo salinity, and 3-8 mg/I oxygen, maximum resistance to chlorophenate occurred at 2.6°C, 15°/oo salinity, and 5.3 mg/f of oxygen. More rapid and more generally applicable assays can be expected in the future.

POLLUTION The pollution which accompanies industrial development and population increase is recognized as a serious threat to the fisheries, especially those for anadromous and inshore species. The Station, working in close co-operation with the Area Director of Fisheries, carries out surveys of waters subject to actual or potential pollution and makes recommendations regarding disposal of waste materials. Research was also continued in 1962 on the chemistry of pol· lutants to improve their recognition in sea water and, if possible, to devise means of red~cing the toxicity of wastes. SURVEYS OF WATERS SUBJECT TO POLLUTION. The sixth annual survey (in September) of the important area from the Fraser River to Howe Sound, together with a February survey to give comparative information on winter conditions, revealed better oxygen concentrations at Port Moody than in past wanner and drier years. There was an unusually high turbidity with yellowish brown dis­ colouration in surface waters in the Port Moody area in February, which became less pronounced in the summer; oil films were also more prevalent than observed previously. An April survey of Kitimat Arm, a deep inlet with a large volume of water, revealed no harmful effects of the relatively small waste discharge from the aluminium smelter. The area near Ocean Falls had much more normal con· ditions in April than in the preceding September, suggesting complete replace· ment of the bottom water during the winter. On the other hand Porpoise Harbour and Wainwright Basin, which receive effluent from the Celgar Ltd. pulp mill near Prince Rupert, had very low oxygen concentrations in April in spite of flushing effects caused by winter conditions. Although the pollution was more confined and oxygen levels somewhat better than in the previous September, conditions were still poor. Analysis of mixed effluent from the pulp mill showed a combined biochemical oxygen demand and Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 97 immediate chemical oxygen demand of 1880 parts per million, of which the immediate demand constituted about 10%. The total daily oxygen demand of the mill's effluent was estimated at 44,000 pounds. During a period of shut-down early in July, conditions improved greatly but deteriorated again quickly when production was resumed. The area adjacent to Ocean Falls was resurveyed during April to obtain data on early-spring conditions in this type of inlet system. Dissolved oxygen and pH in the deep water were near normal and the oxygen was much highet than it had been during the September 1961 survey. This suggests a complete replacement of the bottom water in the intervening period between surveys. Surveys of Alberni, Muchalat and Neroutsos Inlets on the west coast of Vancouver Island in October showed progressive deterioration of water and bottom conditions in the northeast corner of Alberni Harbour adjoining the flume discharge and wood preparation area of the pulp mill. Gases bubbling to the surface, rising mats of decomposing fibres and high concentration of hydrogen sulphide contrasted with comparatively clean waters and somewhat more normal oxygen concentrations at the mouth of the Somass River. Dye releases were used in summer surveys in Northumberland and Stuart Channels, Baynes Sound and Comox Harbour to study movements of existing and future pulp-mill wastes and sewage. Two dye releases off Englishman's River on the east coast of Vancouver Island showed south-eastward drift both on ebb tide in calm weather and on flood tide with southeast wind, although slower in the latter case. IDENTIFICATION OF POLLUTANTS IN SEA WATER. Bio-assays, using Daphnia pulex, of the toxicities of the three main sulphur compounds in kraft black liquor (hydrogen sulphide, methyl mercaptan and dimethyl sulphide) and of their oxidation products (sulphur dioxide, dimethyl disulphide and dimethyl sulph· oxide) showed that oxidation reduced the toxicities by factors of 3 to 136. Particulate materials deposited in the sea from pulp mills have been classified by constructing an "elutriator" which sorts particles according to their hydro• dynamic behaviour (dependent on size, weight and shape). Further classification has been carried out by density and size. The resulting fractions are being analyzed for general composition. Gases formed by decomposition of deposited wood materials in Alberni Harbour are shown by gas chromatography to include hydrogen sulphide and substantial quantities of methane. In the laboratory, gases have been generated from the settled particulate materials by an apparently anaerobic and thermo· philic micro-organism grown successfully on Van Delden's medium and now tentatively identified as Desulphovibrio desulphuricans. In order to study the co-existence of oxygen and hydrogen sulphide, an apparatus was developed for determining the rate of reaction between the two gases dissolved in water. Tests showed that these two gases can co-exist for some days in pure water. It is proposed to investigate the catalytic effects on this reaction of trace amounts of heavy metals from certain pollutants in the presence and absence of complexing agents which usually accompany them. 70738-0-7 98 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 A preliminary study of foaming of kraft-mill effluents, already reported to the Area Director, showed that the main cause is premature mixing of the acid and alkaline bleach effluents. Substantial reduction can be achieved through early addition of zinc hydrosulphite bleach effluent. Sea water causes a reduction in foam from mixing the acid and alkaline bleach fractions, but increases the foam from alkaline bleach to which zinc hydrosulphite or kraft digester effluents have been added.

HERRING Results of research on herring have indicated that the stocks can apparently withstand the present high level of fishing intensity (about 80% in most popula­ tions). Abundance, and so the size of the catch, depends on the strengths of the year-classes contributing to the dominant age-groups. Year-class strength appears to be determined by natural factors, probably before metamorphosis. Fishing would only be a determining factor if the size of the spawning stock remaining after the fishery bore a direct relationship to the size of the resulting year-class. No reliable or substantial indication of such a relationship has been found in any population even during periods of low population abundance. During such periods when catch is less than the quota, fishing intensity would presumably be as high as current methods of fishing and economic conditions permit. It would thus appear that existing regulations on catch are not effective in achieving the maximum long-term catch and should be abandoned. A recommendation to this effect was made to the British Columbia Herring Management Committee in 1961-62. In line with this recommendation, active research on herring was curtailed in 1962-63. STUDIES RELATED TO REGULATION OF THE FISHERY. The herring manage­ ment unit is responsible for continuing the collection of data on age composition, catch, and spawn deposition from all stocks. This program will allow the effects of any changes in fishing effort that may occur to be recognized and corrected if necessary. Fishing intensity should not be allowed to increase to the point where the strength of a year-class is determined by the amount of spawn that produced it. The time-series estimates of year-class strength necessary to study the relationship between year-class strength and environmental conditions will be maintained. Knowledge of such a relationship is important in prediction of abundance and so to both exploitation and regulation. SONIC SCATTERING LAYER SURVEY. A preliminary mid-water trawl survey of the fish associated with the scattering layer in Saanich Inlet and off the Ballenas Islands in the Strait of Georgia was made in co-operation with the Institute of Oceanography, University of British Columbia. In Saanich Inlet numbers of juvenile herring and rockfish, as well as hake and dogfish, were found on four cruises. Off the Ballenas, hake, dogfish and lantern fish occurred. Mm-WATER TRAWL TESTS. The first tests of the triangular Carrothers-Pope mid-water trawls and their otter boards showed that these nets had excellent towing characteristics but were too lightly constructed to retain fish. Tests with a standard 4-sided trawl, in which the 6-inch mesh of the body was covered by Biolo1tical Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 99 H-inch mesh, showed that an average of 56% of the herring entering the net escaped through the body. This proportion varied from 15 to 81 % . The pro­ portion escaping was greater and more variable when the catch was small than large. There was no apparent variation with speed of vessel or with winching speeds between 90 and 200 ft/min.

GROUNDFISI-I In the northeastern Pacific Ocean, interest of North American nationals in groundfish other than halibut is restricted to waters from California to south­ eastern Alaska. Over half of the annual catch, taken mainly with trawls, comes from banks adjacent to British Columbia, between Juan de Puca Strait and Dixon Entrance, The Canadian trawl fishery occurs mainly in international waters, in competition with vessels fro1]1 the State of Washington. During the winter months most of the Canadian fishing is concentrated in territorial waters of the Strait of Georgia. In addition to the trawl fishery there are line fisheries for groundfish, both in territorial and international waters. Over 20 species are marketed, but only about 10 are of consistent im­ portance. For the foodfish market, trawlers land several species of flatfish (brill, · lemon sole and rock sole), grey cod, lingcod and rockfish. Turbot and pollock are the main components of minkfood landings. Hand-line vessels specialize in the capture of lingcod, while long-line vessels seek blackcod, during the closed season on halibut. Investigations to assess changes in the stocks of groundfish and to de­ termine the need for management involve continued collection of information on catch and fishing effort as well as sampling for age composition. Because of the international nature of the fishery, effectiveness of research depends on co­ operation with United States agencies. This is now being facilitated through the international Trawl Fishery Committee which is concerned with co-ordination and exchange of information on catch statistics, fishery regulations and research programs. Statistics of catch and fishing effort provide the basis for determining changes in relative abundance and the effects of fishing. A routine sampling program is maintained at the major ports of landing to obtain information on changes in size and age composition of the catches. Such data aid the interpretation of catch statistics and provide estimates of growth and mortality rates as well as recruit­ ment. Field work consists mainly of tagging to identify populations and provide additional information on growth and mortality rates. TRENDS IN CATCH. In 1962 the total British Columbia catch of groundfish other than halibut was 29 million pounds, about 24% less than in 1961. Otter­ trawlers accounted for 24.2 million pounds or 83% of the total, as compared with 25.8 million pounds (72%) in 1961. Pacific (grey) cod remained the dominant species in the trawl fishery with a production of 6.0 million pounds ( 3 3 % more than in 1961 but still well below the peak of 10.0 million pounds recorded in 19 5 8) . Increased production of several other foodfishes was noted: rock sole, Pacific ocean perch and brill. This was offset by decreased landings of lingcod and 70738-0-72 lOO Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 lemon sole. Production of mink food (mainly turbot) remained above average at 7 .2 million pounds. Removal of the Federal Government subsidy on dogfish liver resulted in a sharp decline in landings of that product. This was the main reason for the overall decline in groundfish production in 1962. Landings of line-caught groundfish (mainly lingcod and black cod) amounted to 4.9 million pounds in 1962 as compared with 4.4 million pounds in 1961. In international waters from the Washington coast to Dixon Entrance where trawlers from Canada compete with those from the United States, total production of groundfish in 1961 amounted to 57.3 million pounds. Of this amount Canada accounted for 21. 9 million pounds or 3 8 % . In the northern half of the region (Queen Charlotte Sound and Hecate Strait) the Canadian share was 15.5 million pounds, or 68 % . TRENDS IN ABUNDANCE. Statistics of catch and fishing effort are used to calculate catch per unit of effort (fishing success) . This provides a measure of the change in relative abundance from year to year. The relative abundance of Pacific cod on the major, offshore fishing grounds has declined sharply during the past four or five years and this has been reflected in declining catches. Improvement was noted in some areas in 1962, but abundance remains below average. It is still considered that the recent collapse of the cod fishery was due to successive years of poor recruitment, not to the effects of fishing. Likewise, available information on the northern and southern Canadian stocks of brill (petrale sole) suggest that prolonged, poor recruitment was mainly responsible for the decline in production during the 1950's. However, there is some indication that a recovery is in progress (apparent abundance and catch have been increasing in recent years) . In the northern Hecate Strait population of lemon sole, relative abundance, as well as catch, has remained fairly stable for the past six years, but over the long term there is some evidence of decline. Rock sole, inhabiting the same general area, appear to be subject to large variations in annual recruitment. In recent years the apparent abundance has been well above the long-term mean, but is now beginning to decline again. As yet there is no indication from catch per unit of effort that the abundance of lingcod off the west coast of Vancouver Island is declining, in spite of greatly­ increased fishing by both Canadian and United States trawlers. The same applies to the newly-developed fishery for "ocean perch" (Sebastodes alutus) in Queen Charlotte Sound. AGE AND GROWTH STUDIES. Size and age composition in lemon sole catches from northern Hecate Strait have shown little change in the past four years. This contrasts sharply with observations on rock sole of the same area. Two strong year­ classes (1954 and 1955), exhibiting below-average growth rate, have been responsible for the above-average abundance of the stock in recent years. How­ ever, succeeding year-classes appear to be relatively weak and, as a result, overall abundance is now declining. Average age in samples of petrale sole landings declined in 1961 and 1962, in the face of increased catch per unit of effort, which suggests increased strengths of those year-classes now entering the fishery. It is predicted (on the basis of an observed relationship between year-class strength Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 101 and environmental conditions) that the 1958 year-class will be exceptionally strong. It made its first appearance in the 1962 fishery in better-than-average numbers, but its true strength cannot be measured for several more years. TAGGING PROJECTS. Recent taggings of Pacific (grey) cod on the White Rocks spawning ground in Hecate Strait have revealed a predominantly northward migration in springtime to the Butterworth and Two Peaks grounds (a distance of 60-70 miles). Further tagging of rock sole has continued to demonstrate that the species is relatively sedentary compared with other flatfishes. Returns from brill tagging in Queen Charlotte Sound indicate dispersion mainly to the west coast of Vancouver Island, but a few recoveries have been made as far south as the Columbia River. In 1962 approximately 2400 brill were tagged off the lower west coast of Vancouver Island to establish more exactly the extent of inter­ mingling between stocks in Canadian and United States waters. To date most of the recaptures have been from the tagging area, but several have come from Oregon waters. INVESTIGATION OF DISTANT WATERS. Preliminary studies were begun in 1962 to cope with the growing international importance of waters to the north and west of British Columbia. Assistance has been provided to INPFC in connection with analysis of trawl-survey data on the relationship of halibut to other groundfish in the Gulf of Alaska and eastern Bering Sea. In addition, information provided from the work of the International Pacific Halibut Commission and the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries has been reviewed as a basis for planning future investigations to be carried out with the G.B. Reed. Aside from further requirements which may emerge through INPFC, it seems likely that the main emphasis of research will be placed on accumulation of information on the distribution, abun­ dance and biology of ocean perch (Sebastodes alutus). To this end, study of data on distribution and material on age and growth is now under way.

CRABS In 1962 research was continued on the Queen Charlotte Islands crab fishery. The 1962 total catch of 1,437,200 pounds (52% of total British Columbia catch) was less than half the 1961 catch. All areas showed decreased production, which was also the pattern in other regions of the province and elsewhere on the Pacific coast. A prediction, based on a positive correlation between average catch of crabs per day's fishing in Naden Harbour and the mean seawater temperature at Langara Island, was for a good fishery in the fall of 1962. Summer sampling with traps yielded legal crabs in almost twice the numbers as in 1961 (1962-7.9 crabs/trap set; 1961-4.1 crabs). The subsequent fall fishery showed a lower total catch but fishing effort was reduced and average catch per day was higher than in 1961 (1961-105 crabs/man/day; 1962-343 crabs/man/day) and above the average rate for earlier years. Results of the survey of Mcintyre Bay in July and August foretold better fishing in the fall following the closure (July 10-September 20) ; and the actual catch was higher than the 1961 fall or 1962 spring season. The scarcity of 102 Fisheries Research Board of Canada A1111ual Report 1962-63 moulting crabs in both experimental and commercial gear in Hecate Strait indicates below-average catches are to be expected .in 1963, at least in the early part of the season. Crab fishermen have requested research to develop a "weak link", a device to release crabs in lost traps. An estimate of the crabs wasted in this way is un­ available but, since an estimated 500 traps (about 10% of total gear) were lost in Hecate Strait in 1962, the problem deserves consideration. Tests, near Nanaimo and on the fishing grounds, revealed that alloyed zinc and annealed iron corroded too rapidly for practical use. The link is required to corrode within a period somewhat longer than the fishing season of about eight months. Further tests, using stainless steel alloys, are in progress.

SHRIMPS The length-weight relationships of 6 commercial shrimps were derived for shrimps near Georgia Strait. The fact, arising out of life-history studies, that ovigerous female "coon-stripe" (Pandalus danae) shrimps occur throughout the year has led to a proposal that a winter closure on this species in Burrard Inlet be revoked.

MARINE INVERTEBRATES The marine invertebrate animals, especially the molluscan shellfish, consti­ tute a great potential resource for direct use as food. Although some species are already used commercially, this resource is far from thoroughly explored. Marine invertebrates of all types also have an extremely important place in the economy of the sea, and the distribution and changing abundance of the fish and shellfish now exploited commercially can be well understood only against a background of knowledge of the invertebrates on which they live. For these reasons the Station carries out studies on marine invertebrates, both on species with commercial potential themselves and on the general invertebrate fauna. The pressure of answering particular questions concerning the commercial molluscs leaves inade­ quate effort to be applied to more general studies, but collection, identification, and range description are continued whenever other pressures permit. OYSTERS. The oyster spatfall forecasting service was again provided. No significant setting occurred in Ladysmith Harbour. In Pendrell Sound a major spat­ fall occurred with peak setting intensity on August 1. This resulted in a set of 1900 spat per shell and about 40,000 strings of shell cultch were exposed. A new plankton device has been developed for continuous sampling of oyster larvae from a water column 8 feet deep. It is hoped the apparatus will increase the efficiency and accuracy of oyster spatfall predictions. Surveillance of the Denman Island oyster disease situation was continued and diminution of the proportion of the populations affected since the first outbreak in 1960 was observed at both Henry Bay and l;adysmith. Shellfish toxicjty remained at a low level during 1962 and the effort was confined to the recording of the occurr~nces of "red water" blooms. There were five instances and the causative organisms ranged from bacteria to holotrichous Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 103 cili:ates. It was possible to allay fears of possible shellfish poisoning immediately rather than waiting for the time-consuming bio-assays of toxicity. Pulp-mill pollution relative to its effects on oysters is being studied at the Harmac pulp mill where concentrations of effluent in the sea are much higher than those at Crofton. With a control at the Biological Sta:tion there is little doubt that concentrations of kraft mill effluent over 50 p.p.m. are having a deleterious effect on the condition of oysters in this instance. Deep-water oyster culture was investigated in a preliminary way by planting about t acre in 15 feet of water in Departure Bay. Starfish were removed regular­ ly. Mortality due to starfish was high and growth was slow. The distribution and seasonal occurrence of the parasitic copepod Mytilicola orientalis in the edible mussel (Mytilus edulis) and the Pacific oyster (Crassostrea gigas) is being studied to determine how serious the problem is at this time. _ CLAMS. The tremendous spatfall of razor clams on Long Beach on the west coast of Vancouver Island in 1961 suffered a very high mortality and only a mediocre adult population will result. Production difficulties rather than productiv­ ity of the beds remains the problem of the Queen Charlotte Islands. In order to determine whether the Japanese little neck clam could become established in areas with a lower temperature regime than Georgia Strait (where it now thrives after accidental introduction with Japanese oyster seed) , an attempt was made to transplant the clam into the Queen Charlotte Islands. Plants were made in Naden Harbour and Massett Inlet. The survival and breeding of the transplanted stock is being watched. ABALONE AND OTHER SPECIES. Abalone investigations are being forwarded along several lines, particularly in relation to the biology of the animals. At the request of the Federal Department of Public Works and the Canada Forest Products Laboratory at Vancouver, a study of the status of the crustacean wood-borer (Limnoria tripunctata) in British Columbia waters has been carried out. It appears that this species was introduced into Georgia Strait probably as long as 30 years ago. The only other area in British Columbia where it occurs is at Sooke. Both L. tripunctata and the indigenous Limnoria lignorum occur in creosoted piling and timbers, but only where there has been a failure in the creosote protection by abrasion or other mechanical damage. Further investiga­ tions by means of test panels are being conducted. The west coast of the Queen Charlotte Islands was briefly surveyed as part of a general faunal study to determine its shellfish production potential. The indi­ cations are that it is low.

MARINE MAMMALS WHALES. The International Convention for the Regulation of Whaling ( 1946) requires a continuing study of the whale fishery. The International Whaling Com­ mission at its 13th meeting in June 1962 accepted the recommendation of its scientific committee to initiate a special study of North Pacific whale stocks by a group consisting of American, Canadian, Japanese and Soviet scientists. 104 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 Whaling from the Coal Harbour whaling station located on Vancouver Island was resumed in 1962 after a lapse of two years. A catch of 713 whales consisting of 28 blue, 156 fin, 17 humpback, 342 sei, 169 sperm and 1 Baird's beaked whale was taken by 6 catchers operating within a 150-mile radius of the station from April 15 to September 28. Approximately 80% of the whales caught were examined biolog­ ically and specimens collected for studies mainly of age, reproductive condition and feeding. No trends indicating decline in the stock were apparent. The 1962 season was unique in the unusual abundance of sei whales and female sperm whales, and in the relative scarcity of finbacks and male sperms which normally comprise the bulk of the catch. Baleen whales were feeding mostly on copepods and amphi­ pods rather than the usual diet of euphausiids. FuR SEALS. The fur seal investigation, conducted under the terms of the Interim Convention on Conservation of North Pacific Fur Seals (1957), entered its 5th year in 1962. A chartered vessel collected 501 seals in Hecate Strait, off the west coast of Vancouver Island, and in the Gulf of Alaska from February to June, inclusive. A small wintering population of adult females, mostly pregnant, was sampled in northern Hecate Strait in February. Resident yearlings and migrant females were sampled off the west coast of Vancouver Island in March and April. Weather prevented systematic sampling to obtain information on offshore dispersion in this area as planned. Peak of migration occurred during the 3rd week in April, which was later than in 1959, 1960 and 1961, but earlier than in 1958. Seals were widely dispersed at sea and relatively less abundant near shore than in previous years. Female reproductive physiological and histological studies are continuing. Comparison of female reproductive tracts from eastern and western Pacific pelagic samples shows that among females in the western Pacific (mostly of Robben Island origin), first pregnancies occur one year earlier than in females in the eastern Pacific (mostly of Pribilof origin). Reproduction in early years is shown to be less efficient in Pribilof seals than in Robben Island seals. Stomachs from 500 seals were examined in 1962; 46% contained food. Herring contributed 90% by volume in northern Hecate Strait samples taken in February. Anchovy predominated in stomachs from the west coast of Vancouver Island in March, and stickleback in April. In former years herring have pre­ dominated in stomachs of seals taken off Vancouver Island, but in 1962 herring comprised less than half the volume found in any previous year. Salmon con­ tributed 64% by volume in a sample of 37 seals taken 250 miles west of Cape Edgecombe in June. Sandlance contributed 96% by volume in a sample of 22 seals taken on Portlock Bank in late June. A joint report on the combined results of fur-seal research for the years 1958-61 was prepared by scientists of the four contracting parties late in 1962. The report will be published in 1963. SEA LIONS. Sea lions are being studied because they interfere with fishing operations and may cause damage to fish stocks. Specimens are taken when opportunity permits during the course of other work. Stomachs from 37 sea lions taken during the summer of 1962 were examined; 18 contained food which Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 105 included octopus (28% ), rockfish (28% ), sandlance (17% ), and turbot and dogfish. Rings in the dentine and cementum of upper canine teeth are used for ageing sea lions. Both multiparous and primiparous females were found in 4-year-olds, indicating that reproduction begins at 3 or 4 years of age. Ages have been deter­ mined for 133 females; reproductive tracts from 103 females have been studied in the laboratory. In an effort to obtain information on the extent of damage to fish and gear and the areas where most damage is inflicted by both sea lions and hair seals, a log-book questionnaire was prepared in collaboration with the Department of Fisheries of Canada and circulated among select salmon fishermen in 1962. Results have not yet been compiled.

MARINE PRODUCTIVITY The purpose of the productivity group has been to attempt to describe, understand and eventually predict the formation of particulate food-stuff in the ocean. By necessity the major efforts to date have been concerned with the early stages of the marine food-chain pyramid (photosynthetic primary productivity) and the incidental formation of "dissolved" organic matter in &ea water, the formation of (potentially) edible detritus and the production of heterotrophic organisms capable of initiating the food chain by converting soluble plant waste products into edible particulate matter. It was planned to extend these investigations to include the early stages of secondary productivity and to study the transfer of microscopic organic matter of all kinds into the smaller zooplankton. Beyond this stage the food chain becomes intensely specialized and must be studied with a given end­ product in mind (salmon, herring, oysters, etc.) by direct co-operation with biologists who specialize in the study of the fish concerned. The work of the productivity group has been concerned with perfecting new techniques for quantitative measurements and studying the environment for new and old factors likely to be significant in the food chain. It is now imperative that more detailed and sophisticated research be attempted to elucidate the processes of plant growth, decay and excretion in the sea and measure the utilization of organic matter by zooplankters. MONITORING AT OCEAN STATION "p", Work in 1962 has produced evidence of photosynthetic periodicity, and extensive trials have indicated the best practical compromises to make so as to estimate 24-hour productivity from experiments of shorter duration. Further evidence has been obtained of the importance of "nanno" zooplankters in the open-ocean food chain. It is clear, however, that work at Station "P" at the level possible at present is more an exercise in productivity techniques than the means for obtaining an accurate estimate of the annual plant production in the northeast Pacific Ocean in the vicinity of 50°N, 145°W, let alone the significance of such production to the fish populations. However, we now have a rough idea of the annual productivity and range in this area which may be fairly representative of the southern part of the northeastern Pacific Ocean. 70738-0-8 106 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

It appears to be of the same order as that found in the Atlantic at the same latitude but is probably less seasonal. DETRITUS AND HETEROTROPHS. The occurrence of large amounts of oceanic detritus at all depths has been reconfirmed by a cruise to the relatively desert sea areas south of the polar front. Although the concentration of surface material is somewhat less in this region the total amount in the water column is comparable with that found at higher latitudes and far exceeds the amount of all other living or dead organic material. DISTRIBUTION OF PLANT MATERIAL, "LAND-MASS EFFECT AND PATCHINESS". There is increasing evidence that the phytoplankton concentration in the open ocean is governed almost entirely by grazing in areas such as the northeast Pacific Ocean where nutrient levels are relatively high. Overgrazing occurs. The fact that plant concentrations (as measured by plant pigment) are greater near the coasts of the continent in areas having substantially the same water fertility as the adjacent ocean, points to the grazing pattern changing near the coast. The above observations are of fundamental importance to marine food-chain studies but insufficient work has been carried out to find the transition zone between "coastal" and "oceanic" pigment levels. Further work off the coasts of California, Oregon and British Columbia has shown the transition to be in the vicinity of the continental shelf. A zone of low productivity may occur very near to the coast due to vigorous upwelling. Micro-patchiness of plant distribution in the open ocean has been suspected and detected previously. An intensive study of a 7-mile-sided square some 100 miles off the coast revealed patchiness of +50% within distances of a mile. It is now clear that one-station measurements of productivity have little meaning except to indicate magnitudes and these are already known for much of the Pacific Ocean. ASSAYS FOR ORGANIC MATTER. Work has continued to develop rapid methods for vitamine and sugar assay directly in sea water. The levels of "soluble" carbo­ hydrates are near the limit of detection of direct methods and probably only those sugars of poor value as substrates for micro-organisms accumulate to any extent in sea water. Biotin appears to have little or no significance for coastal phyto­ plankton. Open-ocean amounts are so low that the vitamins may be of importance in this environment. MULTIPLE EFFECTS OF TEMPERATURE, LIGHT AND NUTRITION ON PHYTO­ PLANKTON GROWTH. It is necessary to distinguish between cell division and photo­ synthesis. The former can proceed in the almost total absence of the latter but daughter cells will be smaller or contain less organic matter than their parents. Cell division increases the chance survival of a species against the effects of sinking or predators. Cells of poor organic content are less efficient in the food chain, per unit effort on the part of a grazing organism. New equipment has been constructed and has proven very successful for the determination of the effect of light and temperature on cell division. The species studied have a wide range of light and temperature tolerance if sufficient adapta­ tion time is possible. The adverse effects of extremes of light, temperature and nutrients are additive and the familiar "stress" pattern develops that is found with other living organisms. Bio/ogica) Station, Nanaimo; B.C. · 107

MULTIPLE EFFECTS OF TEMPERATURE, LIGHT AND NUTRITION ON PHYTG>­ PLANKTON PHOTOSYNTHESIS AS MEASURED BY VARIOUS TECHNIQUES. No studies of this nature have been attempted previously using bacteria-free algae growing in a wide range of light intensities at controlled temperature with the exact spectral distribution and energy of the illumination being measured. Such basic information on what is being measured by the various techniques used to follow marine photo­ synthesis must be obtained before meaningful results can be expected from field work. Secretion of labelled organic matter takes place in even short periods of incubation. The degree to which photosynthetic production is made available to the food chain directly as particulate matter is now open to question. THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE CARBON-14 METHOD. By using light of known in­ tensity and spectral distribution it has been possible to demonstrate beyond reason­ able doubt that the C-14 method does not measure either net or gross photo­ synthesis, as generally supposed, but gives a rough indication of the production of particulate matter. This may be as low as 50-60% of the net photosynthesis as measured by oxygen evolution, the balance being secreted and, we suspect, being responsible for much of the "dissolved" organic matter found in ocean waters. The reason why this has not been confirmed earlier by other workers is because of their choice of unrepresentative algae, light sources and light intensities, and the reluctance to work with bacteria-free unialgal cultures.

OCEANOGRAPHY The Pacific Oceanographic Group is a section of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada Biological Station, Nanaimo, B. C. Under this direction and in co-operation with the Canadian Committee on Oceanography, the Group carries out research and co-ordinates all possible resources to fulfill the national require­ ments for oceanography in the Pacific area of interest (north of Latitude 40°N and east of longitude 180 °). The requirements are to solve the oceanographic aspects of fisheries, military and industrial problems. In turn, these require the definition of the ooeanographic conditions in all parts of the area and provision for their continuous assessment and forecasting. Oceanographic conditions are defined by the properties and structure of the water. These vary from place to place and time to time. At present they are observed by oceanographic surveys which are slow, tedious and costly. It is economically impossible to maintain comprehensive surveys in all areas all the time. It is only possible to survey limited areas at seasonal intervals. Such data, \ by themselves, are not adequate to monitor the oceanographic situations. How- ever, with the aid of theory and analogues (hydraulic models) they can be made to reveal the sequences of oceanographic events and their relation to readily­ observed features such as shore and bottom, weather, run-off, tide and daily surface observations at convenient, fixed positions. Other government agencies provide adequate descriptions and adequate monitoring of all except the oceanographic features. Hence, the procedure is to define the properties and structures in each locality from a minimum of oceanographic surveys, define their relations to the 70738-0-8! 108 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 readily-observed features, and so provide simple, economic systems of monitoring, assessment and forecasting. Since 1930 repeated surveys have been made in successive seasons, through a few years, in each locality. Also, daily observations of surface properties and structure have been made at as many fixed locations as possible. These data have been catalogued and published. DESCRIPTIVE OCEANOGRAPHY. From time to time, as sufficient data become available, descriptive models of oceanographic behaviour were deduced. These models define the oceanographic environment in terms of water types, structures and their behaviour. They define how the structures are created, maintained and changed. They define the relation of the structures to weather, run-off, tide and daily seawater observations. They make it possible to apply oceanography to fisheries, military and industrial problems and to provide an oceanographic in­ formation and forecasting service. Significant progress has been made in all these aspects during the past year. A review of oceanography of the Subarctic Pacific Ocean was prepared for the International North Pacific Fisheries Commission (INPFC) by correspondents from Canada, United States and Japan. This comprehensive treatise makes the Subarctic Pacific the best-known ocean area in the world. It summarizes all the structure and behaviour models that have been developed during the past 30 years. Most of these are products of POG research. The recently completed behaviour model of the growth and decay of the seasonal thennocline in the Subarctic Pacific Ocean is the culmination of 5 years of research on the heating and cooling, and wind-mixing and convection processes. It allows assessment and forecasting of temperature structure in the seasonal zone (0-100 m depth). On the basis of this model an oceanographic information service has been created, similar in concept and operation to the Meteorological Service. This oceanographic service is housed in the Naval Weather Service. There, the fore­ casters receive data from many sources by way of the Meteorological radio net­ work. They collate and interpret the data according to the thermocline model and provide frequent regular assessments and forecasts. The accumulation of these charts provides historical records of temperature structures. At present ( 1962) the Service is operating only in the oceanic region where the behaviour model is complete. Below the limit of seasonal variation (about 100 m depth), the properties and structures do not change rapidly and may be monitored from Ocean Station "P" and with occasional observations at judiciously-chosen points. Evidently the annual synoptic surveys are no longer necessary. They may be replaced by very simple lines of monitoring observations. The region along the ocean coast has been shown to be transitional between the coastal estuarine region and the oceanic region, and is influenced by both. In these ocean coastal waters, the seasonal sequence of structures has been defined. With the aid of theory, the influence of wind on them has been described. This model is being extended to define the structure in terms of observed winds and Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C. 109 run-off, and relate it to the daily seawater observations. This includes the struc­ ture and behaviour of the bottom waters on the continental shelf and slope. In the near ocean there is an annual intrusion of waters from the sub­ tropics, northward off the west coast of Vancouver Island. Occasionally this becomes extreme, as in 1958. This behaviour is being monitored by daily sea­ water observations, and the line of observations every six weeks between the coast and Ocean Station "P". The studies in the inland seaways are nearing fruition.· With the aid of the hydraulic model of the Hecate region the data accumulated since 1937 are being assessed. The oceanography of Dixon Entrance has been solved and is being prepared for publication. It is a complex estuarine system in which the oceano­ graphic structures and domains are primarily determined by the tidal mechanisms. There is good evidence that oceanographic conditions can be monitored by a marginal expansion of the daily seawater observations. The oceanography of the region proved to be considerably more complex than any other studied here. It is worthy of note that this research has been accom­ plished in 9 months, which is less than a third of the time required previously for any similar research. This accomplishment is largely due to the aid provided by the Hecate Model. It is doubtful if any reasonable solution could have been obtained without this physical analogue. This powerful technique is being extended to Hecate Strait and Queen Charlotte Sound, where a conclusion is expected during the coming year ( 1963). From the accumulated data in the Strait of Georgia, it has been learned that the annual cycle of properties and structure in the deep waters is repetitive. Hence, the structure and behaviour of these deep waters may be forecast from present knowledge. LIAISONS IN OCEANOGRAPHY. Oceanographic research requires correlation of the locally-observed structure with data from other parts of the oceans and with tides, weather, run-off, etc., which are observed by other agencies. Hence it is necessary to have wide liaisons to obtain and exchange data. These have been cultivated assiduously and successfully with all agencies, domestic and foreign, operating in the area of interest. DATA COLLECTION. The Pacific Oceanographic Group has no ships. Observa­ tions are made from ships provided by the Royal Canadian Navy, the Department of Transport and the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys, and from aircraft provided by the Royal Canadian Air Force. The more sophisticated observations are made by POG personnel borne in these carriers, but many standard observa­ tions are made by the crews of the vessels and aircraft. Also daily seawater ob­ servations are made by local observers at 15 coastal positions ( 13 lightstations) and from the weatherships (Department of Transport) at Ocean Station "P" (Latitude 50°N, Longitude 145°W). AIRBORNE RADIATION THERMOMETER. Having learned that the near-surface oceanographic environment is almost as variable as the weather, it became obvious that monitoring requires much more frequent observation than is feasible by present methods. High-speed techniques are required. 110 Fisheries Research Board of Canada AhnualReport 1962-63

An airborne radiation thermometer has been successftilly developed and is being flown by No. 401 Squadron, Maritime Air Comtiiand, RCAF. On the basis of the oceanographic knowledge, this equipment provides an assessment of oceanog­ raphic conditions for the Information: Service. PACIFIC NAVAL LABORATORY. Personnel are provided as required to observe and assess the environment during sea operations of PNL (of the Defence Research Board). · From time to time, since 1948, the Group has mounted or contributed per­ sonnel to military oceanographic expeditions in the western Arctic Ocean. Recently (1961-62) Pacific Naval Laboratory has been studying sound transmission under the Polar Ice Cap. An oceanographer has accompanied each expedition and assessed the environment. DIVISION OF MARINE SCIENCES. During the past three years (since 1959) POG has provided operational training for DMS (of the Dept. of Mines and Technical Surveys) personnel preparatory to their assignments to the East Coast. The people were rotated through POG in 4 to 10 months. There were 4 to 12 people in training at any one time. These trainees assisted with sea operations and data analyses, and provided the staff increase required to meet the increasing demands for research and service. The training program has been completed and POG is reduced to its former establishment.

112 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

KEY TO MAP

1. HEADQUARTERS (ADMINISTRATION), OTTAWA, ONT. 2. BIOLOGICAL STATION, ST. JOI-IN'S, NFLD. 2A. Burin, Nfld. (groundfish statistics) 2B. Bonavista, Nfld. (groundfish, longlining) 2C. St. Andrews, Nfld.-Little Codi·oy River (salmon) 2D. St. Pierre Bank to Flemish Cap (cod, haddock, redfish, plaice studies) 2E. North Harbour River (pink salmon introduction) 2F. East Newfoundland (baby cod survey) 2G. Port au Port Bay (lobster tagging) 3. BIOLOGICAL STATION, ST. ANDREWS, N.B. 3A. Pollett River, N.B. (salmon) 3B. Miramichi River, N.B. (salmon, DDT effects, zinc pollution) 3C. Southern Gulf of St. Lawrence (groundfish census, plaice and scallop studies) 3D. Nova Scotia Banks (groundfish survey) 3E. Prince Edward Island and adjacent waters (oyster, lobster and trout studies) 3F. Eastern Cape Breton Island, N.S. (lobsters) 3G. Halifax and Lunenburg, N.S. (groundfish statistics) 3H. Lockeport, N.S. (cod, haddock) 31. Bay of Fundy and Gulf of Maine (sardine herring, haddock, pollock, lobsters) 3 J. Georges Bank (scallop studies) 4. BIOLOGICAL STATION, LONDON, ONT. 4A. Hay River, N.W.T. (Great Slave Lake fishery study) 4B. Heming Lake, Man. (fish population dynamics) 4C. Lake Superior (lamprey surveys and control, commercial fishery) 4D. Lake Huron streams (lampreys) S. BIOLOGICAL STATION, NANAIMO, B.C. SA. Vancouver, B.C. (commercial statistics) SB. Strait of Gecrgia (herring, groundfish, salmon, oysters, pollution studies) SC. Hecate Strait and offshore (herring, groundfish, salmon stocks) SD. Fitz Hugh Sound (ocean life of young salmon) SE. Prince Rupert, B.C. (commercial statistics, salmon management, pollution study) SF. Terrace, B.C. (Kleanza Creek experimental hatchery) 5G. Babine Lake, B.C. (adult and smolt salmon censuses; lake production of sockeye) SH. Pacific Ocean (high seas salmon fishing, tagging, and stock identification) 51. Great Central lake, Vancouver Island (salmon behaviour and tolerance) 5J. Columbia River to Kodiak (fur seal sampling, sea-lion study) 6. ARCTIC UNIT, MONTREAL, QUE. 6A. Herschel Island to Tukto:yaktuk (fish and beluga explcration) 6B. Northwestern Hudson Bay (plankton, benthos) 6C. Frobisher Inlet (char survey, Ogac Lake study) 6D. Coats and Southampton Islands (walrus) 6E. Labrador-Newfoundland "Front" (harp seal assessment) 6F. Belcher Island (seal netting) 6G. Cambridge Bay (lake trout and char studies) 6I-I. Yukon Lakes (commercial fisheries) 61. Sable Island (seal stocks) 7. ST. ANCREWS BIOLOGICAL STATION (ATLANTIC OCEANOGRAPHIC GROUP, DARTMOUTH, N.S.) 7A. Bay of Fundy and Passamaquoddy Bay 7B. Scotian Shelf 7C. Off southern Newfoundland 70. Gulf of St. Lawrence 7E. Hudson Strait 8. NANAIMO BIOLOGICAL STATION (PACIFIC OCEANOGRAPHIC GROUP) SA. North Pacific Ocean and Gulf of Alaska SB. British Columbia coastal waters and inlets SC. Strait of Juan de Fuca SD. Strait of Georgia 9. TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, HALIFAX, N.S. 10. TECHNOLOGICAL STATION, GRANDE-RIVIERE, QUE, 11. TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, VANCOUVER, B.C. 12. TECHNOLOGICAL UNIT, ST. JOIIN'S, NFLD. 13. TECHNOLOGICAL UNIT, LONDON, ONT. 'l1.._ __ o. ..

/ "l A R c T c , 0 c E A N )( ?<_/ ../' / , / / , / / '/-. , ·' / />< G R E Ir /

,rc,O

$6', I•,'

I , x

'o.

; / ,/

ALBERTA I 11>-.; /I / i

-.... _

CANADA SHOWING LOCATION OF PRINCIPAL FISHERIES RESEARCH BOARD WORK FISCAL YEAR 196!.-1963.

T E D ARCTIC UNIT, MONTREAL, QUE.

FISHERIES INVESTIGATIONS ...... 113 MARINE MAMMAL INVESTIGATIONS ...... 115 BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY...... 116

The primary purpose of the Arctic Unit's work is to establish a basis of biological information on arctic aquatic productivity for the best economic develop­ ment of the resources involved. Development in the Yukon and Northwest Terri­ tories proceeds solely under Federal administration, and problems involving exploitation of fishes and marine mammals are spread over the entire breadth of the Territories. For logistic and administrative efficiency therefore the Board's arctic research has been largely centralized at the Unit's current quarters at 505 Pine Avenue West in Montreal. The lease on these quarters expires in 1963, and plans are proceeding for the building of a new laboratory at Senneville, on the west end of Montreal Island. The Unit's 50-foot motor vessel Calanus was sailed directly to Montreal from Churchill during the summer to undergo a thorough dry-dock inspection in prepara­ tion for a re-fit during 1963. The 38-foot exploratory fishing vessel Salvelinus worked from Liverpool Bay to Baillie Island on the western arctic coastline and was wintered at Cape Parry.

FISHERIES INVESTIGATIONS ARCTIC ISLANDS SURVEY. A major highlight of the year was an aquatic biological survey of the Canadian Arctic Islands. A co-ordinating base was estab­ lished at Cambridge Bay on Victoria Island. From a supply depot laid down at Resolute, Cornwallis Island, by Department of Transport supply vessel from Montreal in 1961, four stationary camps were established: at Eureka, Ellesmere Island; Assistance Bay, southeast coast of Cornwallis Island; Creswell Bay, east coast of Somerset Island; Castel Bay, north coast of Banks Island. From these camps visits were made to the north coast of Axel Heiberg Island; Strand Fjord on the west coast of Axel Heiberg; the northwest portion of Grinnell Peninsula on Devon Island; Eleanor Lake in northeast Cornwallis Island; Prince of Wales Strait between Banks and Victoria Islands; the west coast of Banks Island; Thomsen River, Banks Island; and 10 lakes in central Victoria Island. A main base-laying flight in spring, and a pick-up flight in the fall, were made with a Bristol freighter aircraft. Other air-lift was by Beaver and Otter aircraft fitted with oversized balloon tires, and an Otter with floats. Travel otherwise was by canoe, inflatable boats and dog teams. The major activity was intensive fishing and bottom sampling in both fresh­ W8ter and marine areas, collection of limnological data and biological oceano­ graphic sampling. Substantial collections of fishes, especially marine species, were

113 114 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 made. The marine collection has been deposited in the National Museum of Canada. Freshwater collections will eventually be sent to the Royal Ontario Museum and the University of British Columbia Institute of Fisheries. Arctic char as expected were encountered almost everywhere in the survey, and data were collected on both anadromous and land-locked stocks. Collections of parasites are being worked up by the Institute of Parasitology of McGill University. Lake herring ( Coregonus sardine/la) and lake trout (Salvelinus namay­ cush) were found both on Victoria Island and at the north coast of Banks Island, probably the most northerly known occurrence of these species. The known range of the whitefish (Coregonus clupeaformis) was extended with its discovery in an inland lake of Victoria Island. Much interesting information was collected on "relict" species of aquatic fauna, which will contribute knowledge on the history of lake formations. Oceanographic work included the occupation of 162 stations, yielding 682 plankton, 202 benthos and 10 intertidal collections. Temperature, salinity, oxygen and other chemical data were taken from 56 oceanographic stations. While study of the zooplankton material has just begun, preliminary sorting of benthic material is completed, and several groups have been identified while others are under study. The survey has extended the range of collected material into areas not previously touched, and affords for the first time a good basis for the assessment of species distribution throughout the arctic. It is a pleasure to acknowledge the assistance and courtesies extended by the R. C. M. Police; Departments of Transport, Northern Affairs and National Resources, National Health and Welfare and Mines and Technical Surveys; the Royal Canadian Air Force; the Hudson's Bay Company; the Roman Catholic Missions and Arctic Lodge Hotel, Cambridge Bay, through whose help working and living conditions were made easier. In addition, equipment was loaned by the Jacobsen-McGill Expedition, the Arctic Institute of North America and the Cana­ dian Wildlife Service. VICTORIA ISLAND FISHERIES. Studies on arctic char and lake trout stocks of Ferguson Lake, draining into Wellington Bay, Victoria Island, were continued from May to October. Development of a commercial enterprise, started last year at Greiner Lake, Cambridge Bay, was diverted to Ferguson Lake where a larger potential is indicated. The commercial fishery took about 17,000 lb of char and 28,000 lb of lake trout, while an Eskimo subsistence fishery took an estimated 67,500 lb of char and 7,500 lb of lake trout. The proportions of the 2 species in the commercial fishery fluctuated with movements of the stocks, lake trout forming about 40% of the catch early in the season and 90% by early August. Catches of the anadromous form of char in the sea included very few that were maturing, whereas a large proportion that remained in the lake were nearing spawning condition. Initial recaptures from a small scale tagging experiment indicated that char move in the sea up to at least 80 miles from Ferguson Lake; that a movement of at least 20 miles within the lake occurs between summer and winter fisheries; that 3 tagged char moved into a different watershed over 60 miles from the point Arctic Unit, Montreal, Que. 115 of tagging; and that a high degree of residence is indicated for lake trout within a very restricted area. N.W.T. LAKE FISHERIES. As part of a program associated with the opening up of lakes in the Northwest Territories to commercial fishing, an intensive study was carried out of Keller Lake ( 157 square miles), one hundred miles south of Great Bear Lake. Until 1960 no fishing had been carried out on this lake. Since 1960, part or all of the catches have been sampled, and total catches recorded. In 1963 in addition to fish sampling, a bathymetric survey was completed and observations were made on bottom fauna, plankton and physical limnology throughout the open water season (mid June to mid October). The bulk of approximately 150,000 lb of fish removed since 1960 is made up of lake trout and common whitefish. There is no evidence to date of any change in mean size of fishes caught. Whitefish averaged 22 inches and 5.5 lb, and lake trout 17.4 inches and 4.3 lb. WESTERN ARCTIC FISHERIES. Exploratory fishing from the M.V. Salvelinus was continued by gill-netting, bottom trawling and beach seining. A total of 53 stations were occupied, at each of which temperatures were recorded and plankton, fish and bottom invertebrates were collected. At 11 stations more detailed physical samples were collected. True herring ( Clupea harengus pallasi) was the most abundant fish. Size­ able stocks appear to exist between Liverpool Bay and Darnley Bay. In mid July, gill-net catches of mature herring were taken in western Liverpool Bay, and again in mid August at Baillie Island, where large schools occurred in the surface layers. In late August in eastern Franklin Bay a dense concentration of herring was encountered from the surface to 7 fathoms for about 2 miles. In Cape Parry harbour, jigging for arctic cod ( Gadus ogac) produced about 100 lb per hour per man.

MARINE MAMMAL INVESTIGATIONS HARP SEALS. Continued heavy pressure on stocks of harp seals in the north­ west Atlantic by international sealing interests has been accompanied by research designed to maintain a watching brief on the size of stocks, their age composition and periodic checks on other aspects of their biology. A sample collected from the kill of older, moulting seals east of Belle Isle during the latter half of April showed a good survival of two-year-old seals following a below average catch of 79,000 young in this area in 1960 and an unusually low catch of 10,000 older seals in 1961. One-year-olds showed poorer survival following a kill of 133,500 young in 1961. Mature females entered the moulting patches rapidly between April 21 and 27, confirming the view from previous sampling that this period of their sudden in­ crease is constant from year to year. A small sample of ovaries from the east coast of Newfoundland in 1962 suggests that the estimated reduction in stocks of northwest Atlantic harp seals from 3 million to 1 t million in the last decade has been accompanied by a lowering in the mean age of females at sexual maturity. This possibility will be checked further. 116 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

An attempt was made to estimate the size of northwest Atlantic stocks of harp seals in April 1962 by an aerial photographic survey of moulting immatures and adults. Previous population estimates have been based on surveys of the whelping patches in March. April surveys in the Gulf of St. Lawrence were found to be impracticable because of the scarcity of ice. From returns of tags and migration habits, the breeding stock here is considered to be distinct from that east of Labrador and Newfoundland. The population of harp seals off the east coast of Newfoundland and Labrador from this survey, excluding young of the year, was estimated at 800,000, compared to almost 2,000,000 ten years ago from whelping patch surveys. WHITE WHALES. A new net fishery, based on techniques demonstrated by the Board at the Belcher Islands in 1960, was developed by the Department of Northern Affairs and National Resources in 1961 and carried further in 1962 at Whale Cove, south of Rankin Inlet on the west coast of Hudson Bay, with 144 whales netted. This fishery was intensively sampled, and improved our knowledge on reproductive rate and growth, since previous sampling was based on more selective harpoon hunting. ATLANTIC WHALES. Systematic reporting, often with photographs, of whale sightings by patrol aircraft of the R.C.A.F. and occasional reports by other co-operating agencies, are beginning to provide a picture of seasonal and coastwise distribution of whales in a region from which few observations were available. Fairly complete knowledge is available on seasonal movements of the humpback whale in our region for almost all months of the year. GREY SEALS. Studies on distribution and movements of grey seals in the Maritimes were continued with a tagging program in the breeding colony at the Basque Islands, Michaud Point, N.S. and a branding program on Sable Island. Sixty-one pups were tail-tagged at Michaud Point in late January, and 100 pups were branded with a "V" mark on Sable Island in early February. Notices have been distributed widely on the east coast offering rewards for returns of tags or brands.

BIOLOGICAL 0CEANOGRAPI-IY ZooPLANKTON. Analysis of zooplankton collections of M.V. Salvelinus ( 1960- 62) and M.V. Cancolim II (1951) in eastern Beaufort Sea and Amunsden Gulf was completed. At least 46 species were identified, many of them new for the region. Interesting zoogeographical features can now be shown for the Beaufort Sea zooplankton. A study was completed on the 3 arctic-subarctic species of the copepod genus Calanus in eastern Canadian waters: C. finmarchicus, C. glacialis and C. hyperboreus, from material collected in 1961 over a very large region. From this work, which in part supplements earlier published work on adults of the first 2 species, it was concluded that all 6 copepodite stages of the 3 species can be dis­ tinguished on the basis of length. C. finmarchicus is an Atlantic boreal species in all stages, C. glacialis and C. hyperboreus arctic species in all stages. Subarctic (mixed arctic and Atlantic) water is indicated by the combined presence of the Arctic Unit, Montreal, Que. 117 first 2 species in any of their stages. The breeding ranges of C. finmarchicus and C. glacialis appear to be geographically separate. Variations in breeding times and in development rates in different populations may be incorporated into the indicato.r role of the species to show movements of populations, hence of water masses. Through the continued co-operation of the Department of Mines and Tech­ nical Surveys, large collections of zooplankton were obtained from the icebreakers Labrador and John A. MacDonald as part of the oceanographic programs carried out from them in 1962. BENTHONIC INVERTEBRATES. Asteroidea (sea-star) collections from the 1962 Archipelago Survey and Salvelinus program have been studied and the data in· corporated into the final draft of a monograph on the sea-stars of northern Canada. This incorporates data from all available material from southern Labrador to Alaska. Twenty-eight species are considered from the viewpoint of morphology, ecology and distribution. The possible importance of substrate as a limiting factor is indicated by the fact that the few species (7) which extend across the continent from east to west are characteristic of soft substrate. The strictly eastern or western forms are all hard substrate forms. The co-operation of the Department of Mines and Technical Surveys con­ tinued to bring in valuable collections of plankton and benthic invertebrates from Baffin Bay, Davis Strait, the arctic islands, Foxe Basin, Hudson Bay and Davis Strait. OGAC LAKE ENVIRONMENTAL STUDIES. In order to understand the control and limitation of primary, secondary and tertiary plankton production in this marine microcosm, fertilization experiments were carried out in polyethylene columns set from the surface down to the anoxic levels of the lake. The addition of nutrients (nitrate limiting) caused enormous increases of phytoplankton. Labora­ tory work is still in progress, and should lead to an understanding of the intrinsic and extrinsic factors limiting production at higher trophic levels in northern seas. Benthos was collected quantitatively with the aid of frogmen, and a better estimate of the codfish population was obtained. The whole study is being prepared as a monograph. PHYTOPLANKTON STUDIES. Through the same arrangement as mentioned for zooplankton sampling, quantitative phytoplankton samples were taken from ice· breakers during oceanographic programs in Baffin Bay and Davis Strait. Examina· tion of 1960 and 1961 samples has revealed the presence at the northernmost stations in August and September of enormous populations of diatoms in the cold layers between 10 and 30 metres. In some stations diatoms exceeded 6 million cells per litre. Such an abundance, apparently not noted previously in arctic or subarctic waters at that time of year, may be an effective factor for winter survival of zooplankton and other secondary biomass producers including fish larvae. Large numbers of different types of starch grains (exceeding 250,000 grains per litre at some stations) have been found in Baffin Bay, ingested by holozoic dinoftagellates and ciliates. They are produced by other, entirely different groups of dinoftagellates which on death float undecomposed in the water, forming apparently an important nutritional factor in the marine economy. 118 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

l:ividence has been found to indicate that seasonal irregularities of diatom cycles may be associated with bacterial infections. TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, HALIFAX, N.S.

(including the St. John's Unit and the Grande-Riviere St.ation)

QUALITY OF FRESH AND FROZEN FISH AND BIOCHEMISTRY OF Coo ...... 119 BIOCHEMICAL AND MICROBIOLOGICAL STUDIES PERTAINING TO LOBSTERS AND OYSTERS... 121 ATLANTIC SALMON...... 123 ORGAN TISSUE CULTURE FROM MARINE FORMS...... 123 MARINE LIPIDS...... 124 EXOPHTHALMUS (POP-EYE) IN ATLANTJC COD...... 125 FISH PRO'IEIN CONCENTRATE AND FREEZE DRYING...... 125 IDEN1IFICATION OF FISH SPECIES...... 125 TECHNOLOGICAL UNIT-ST. JoHN's, NEWFOUNDLAND.. 126 TECHNOLOGICAL STATlON-GRANDE-RIVIERE, QUE...... 127

The activities of these laboratories are directed towards increasing the scope and value of Canadian fisheries and all living aquatic resources through scientific research. Emphasis has continued to increase in those research areas concerned with enlarging the fisheries resource through scientific manipulation of live animals. Studies on artificial maturation of Atlantic salmon, and lobster and oyster diseases, are typical examples. For many years the term "sea-fresh" has been considered synonymous with the ultimate in fish quality. To some it may have suggested that any fish freshly taken from the sea will yield a first class product, subject only to proper care, processing and storage. Unfortunately, this is an over-simplification of the facts. Improving processing and storage techniques alone can do little or nothing to improve on the initial quality of the raw material, and variation within a given species and among species is considerable. More attention is therefore being given to factors which determine the condition at the moment the animal is taken from the water and in the early post-mortem stages. Collaborative projects, internally and with non-Board scientists, have continued to increase. Publications in scientific journals, bulletins and circulars increased 93 % over 1961-62, and 123% over 1960-61.

QUALITY OF FRESH AND FROZEN FISH AND BIOCHEMISTRY OF Con Radiation pasteurization of scallops and haddock has resulted in a most encouraging extension of the keeping time of the iced products. Low dosage radiation ( 7 5, 000 rads) resulted in no detectable off-odours or off-flavours and the storage life of scallops was extended three-fold, while that of haddock was

119 120 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 doubled. Higher radiation dosages, up to 250,000 rads, resulted in products which remained acceptable for extended periods but at a much reduced quality level. Recent action of the U.S. Food and Drug Administration in approving consumption of radiation sterilized bacon by the army should pave the way for the clearance of other food products in the near future. Non-bacterial spoilage has become increasingly important as sanitation has constantly improved in the fishing industry. Studies have been conducted on metal induced rancidity in groundfish and results indicate that under certain circumstances rancidity in lean fish can be a serious quality consideration. The correlation between the thiobarbituric acid test for oxidative rancidity and the organoleptic assessment of lean fish has been excellent. The effect of several substances produced during the normal metabolism of groundfish has been investigated in relation to their ability to promote or retard oxidative rancidity. The biochemical changes in fish muscle occurring immediately after death determine the quality and characteristics of both the fresh and frozen product and especially frozen storage life. The condition of the fish prior to death, size, sexual maturity, feeding and extent of struggle, on the one hand; and post-mortem treat­ ment, holding temperature, rate of cooling, stage at which gutting occurs, physical handling, time elapsed to freezing, on the other hand, determine the extent of these changes. Exercising of feeding aquarium cod resulted in rapid glycolysis and considerable dephosphorylation and deamination of high energy phosphate com­ pounds. Heavily feeding Newfoundland trap cod "at rest" had very high glycogen levels but a rapid drop ensued during normal handling. Rapid cooling in ice or ice water greatly slowed the glycolytic processes. The effect of adenosinetriphosphate (ATP) on the interactions of the proteins in salt extracts of pre-rigor cod muscle has been studied, as well as the relation of these changes to the degree of exhaustion of the muscle when extracted. The protein, actin, is more readily extracted from muscle by salt solutions when it is combined with myosin, a condition that appears to exist in exhausted and in post­ rigor muscle due to a low level of muscle ATP. The cod population at Terence Bay is being sampled at monthly intervals to test for physiological homogeneity and to determine seasonal variation among body constituents. The study was begun in November and will continue for one year. Length, weight, colour, sex, stomach contents, gonad and liver weights, otoliths. parasites, blood haematocrit, haemoglobin, coagulation time, flesh and blood proteins, blood adrenalcorticol hormones, liver lipids and phospholipids, flesh lipids, non-protein-nitrogen and trimethylamine are being investigated. A collaborative investigation, with the Gloucester Technological Laboratory of the U.S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, is nearing completion. This study was designed to compare several methods of freezing, thawing and refreezing on the shelf life of frozen cod. Thus far, the results indicate that well controlled water thawing can be as effective as microwave thawing, and, insofar as quality is concerned, brine and plate freezing are comparable. The taste panel is still the best tool available for assessing the quality charac­ teristics of fresh and frozen fishery products. To be successful, a taste panel must Technological Research Laboratory, Halifax, N.S. 121 be able to detect subtle differences in quality and it has been established that the cooking procedure used to prepare the product for testing can be a deciding fac­ tor. Boiling and baking have proven superior to frying in studies carried out at St. John's and Halifax in a collaborative investigation witl:Lthe Home Economics Branch of the Department of Fisheries of Canada. Frying procedures are particul­ arly undesirable in assessing quality of irradiated products particularly due to the camouflaging of off-odours and off-flavours. Studies designed to evaluate the potential of poorly utilized species have centered around turbot and mackerel shark. While frozen turbot has on occasion exhibited poor shelf life, it has been shown that this need not be the case. The characteristics of mackerel shark are such that it is not considered acceptable to the North American market as a whole. Polyphosphate is finding fairly extensive use as an agent designed to minimize drip in frozen fish. Results to date from one or two laboratories indicate an im­ provement in thaw drip where drip is not excessive, but to date studies at these laboratories carried out on fish where drip is relatively high have not been too promising.

BIOCHEMICAL AND MICROBIOLOGICAL STUDIES PERTAINING TO LOBSTERS AND OYSTERS Perhaps the most significant breakthrough in these studies during the past year has been to establish that a high percentage of lobsters can carry the organism, Gafjkya homari, the causative agent of the lobster disease Gaffkaemia, in the natural environment. It is now necessary to re-assess thinking regarding lobster holding facilities as the primary source of infections. Studies on control of the infections, and evaluation of the defence mechanism of the lobster against disease and the possible implementation of a monitoring of marine lobster stocks with a view to predicting the severity of a particular epidemic are being continued. The blood of diseased lobsters does not clot in a normal manner. It has been shown that fi.brinogen, calcium and a cell factor from lobster blood are required to form a firm clot. The identity of the cell factor(s) is under investigation and results to date show that the activity of cell extracts behaves in a linear fashion with respect to dilution and sensitivity to heat. Non-fluorescent immune serum has been produced by inoculating lipids with Gafjkya homari for the purpose of identifying Gaffkya in infected lobsters. The possibilities of producing fluorescent immune serum are under investigation. The properties of Gaflkya homari from lobsters and Gaflkya tetragena, an organism found in the human throat, is being conducted in order to further define these organisms and to determine their sensitivity to several potentially useful agents for pound prophylaxis. The ability of lobsters to survive treatment with these compounds is under investigation. Histological examinations of oyster tissue are under way in order to permit the diagnosis of Malpeque disease. Several organs of the oyster are being cultured in synthetic media in order to study the effect of disease on these organs and 122 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

Taking blood sample from a lobster for study of Gaffkaemia.

Determination of cell counts in cod blood. Technological Research Laboratory, Halifax, N.S. 123 provide a means of isolating the causative agent(s). The serological approach is being followed in the hope of distinguishing resistant from susceptible oysters well in advance of the normal two year incubation period of the disease.

ATLANTIC SALMON An exploratory investigation is being conducted in an attempt to artificially induce sexual maturation of spawned adult Atlantic salmon. The purpose of this investigation is to determine if the females can be held under laboratory con­ ditions until they have resumed feeding and improved in physiological condition to the point where the administration of hormones can reasonably be expected to induce sexual maturation. Seventy fish have been held in captivity since early November and no deaths were noted after the first few weeks. In spite of very low water temperatures during the winter months, about 20% of the fish have volun­ tarily resumed heavy feeding on liver. A program of force feeding carried out on 18 individual fish did not seem to influence resumption of natural feeding. Since only female salmon are being used in the above investigation, it is desirable to maintain salmon sperm in a viable state in frozen storage. An additional purpose of this investigation is to study the effect of low temperature storage of salmon sperm for a few days in order to allow transportation of sperm from one area to another and to provide information on the fertility of salmon sperm as a function of sexual maturity and method of collection. Extreme individual variability was noted in the fertilization of River Philip eggs by end-of-the-season sperm. Sperm samples which initially exhibited good motility and fertility were stored, with little change, for 3 days at +3 °C. Hatching from fertilized eggs exceeded 90% for all samples including those stored at +3 °C. Some evidence was obtained to indicate that mixing. of sperm samples may result in poor storage life and decreased fertility. Cortisol, cortisone and 11-ketotestosterone have been isolated from Atlantic salmon blood and their structures determined by rigorous chemical methods. Ex­ cellent agreement has been obtained employing chemical and biological methods for the major hormones referred to above and there is no evidence for the presence of significant quantities of hormones of the types suggested by previous investigators.

ORGAN TISSUE CULTURE FROM MARINE FORMS The culture of cells and organs from fish and other marine animals is being carried out to provide more accurate information on the requirements and con­ tributions of normal and diseased tissues. In comparison to the terrestrial animals used for food, surprisingly little fundamental data is available on the function of specific tissues of fish and their surrounding fluids. Death or illness of fish from unknown causes, especially in captivity, is the rule rather than the exception. The female larva of the parasitic nematode, Terranova decipiens, from fish muscle, has been taken to sexual maturity in synthetic media. This stage in the life cycle of the nematode normally occurs in the digestive tract of the seal. Cell proliferation of tissue explants of several organs from marine fish has been achieved in nutrient solution. This contribution provides a tool for the study 124 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 of many biological phenomena such as reproduction, development of secondary sex characteristics, methods of electrolyte balance in salt and fresh water, and other phenomena where it is difficult to interpret results obtained with the live animal. A unique systaltic motion has been observed in flounder kidney tubules main­ tained in tissue culture. The systaltic motion serves to transport metabolites in a unidirectional manner through the tubule. The histology of wound healing and the acceleration of wound healing by ascorbic acid has been studied in tissue culture.

MARINE LIPIDS Detailed study of the component fatty acids of marine oils through gas-liquid chromatography has led to unique developments permitting systematic provisional identification of the minor component fatty acids not usually identifiable without tedious application of several auxiliary techniques. The two complementary tech­ niques, the linear log plot, and systematic separation factors, have been tested on seal oil and turtle oil with strong indications that the fatty acids of these oils are of the same type as occur in fish such as menhaden and herring. Although developed on the information derived from analyses of such "marine" lipids, there is littl9 doubt that this would have wide fundamental applications in analyses of virtually all animal lipids. Further study is required to validate the conclusions based on preliminary analyses, and to confirm that all marine lipid systems may be analysed on this basis. Polyunsaturated fatty acids of marine origin are mostly bound to the /3- ( middle) position of glycerol. Fish oils and fish liver oils follow this structural pattern. Blubber oils of whale and seal, however, have an "atypical" structure. Analytical methods for fish lipids and phospholipids were improved. Two oils have been examined for possible industrial use. Capelin oil, not normally available despite the resources of this fish in Newfoundland waters, has been shown to be similar to herring oil in all essential properties. The revival of the Nova Scotia whaling industry prompted an investigation of the oil from the species comprising the bulk of the catch in the past season, the Atlantic bottle­ nosed whale. This work confirmed literature reports that this oil is essentially similar to the valuable sperm whale oil. Preliminary results from commercial testing of a "blown" cod liver oil have been encouraging. To further this development the air-blowing process has been examined by gas-liquid chromatography to determine the course of the reaction, and as expected the more highly unsaturated acids are the first to react, completely disappearing before the saturated or monounsaturated acids are affected. The same analytical technique has been applied to the methyl ester segregation process, based on counter-current extraction with nitromethane, with indications that greater selectivity can be obtained through close control of variables such as temperature and feed rate. In other studies, the direct analysis of very dilute aqueous solutions of volatile fatty acids has been placed on a satisfactory quantitative basis through the Technological Research Laboratory, Halifax, N.S. 125 addition of formic acid vapour to the carrier gas employed in the flame ionization gas-liquid chromatography apparatus. The multistage molecular still has been successfully operated with seven units on two component mixtures.

EXOPHTHALMUS (POP-EYE) IN ATLANTIC Coo Many species of fish develop a very damaging eye condition when held in captivity. The disease is of such seriousness that many of the affected fish may die or become blind. In the case of Atlantic cod over 90% may at times be lost. Even if the fish does not die, it can no longer be considered as a typical specimen, as it loses weight, becomes disoriented, and generally abnormal in both its ethology and physiology. These fish are then no longer useful in those experiments requiring repetitious runs on typical specimens. A preliminary description of the pathology and histology of the disease has been made. Experiments are in progress to determine whether the disease is caused by an infection or by some other agent or condition. Ultraviolet light has been thoroughly investigated and virtually eliminated as a primary cause. Surgical removal of a pseudobranch (false gill), which supplies the capillary bed of the eye with oxygen, has thus far prevented pop-eye from developing.

FISH PROTEIN CONCENTRATE AND FREEZE DRYING Several large companies have shown a great interest in the fish protein concentrates produced by the isopropanol process developed at the laboratory. Satisfactory products have been prepared from cod fillets, filleting line scraps, whole cod and sexually mature and immature herring of both sexes. These concentrates have been shown to be better proteins than casein and comparable to whole egg. Products have been prepared, and are ready for nutritional evaluation, from press cake and eviscerated whole cod and the process has been suitably modified for application to oily fish such as herring. Although many freeze dried products are available, the process is poorly understood. Texture appears to be the main problem with many fishery products. Studies on the biological, biochemical and processing variables affecting texture of scallop and cod are under investigation and interesting preliminary results have been obtained which indicate physical differences in muscle fibres in products prepared from pre-rigor and post-rigor samples.

IDENTIFICATION OF FISH SPECIES Electrophoretic patterns of proteins from fish muscle, blood and eye fluids have permitted the identification of 26 species of fish. The technique has also been applied successfully to distinguishing muscle in the pre- and post-rigor states. Freeze drying does not seem to alter the electrophoretic patterns. Studies on pre-cooling of salted fish and on the amino acid composition of marine bacteria with relation to aquatic productivity have been completed. 126 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

TECHNOLOGICAL UNIT-ST. JOHN'S, NEWFOUNDLAND Two approaches have been taken in an effort to improve the utilization of trap cod in Newfoundland. These approaches are centred primarily around quality considerations and ways and means of extending the time available for processing the catch from this fishery, which is concentrated in a very brief time period. Although there is some risk in attempting over-simplification, the results may be summarized as follows: 1. A survey was carried out on the storage life of commercially produced trap cod and the results indicate that much improvement can still be made in this area. 2. Freeze-thaw-refreeze under all conditions investigated to date produces a product with a maximum just-acceptable shelf life of approximately 7 months at -10°F. 3. The best refrozen product generally has an equal or greater shelf life than the present commercial pack but is inferior to the once-frozen product prepared from the same fish in our experiments. 4. From a quality point of view there is no convincing evidence available to show a preference for dielectric as compared to water thawing. 5. Initial results show that fish starved and held in warm water (47°F) for 25 days yield a product with much poorer frozen shelf life than the same fish held at 35 and 38°F. 6. First-of-the-season fish produce a product with higher initial frozen quality than did middle- or end-of-the-sieason fish, bu:t the frozen shelf life was similar for all three. The use of ice on the fresh fish resulted in much improved quality as compared to commercial handling for the first-of-the-season fish which otherwise deteriorated rapidly in frozen storage. 7. Within reasonable limits of freezing rate, there is no effect on frozen shelf life and the results indicate that the frozen round fish undergo less deterioration than do frozen fillets. 8. Water thawing of trap cod at 60°F results in a refrozen product with shelf life comparable to that using 45°F. 9. Tripolyphosphate had little effect on thaw drip, salt extractable protein or lipid hydrolysis. 10. From the results to date in the collaborative project with Gloucester there is nothing to suggest a preference for water or microwave thawing insofar as quality is concerned. 11. Catalina trap fish resulted in a refrozen product with an initial frozen quality and shelf life far inferior to those fish taken at St. John's. 12. A mild desiccant, a turbimetric procedure and a penetrometer have been investigated in an effort to lessen the demand for taste panels for quality assess­ ment of frozen fish. All show promise but more data are required. Technological Research Laboratory, Halifax, N.S. 127 13. Further investigation of the effect of water temperature on the live fish and rate of cooling of the fresh dead fish on shelf life of the frozen product should be given highest priority. -

TECHNOLOGICAL STATION-GRANDE-RIVIERE, QUE. Integration of Atlantic Technological Programming has resulted in the im­ plementation of studies on fresh fish to complement those on salt fish at Grande­ Riviere. This modification of program is in keeping with the changing nature of the fishing industry on the Gaspe coast and it is anticipated that the results will also be of value to other Atlantic region fisheries. Emphasis is being placed on non-bacterial deterioration of fish, with particular reference to the deleterious effects of proteolytic and lypolytic enzymes. These studies will complement those in progress on Newfoundland trap cod, metal catalyzed deterioration and other post-mortem chemical transformations under investigation in Newfoundland and Halifax. FRESH FISH. Two live fish holding tanks are nearing completion and two others will be installed in the near future. Very good proteolytic enzyme activity has been obtained in water extracts of cod muscle and pH and temperature optima have been determined. Details of methods suitable for investigating proteolytic activity have been worked out for the cod muscle. As a preliminary to the study of lypolytic enzymes, the distribution of lipid components in cod muscle albumins, actomyosin, stroma and whole cod muscle is being studied. Preliminary results indicate that in general the lipid distribution of each of the muscle fractions is similar to that in the whole cod muscle. Acetyl­ ated monoglycerides have been recommended as coating materials for frozen fish because they offer good protection against dehydration and oxidation. It has been shown that these substances have practically no bactericidal value when used in the recommended manner. It has been shown that cod steaks can be heated to a surface temperature as high as 150°F during freeZJe drying before significant browning is encountered. The end point of the freeze drying procedure has been determined with a system of thermocouples. Reconstitution of freeze dried cod steaks with water is under investigation and low texture scores in samples produced to date may be influenced by this factor. SALT FISH. Studies on the chemical composition of salted cod have been carried out for several years in order to provide a scientific basis for Gaspe cure. Comparisons have also been made between Gaspe and heavy-salt cure to deter­ mine the nature of some of the flavour components of some of the cured products. The differences in the amino acid composition resulting from the two cures is quantitative rather than qualitative. Desalting results in a decrease in the quantity of free amino acids, particularly with heavy-salted fish. Desalting therefore accentuates the initial differences between the two cures. 128 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 In 1962 an investigation was initiated to isolate and identify carbonyl com­ pounds to aid in the scientific control of the two processes. Methods have been developed for the separation and identification of the carbonyl substances present in both products. Analyses have been completed on the carbonyl substances in light-salted cod and the same techniques are now being applied to heavy-salted cod. Quantitative studies of the bacterial flora of light salted fish brines have lead to the conclusion that the conventional plate count method is fairly accurate but too slow. It has been found that the resazurin reductase test can be used to obtain a rapid estimation of the bacter1al content of commercial brines. A penecillium mold grows on drying racks resulting in contamination of light-;salted fish. Relative humidity is important in the growth of this mold and conditions necessary to prevent mold growth have been worked out. TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, VANCOUVER, B.C.

ENGINEERING ...... 129 BIOCHEMICAL CHANGES IN CHILLED FISH...... 130 BIOCHEMICAL STUDIES USING LIVE FISH...... 131 FROZEN FISH...... ··································································· 131 PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES ON SALMON INCLUDING PI1UITARY HORMONE CHANGES, ATTRACTANTS AND POST-SPAWNING SURVIVAL ...... 132 NucLEIC Acrns...... 133 PROTEINS...... , 133 ANTIBIOTICS IN CANNING...... 134 PRESERVATIVE TREATMENTS FOR FISH...... 134 MISCELLANEOUS INVESTIGATIONS ...... 135

Increasing emphasis continues to be given to problems collllected with the chemistry of living fish and other marine life. This trend started in a small way over a decade ago and presently a very large segment of the work of these laboratories involves the use of facilities for holding living fish. Reasons for this include the great need for more information on various phenomena connected with attraction, maturation and survival of Pacific salmonid fishes; the realization that the condition of fish at time of slaughter has an important influence on their subsequent keeping quality, and the general requirement for live fish for studies concerned with mallller in which fish obtain energy from utilization of glycogen and fats. However, the above types of research have not excluded the active prosecution of investigations which are probably of more immediate concern to the fishing industry. Thus work continues on such varied problems as freezing tuna at sea, engineering of new refrigerated sea water installations, devices for unloading larger fish such as salmon, vacuum canning of fish, and various chemical treatments which have as their objective quality improvements of products.

ENGINEERING With the transfer of one of the Laboratory's two mechanical engineers to the Industrial Development Service of the Dept. of Fisheries of Canada, closer co­ operation with that Service seems to be assured, and this arrangement so far appears to have worked out well. As in past years the small but efficient engineer­ ing department has worked actively on several problems of direct and vital impor­ tance to the fishing industry. So far as efficiency of equipment is concerned the brine spray freezing installations on three seine boats performed well and the general demonstration that frozen tuna could be landed by local vessels was successful. The demand for the special knowledge developed in connection with refrigerated sea water installations continued and conversions of four packers to mechanically operated systems, and of two large wooden barges to simple circulating ice-salt brine systems, has resulted in significant additions to the

129 '10738-0-9 130 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 present large capacity instaUations. Various difficulties which developed during initial use of certain of these installations were overcome successfully. The vacuum cooling method first developed for herring at this Laboratory has now been modified at the request of the industry to a stage where it offers promise in tuna canning operations. Vacuum cooking of tuna prior to canning is also being studied. Unloading of larger fish such as salmon has always been a problem, not only in respect to .the labour involved, but also to damage of the fish. Last year in co­ operation with one company a system was worked out which removed fish very successfully from appropriately pressurized refrigerated sea water tanks on a large salmon packer. However, this system proved expensive to install and the pumping equipment was restricted to the one vessel so modifications are being sought. Early tests with an entirely new system look promising and it is hoped that definite progress in this direction will be made during the coming year. Some time was spent on preparation of herring meals for nutritional studies (see below), and in design of a large all-glass solvent extractor apparatus for use in making batches of herring "flour".

BIOCHEMICAL CHANGES IN CHILLED FISH Muscle from albacore, bluefin and skipjack tuna frozen at sea under practical operating conditions have been examined chemically. Penetration of sodium into the outer i inch of muscle during freezing was quite high, but, while variable, was less into the next t inch and negligible into the inner layers. There was some loss of potassium from the outer layers of muscle. Variability was observed in the sodium and potassium content of the outer fayer of muscle from different fish, particularly between samples from different landings. The lactic acid content was high (0.63-1.7%) in the muscles of all species and their pH values were quite low ( 5 .4-5. 8) . Water thawing of these fish reduced the sodium content of the outer i inch by about 50%, but had little, if any, effect on that of the inner layers. Precooking the fish appeared to have no clearly noticeable influence on the distribution of soluble constituents within the muscle. Round or eviscerated steelhead trout stored in refrigerated sea water were found to lose weight during the first two days of storage, after which their weight increased so that within 4-8 days of storage they r~gained their initial weight. Thereafter they continued to gain weight. In fish that were exhausted before being killed and stored, sodium uptake by, and potassium loss from, the muscle was initially more rapid than it was in fish killed in an unexercised condition. As in iced fish, the duration of rigor mortis in sea water-stored fish appeared to be related to the time that lactic acid formation continued post mortem. Maintenance of the concentration of adenosinetriphosphate (ATP) in the white muscle was observed for periods as long as 12 hours post mortem. Rigor became ,at least partially established during this time, apparently because of stiffening of the red lateral muscle, in which ATP was destroyed more quickly post mortem. There was a definite increase in the co11centration of magnesium in the muscle during storage. Technological Research Laboratory, Vancouver, B.C. 131 _Studies on the physical properties of unfrozen chilled fish muscle have continued. It has been found that the red lateral muscle of fish exhibits unique properties which indicate that it acts more as an important biochemical organ than does the much more inert white muscle. Thus rigor. contraction and tension in red muscle is about three times as great as in white muscle. It contains up to three times as much glycogen. Moreover red muscle fibres when examined under the electron microscope proved to be very different structurally from those of white muscle.

BIOCHEMICAL STUDIES USING LIVE FISH The comparatively rapid utilization of lipids (fats) in flesh of migrating salmon is of interest in connection with nutritional exhaustion of the fish during migration. Small particulate bodies (mitochondria) isolated from the red lateral muscle of adult, migratory sockeye salmon or from rainbow trout have been found to utilize, by oxidation, the fatty acids which are enzymically liberated from the fats. In late "ripe" sockeye, the liver was found to be the most active organ in oxidizing fatty acids, with kidney and heart, dark lateral muscle and ordinary (white) muscle following in that order. The search for enzymes capable of splitting fatty acids from the flesh fats of fish (lipases and phospholipases) have confirmed and extended the previous finding that fish muscles (cod species) possess a lipase. However, although new purification methods were worked out the enzyme only split rather small "triglycerides" and did not cleave marine oils. In common with many other fish enzymes previously studied at this laboratory the crude enzyme preparation proved to be very unstable. This study is still in progress. The methods by which fish obtain energy from carbohydrate stores such as muscle glycogen have been further investigated. It has been found that radioactive 6-phosphogluconic acid and gluconic acid when administered to living rainbow trout are utilized in a manner which indicates that the so-called "pentose phosphate pathway" of glucose utilization accounts for only a very small amount of the total. All evidence indicates that the normal glycolytic route is of greatest importance. In continuation of the investigation of possible sources of trimethylamine oxide in marine fish, it has been found that carnitine is not a direct precursor, and also that formation of trimethylamine oxide from choline is greatly influenced by the method of administration.

FROZEN FISH For almost two decades research has proceeded at this laboratory on certain of the problems of determination of quality of stored frozen fish, greatest emphasis being toward development of oxidative rancidity and its control. More recently studies have been initiated concerning some phases of the phenomenon of protein denaturation (toughness) . The "taste panel" approach to measurement of tough­ ness is of considerable value but is difficult to carry out effectively with limited staff. For this and other reasons an apparatus was designed for measuring "tough- 707ao-0-9! 132 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 ness" increase in frozen stored fish. This equipment is presently being used on both raw and cooked samples of frozen stored fish, and its performance has been quite good. With the aid of the above apparatus and other standard analytical techniques changes in frozen red spring salmon and lingcod stored in nitrogen and in air have been measured at three storage temperatures (-29°F, -4°F and 14°F). The results show that both "toughness" and free fatty acid formation proceed as rapidly in samples stored in air as in those stored under nitrogen, but that nitrogen storage almost eliminates oxidative rancidity. As in former work low temperature storage (-29 °F) strongly retarded all these changes. So far it appears that normally "tender" salmon flesh is toughened more by cooking than is lingcod. An examination of the nucleotides of pre-rigor frozen lingcod muscle in relation to the "denaturation" of protein during frozen storage has been completed. No loss of total protein-bound nucleotide could be detected during periods of storage in which severe "denaturation" occurred although some decrease in ade­ nosinetriphosphate occurred. Heating muscle resulted in the release of the bound nucleotide from either freshly frozen or denatured muscle. Previous findings regarding the occurrence of glycolysis in muscle stored at -20°C have been confirmed and evidence indicating that glycolysis may proceed very slowly at -30°C has been obtained.

PHYSIOLOGICAL STUDIES ON SALMON INCLUDING PITUITARY HORMONE CHANGES, ATTRACTANTS AND POST-SPAWNING SURVIVAL Studies on the pituitary hormones of salmon are proceeding satisfactorily. Thus sufficient glands have been collected to permit preliminary assay and frac­ tionation studies. An examination of juvenile steelhead trout as assay animals for salmon gonadotropic hormone(s) has been completed. Preliminary studies of starch-gel electrophoresis purification of these hormones have given encouraging results. The substance(s) which attracts adult sockeye salmon back to their homestream has been studied further, both to determine the natural source of the attractant(s) and also to define its physical and chemical properties. In con­ nection with these studies young sockeye salmon were conditioned to respond to stream water, and the response was demonstrated to be specific. Further studies on the olfactory attractant for sockeye salmon present in zooplankton show it to be non-volatile and ionic. The Pacific salmon is unique amongst salmonoids in always dying after its first spawning. Histological and physiological studies had indicated that death was connected in some way with the process of sexual maturation. However experiments carried out during the last 12 months with gonadectomised adult salmon have shown that they can survive advanced gonad development. It has also been observed during this year's work that adult, migrating sockeye of both sexes will resume eating prior to spawning and will continue to eat through their spawning period. In co-operation with the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission, studies on the changes in fat, protein, carbohydrate, glycogen and ash in hatchery- Technological Research Laboratory, Vancouver, B.C. 133 raised sockeye salmon have been carried out in an effort to determine the differences between wild and hatchery fish.

NUCLEIC ACIDS The genetic importance of deoxyribonucleic acid is well recognized. Since salmon milts are one of the best available sources of this substance studies on its formation using radioactive tracer techniques are proceeding actively. Radioactive basis (adenine, guanine and cytosine) have been incorporated into the deoxyri­ bonucleic acid of salmon milts by injecting them either into excised milts or milts in living fish. Studies on naturally occurring deoxyribonucleic acids have continued. Salmonoid, crustacean and molluscan deoxyribonucleic acids were characterized by gradient centrifugation, and thermal denaturation techniques. All crabs of the genus Cancer were found to contain an unusual nucleic acid very rich in thymine and adenine and of great potential in furthering our understanding of the genetic code. Further to the characterization of naturally occurring nucleotides, the synthesis of deoxyribonucleoside-3',5' cyclic phosphates has been studied and a new chromatographic technique applied to the separation of ribonucleoside-5' phosphate derivatives.

PROTEINS Studies dealing with muscle proteins have been extended to cover several members of the Salmo and Salvelinus genera. Based on the rate of movement of muscle proteins in starch-gel zone electrophoresis it is now possible to identify most species of fishes in the Salmonidae family. The method also offers a useful means for the identification of unknown samples of fresh frozen fish flesh when other techniques are difficult to apply. The muscle proteins separated by electrophoresis are being surveyed for cer­ tain enzymes, (e.g. glycolytic enzymes). To facilitate these studies, new methods of sectioning the gels and the simultaneous elution of proteins from large numbers of gel sections have been developed. The chief advantages are: (a) the proteins present in the entire migration path of the gel can be assayed at one time for enzymic activity; (b) the time lag between the preparation of the muscle extract, separation by a sensitive method, and enzyme assay is reduced to a minimum. This approach offers one means of following unstable enzymes which lose activity upon purification. For example, the more slowly migrating portion of the protein displaying phosphoglucomutase enzyme activity was stable for about 3 days while the more rapidly migrating fraction, representing the bulk of the activity, lost its activity almost immediately. A total of 5 zones of phosphoglucomutase activity was found in the muscle proteins of rainbow trout. An investigation of serum proteins of the salmonoid fishes by this technique revealed differences between the various species of fishes. When compared to human blood sera which has predominantly one large zone, the major difference lies in the albumin fraction. Fish albumins of the same mobility as human albumins are present as 3-4 different zones. However, the hemoglobins of salmonoid fishes showed the most striking difference compared to that of the human and other 134 Fisheries Research· Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 mammals. Exclusive of the very minor zones, a total of 16 hemoglobin zones was found in the rainbow trout. By spectral measurements, the natural red-colour, and staining techniques, it has been established that all the zones are hemoglobins with different mobilities, most probably because of differences in the globin moiety. Previous investigators using similar but less sensitive methods found only 2-4 components. The results with rainbow trout (genus Salmo) are closely parallel to those of the Salvelinus and Oncorhynchus genera. However, differences distinc­ tive enough to identify the various species exist. A novel method of casting polyacrylamide gels was developed and the resulting gels were used to study the sera and muscle proteins of a number of crustacea . .Each of the species showed characteristic serum protein patterns and in one genus (Cancer) proved superior to serological studies for identification purposes.

ANTIBIOTICS IN CANNING In certain countries antibiotics such as "Nisin" have been permitted for addition to foods which are heat processed. The possible advantage of such a method if found to , be reliable would be to reduce processing times and/ or temperatures for products which are very susceptible to flavour damage during canning (e.g. shrimp and crab meats). Since Pacific crab meat is peculiarly liable to development of significant flavour defects during even fairly moderate retorting conditions experiments are being carried out with two antibiotics, namely Nisin . and Tylosin. A reduced processing temperature was found to improve flavour of canned crab meat, but until a number of further tests have been made it will not be known whether or not the antibiotics can be relied on to inhibit bacterial ·growth.

PRESERVATIVE TREATMENTS FOR FISH Studies on use of ultraviolet light as a means of controlling bacterial develop­ ment in refrigerated sea water have been concluded. While this treatment maintains an almost sterile brine, bacterial development in fish held in refrigerated sea water is not checked appreciably. Moreover an off odour develops in the water and fish, together with a brownish discolouration. The demand by certain United States firms for "polyphosphate" treated fillets has resulted in a request by the local industry for information on the effect of treating fillets of Pacific fish. Both red spring salmon and "sole" fillets have been dipped in solutions containing either sodium tripolyphosphate or hexametaphos­ phate. Treated, and untreated control samples, are being stored at 14°F for "accelerated" spoilage studies. The results so far indicate appreciable, though variable, weight increases on dipping fillets, a definite reduction in free drip when the fillets are frozen and thawed after storage, and a tendency for a reduction in rate of development of oxidative rancidity during frozen storage of both types of fish. These tests are continuing. Maillard discolourations and acrid flavours still pose a problem, particularly with certain canned or dehydrated fish products. During the present year a "particulate" bacterial enzyme capable of removing the sugars, glucose and ribose, Technological Research Laboratory, Vancouver, B .C. 135 from fish muscle has been studied and will be used in attempts to improve qualities of certain products which are liable to the above discolouration defects during processing.

MISCELLANEOUS INVESTIGATIONS Studies on nutritive value of British Columbia herring meal have proceeded actively under contracts with the University of British Columbia. Thus a study on the nutritive value of six composite samples representing between 30 and 40 thousand bags of whole herring meal was completed and the results have been made available to the industry. Studies on the important lipid (fat) fraction of these meals are continuing and there are indications that where the meals are antioxidant treated and stored the extracted fat has a higher metabolizable energy for chicks. Added antioxidant has been found very useful in preventing a "clump­ ing" of stored fatty meals which appears to be due to the sticky polymers resulting from fat oxidation. Past work has indicated the widespread occurrence of vitamin B12 in the marine environment, and that probably a number of different forms are present. It is now recognized that this important vitamin occurs in the form of a "cobamide coenzyme". Preparatory to an investigation of the distribution of different forms of the cobamide coenzyme in marine materials a number of different forms have been synthesized chemically for reference purposes. The chemical structures of these and of certain of their degradation products have been studied. Last year a study on gill disease of migrating salmon was commenced with the International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission. Though considerable effort was expended this year in an attempt to discover the causal agent, careful bacteriological studies have led to inconclusive findings since none of a number of isolated cultures was found to cause disease. Studies on the effect of extracts of shrimp, and of the presence of a chelating agent, on the efficiency of antimicrobial activity of tetracycline antibiotics have. continued. In certain instances the chelating agent, which presumably removed magnesium and calcium ions which inhibits tetracycline antibiotic activity, improved the effectiveness of the antibiotics. Studies on sea food flavours proceeded. Preliminary experiments with baked spring salmon have shown that almost all the flavour components reside in the lipid fraction. A series of unsaturated aliphatic aldehydes, important flavour components, has been synthesized. The volatile organo-sulphur compounds responsible for the flavour of oysters have been investigated by gas chromatography.

TECHNOLOGICAL UNIT, LONDON, ONT.

SPECIALTY PRODUCTS ...... 137 FRESH AND FROZEN FISH...... ····································································· 137 BACTERIOLOGICAL STUDIES.,,...... 138

The transformation of low-value freshwater fish into attractive and flavourful products would help solve the marketing problem which prevents the full ex­ ploitation of some abundant species. During the last year, a fish sausage was developed and the problem of excess moisture in canned fish was investigated. In relation to fresh fish, a new system of chilling fish to suit the conditions on board lake fishing boats has been designed and is still under study. A storage test on frozen whitefish has revealed the importance of low-temperature storage. The numerical method of bacterial classification was tested on a small part of the Unit's collection of cultures; the classification of freshwater fish spoilage bacteria by that method should prove useful.

SPECIALTY PRODUCTS CANNING OF FRESHWATER FISH. Excess moisture detracts from the appearance of the canned product and also makes it soggy and liable to crumble when the can is shaken such as occurs during transport. Removal of excess moisture was achieved by exhausting under pressure; with small fish such as alewife, drying in an air current at 60-75°C (135-170°F) previous to canning was found to be the more suitable procedure. Canned alewife compared favourably with canned sardine. FISH SAUSAGES. A new type of homogenizer capable of reducing fish bones to a pulp was used to prepare a fish sausage in which skin and bones as well as flesh were included. The presence of bony material in the sausage was undetectable; the presence of skin enhanced the "fishy" flavour of sausages prepared from lake herring. Contrary to requirements for fish wieners, a cereal binder was super­ fluous in the fish sausage.

FRESH AND FROZEN FISH SPRAY CHILLING OF FRESHWATER FISH. A system that appears to be more suitable for the freshwater fishery than the refrigerated-sea-water method is at present under study; it consists of spraying the fish with refrigerated lake water. Tests were carried out to compare the effectiveness of three different methods of cooling fish: immersion in cold water, spraying with cold water and covering with ice. A drop in fish temperature from 21 to 0°C (70 to 32°F) was obtained in 70 minutes, 100 minutes and 160 minutes by each method, respectively. Fish processors are showing interest in this method for the purpose of holding fish prior to processing.

137 70738-0-10 138 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 PROXIMATE COMPOSITION OF FRESHWATER FISH. The data obtained so far on fish of the Great Lakes area were published during the year in "Circular No. 5 of the London Biological Station and Technological Unit" and data for fish of the Prairie Provinces were published in Industrial Memoranda Nos. 9, 12 and 13 of the Vancouver Laboratory; thus information is now available for all species of commercial importance. KEEPING QUALITY OF WHITEFISH. Whitefish from Lac La Ronge, in fillet form in 1-lb packages, was submitted to storage tests at -34, -23 and -15°C (-30, -10 and 5°F). The samples have now been examined by the Halifax and Vancouver Inspection Laboratories of the Department of Fisheries of Canada. The samples were found to be still acceptable after 16 months at -34°C (-30°F), but acceptable only up to 7 months at -15°C (5°F) and up to lOt months at -23°C (-10°F). The laboratory reports stressed the importance of low storage temperatures, since the temperature factor was found to be much greater than the time factor.

BACTERIOLOGICAL STUDIES A new method of bacterial classification based on percentages of similarities in motphological and biochemical characteristics, has been applied to 30 of the 400 cultures in the Unit's collection. The characteristics of the 30 cultures were compared with those of 12 reference cultures, representing as many genera; the type cultures were obtained from the national type culture collection. Twenty-four cultures shared the characteristics of the genus Pseudomonas; 3 cultures showed a very high level of similarity with the genus Aeromonas, and 4 cultures showed close similarity to the genus Flavobacterium. Four other cultures showed similarity with the genus Micrococcus. PUBLICATIONS AND REPORTS

The publications and reports of the Board for 1962 were as follows: ( 1) the Annual Report for the fiscal year ended March 31, 1962; (2) No. 132-133, 135-136 of the series of informative Bulletins; (3) Vol. 19, No. 1-6 of the scientific Journal; ( 4) No. 35-37 of the General Series of Circulars of the Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B.; (5) No. 8 of the Circulars of the Arctic Unit, Montreal, Que.; ( 6) No. 4-5 of the Circulars of the Biological Station and Technological Unit, London, Ont.; (7) No. 64-66 of the Circulars of the Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C.; (8) No. 6-8 and 10 of the Statistical Series of Circulars of the Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C.; (9) No. 1962-1 to 1962-24 of the Circulars of the Pacific Oceanographic Group, Biological Station, Nanaimo, B.C.; (10) No .. 26 of the Circulars of the Technological Research Laboratory, Vancouver, B.C.; ( 11) No. 7-11 of the Circulars of the Technological Research Laboratory, Halifax, N.S.; (12) No. 73 of the Progress Reports of the Atlantic Coast Stations; (13) No. 114 of the Progress Reports of the Pacific Coast Stations; (14) No. 689-775 of the Studies series (articles published in other journals). The Annual Report, Bulletins and Journal are available to anyone by purchase. Issues as they appear are listed, with prices, in the Daily Checklists published by the Queen's Printer, and also in the Monthly and Annual Catalogues of Canadian Government Publications. Applications for purchase of publications should be made to: THE QUEEN'S PRINTER, OTTAWA, CANADA.

Circulars may be obtained from the Board establishment which issues them, while the supply lasts. Separates of articles (Studies and others) not printed by the Board are not for sale, but may sometimes be obtained from the authors. Enquiries concerning exchange of publications should be addressed to the Editor, Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Sir Charles Tupper Building, Con­ federation Heights, Ottawa 8, Canada. The lists that follow will indicate the individual articles contained in the above publications, as well as other articles related to the Board's work that were published or distributed in 1962 (plus a few from 1961 that were not previously reported) . In addition to publications for sale or distribution, the Board prepares Manuscript Reports primarily for its own use. These are not available for dis­ tribution outside the Board, but may be consulted at the libraries of the Board's Stations by interested individuals who have made prior arrangement with the Director of the Station. A list of these Manuscript Reports and certain other manucripts is included.

139 70738-0-10/, PUBLICATIONS ET RAPPORTS En 1962, l'Office faisait paraitre les publications et les rapports qui suivent: (1) le Rapport annuel pour l'annee budgetaire finissant le 31 mars 1962; (2) les numeros 132-133, 135-136 de la serie des Bulletins d'information; (3) Vol. 19, les numeros 1-6 du Journal scientifique; ( 4) les numeros 35-37 de la «General Series of Circulars» de la Station biologique de St. Andrews, N.-B.; (5) le numero 8 de la serie des «Circulars» de !'Unite arctique, Montreal, Que.; (6) les numeros 4-5 de la serie des «Circulars» de la Station biologique et de !'Unite technologique de London, Ont.; (7) les numeros 64-66 de la serie des «Circulars» de la Station biologique de NanaYmo, C.··B.; (8) les numeros 6-8 et 10 de la «Statistical Series of Circulars» de la Station biologique de Nanai'.mo, C.-B.; (9) les numeros 1962-1 a 1962-24 de la serie des «Circulars» du Groupe oceanographique du Pacifique de la Station biologique de Nana'imo, C.-B.; (10) le numero 26 de la serie des «Circulars» de la Station technologique de Vancouver, C.-B.; (11) les numeros 7-11 de la serie des «Circulars» de Laboratoire de recherche technologique, Vancouver, C.-B.; (12) le numero 73 des «Progress Reports of the Atlantic Coast Stations» (Rapports sur le progres de ces Stations); (13) le numero 114 des «Progress Reports of the Pacific Coast Stations» (Rap­ ports sur le progres de ces Stations); ( 14) les numeros 689-77 5 de la serie des «Studies» (articles parus dans d'autres journaux). Le Rapport annuel, les Bulletins et le Journal se vendent au public. Au fur et a mesure de leur parution, l'Imprimeur de la Reine inscrit ces publications stir les listes de verification qu'il emet quotidiennement et elles figurent aussi aux catalogues mensuels et annuels des publications du gouvernement canadien. Les demandes d'achat doivent etre transmises 1a:

L'lMPRIMEUR DE LA REINE, OTTAWA, CANADA On peut se procurer les circulaires aux etablissement de l'Office qui les emettent tant que le tirage n'est pas epuise, mais on ne peut se procurer des tires a part d'articles (Etudes et autres) que l'Office ne publie pas lui-meme; toutefois, 011 peut parfois se Ies procurer chez !'auteur meme. La correspondance au sujet de I'echange de publications devrait etre trans­ mise au Redacteur, Office des recherches sur les pecheries du Canada, Edifice Sir Charles Tupper, Confederation Heights, Ottawa 8, Canada. Dans la liste qui suit, on trouvera les titres des articles contenus dans les publications precitees de meme que d'autres articles qui ont trait aux travaux de !'Office publies ou distribues depuis 1962 (et quelques-uns de 1961 qui n'ont pas ete mentionnes plus tot) . En plus des publications qu'il vend et distribue, l'Office redige des «Manu­ script Reports» (Rapports manuscrits) pour son propre usage et qui ne sont pas distribues ,a_ l'exterieur; on peut, toutefois, consulter ces ouvrages aux bibliotheques des Stations de !'Office apres entente avec le directeur de l'etablissement. Une liste de ces Rapports manuscrits et de certains autres manuscrits est incl use.

140 Publications and Reports 141 ABBREVIATIONS: ABREVIATIONS: J. Fish. Res. Bd.-Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. Bull. Fish. Res. Bd.-Bulletin of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. Atlantic Prog. Rept.-Progress Reports of the Atlantic Coast Stations of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. Pacific Prog. Rept.-Progress Reports of the Pacific Coast Stations of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. MS Rept. Biol.-Manuscript Reports, Biological Series, of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol.-Manuscript Reports, Oceanographic and Lirnnological Series, of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada. FRB No.-Refers to the Studies Series of the Fisheries Research Board of Canada.

PUBLICATIONS

ANON. Obituary: Alexander Henry Leirn, 1897-1960. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 511-514. ANON. [Edited by R. J. H. Beverton and V. M. Hodder]. International Com­ mission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Report of Working Group of Scientists on Fishery Assessment in Relation to Regulation Problems. Sup­ plement to Annual Proceedings, Vol. 11, 81 pp., 1962. ANON. [Compiled and edited by C. J. Kerswill]. Investigation and management of Atlantic salmon and trout. The research programme. Canada Department of Fisheries, Trade News, Vol. 15, No. 2, pp. 3-12, 1962. ANON. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Technological Station, Halifax, Nova Scotia. In The Future of Nova Scotia Industries is in the Use of its Technical Resources. Halifax Board of Trade, Halifax, N.S., p. 36, December 1962. ACKMAN, R. G. Structure and retention time in the gas-liquid chromatography of unsaturated fatty acids on polyester substrates. Nature, Vol. 194, No. 4832, pp. 970-971, 1962. [FRB No. 707] Revision of the end carbon chain concept in the gas-liquid chromat­ ography of methyl esters of unsaturated fatty acids. Nature, Vol. 195, No. 4847, p. 1198, 1962. [FRB No. 721] ACKMAN, R. G., M. A. BANNERMAN AND F. A. VANDENHEUVEL. A simple apparatus for preparative scale gas-liquid chromatography. Journal of Chromatography, Vol. 8, No. 3, pp. 44-51, 1962. ACKMAN, R. G., R. D. BURGHER AND M. L. Hum-ms. The free fatty acids of cod oil. 1. Anomalous composition by fatty acid chain length. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1081-1084. :142 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 ACKMAN, R. G., R. D. BURGHER, J. C. SIPOS AND P. H. 0DENSE. Carbonaceous fouling of catherometer filaments. Journal of Chromatography, Vol. 9, No. 4, pp. 531-534, 1962. [FRB No. 782] ACKMAN, R. G., L. R. GALLAY, P. M. JANGAARD AND M. L. Hum-ms. Conver­ sion of the free fatty acids of cod oil to methyl esters in situ. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 605-614. ACKMAN, R. G., AND P. M. JANGAARD. A report to the fishing industry and general public on the identification of ambergris. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Halifax Technological Station Circular, New Series, No. 11, 2 pp. ARON, WILLIAM. The distribution of animals in the eastern North Pacific and its relationship to physical and chemical conditions. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 271-314. ATKINSON, W. Oceanographic observations from the weathership C.M.S. "St. Catharines", Cruise P-61-5, December 5, 1961-January 22, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-7, 15 pp. Sea temperatures observed between "Swiftsure" and Ocean Station "P", February 28-March 5, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-10, 5 pp. Sea temperatures and salinities observed between "Swiftsure" and Ocean Station "P" during June 28-July 2 and August 1-6. Fisheries Re­ search Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-19, 8 pp. BARY, B. M., W. E. BARRACLOUGH AND R. HERLINVEAUX. Scattering of under­ water sound in Saanich Inlet, British Columbia. Nature, Vol. 194, No. 4823, pp. 36-37, 1962. [FRB No. 757] BELL, GORDON. Trichodinids from the gills of a new host, the lingcod Ophiodon elongatus. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 515-516. BELL, w. H., AND 'N. E. J. BOSTON. Stilling well design for the Hecate Model tide gauges. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-1, 34 pp. BERKELEY, C. Toxicity of plankton to Cristispira inhabiting the crystalline style of a mollusk. Science, Vol. 135, No. 3504, pp. 664-665, 1962 [FRB No. 771] BERKELEY, E., AND c. BERKELEY. Polychaeta from British Columbia; with a note on some western Canadian arctic forms. Canadian Journal of Zoology, Vol. 40, No. 4, pp. 571-577, 1962. [FRB No. 694] BIELY, J., J. D. WooD AND J. E. ToPLIFF. The effect of excessive amounts of dietary vitamin A on egg production in white leghorn hens. Poultry Science, Vol. 41, No. 4, pp. 1175-1177, 1962. Publications and Reports 143 BILINSKI, E. Biosynthesis of trimethylammonium compounds in aquatic animals. III. Choline metabolism in marine Crustacea. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 505-510. BLACK, EDGAR C., ANNE ROBERTSON CONNOR, KWOK-CHEUNG LAM AND WING-GAY Cmu. Changes in glycogen, pyruvate and lactate in rainbow trout (Salmo gairdneri) during and following muscular activity. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 409-436. BOURNE, N., AND A. MclvER. Gulf of St. Lawrence scallop explorations-1961. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, St. Andrews Biological Station Cir­ cular, General Series, No. 35, 4 pp. [Also published in Canadian Fisherman, Vol. 49, No. 7, pp. 17-19, 1962.] BoYCE, F. M. Transport calculations for the North Pacific Ocean, April and May, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-18, 24 pp. BOYCE, N. P. A technique for simultaneous staining of separate collections of small helminths. The Journal of Parasitology, Vol. 48, No. 1, pp. 152-153, 1962. [FRB No. 706] BOYD, J. W., AND B. A. SOUTHCOTT. Effect of tetracycline antibiotics on objective and subjective fish quality tests. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp., 615- 618. BRAWN, VIVIEN M. Physical properties and hydrostatic function of the swim­ bladder of herring (Clupea harengus L.). J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 635-656. [International Passamaquoddy Fisheries Board, 1956-59, Scientific Report No. 24.] BRETT, J. R. Some considerations in the study of respiratory metabolism in fish, particularly salmon. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1025-1038. Review of: "Rate of metabolism and food requirements of fishes'', by G. G. Winberg. Copeia for 1962, No. 2, pp. 475-476, 1962. The relation between oxygen uptake and swimming speed in young sockeye salmon. [Abstract.] American Zoologist, Vol. 2, No. 3, p. 129, 1962. BUTLER, T. H., AND JOSEPHINE F. L. HART. The occurrence of the king crab, Paralithodes camtschatica (Tilesius), and of Lithodes aequispina Benedict in British Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 401-408. BUTTKUS, HANS, AND H. L.A. TARR. Physical and chemical changes in fish muscle during cold storage. Food Technology, Vol. 16, No. 8, pp. 84-88, 1962. [FRB No. 725] CARROTHERS, P. J. G. Results of laboratory and field evaluation of continuous filament isotactic polypropylene fibre for salmon gill nets. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo Biological Station Circular, No. 66, 16 pp. CASTELL, C. H., JACQUELINE DALE AND N. DAMBERGS. Non-bacterial spoilage in Atlantic groundfish: metal-induced rancidity. Canadian Fisherman, Vol. 49, No. 9, pp. 30-33, 1962. [FRB No. 744] 144 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

CASTELL, C. H., AND N. DAMBERGS. A report to the fishing industry on non­ bacterial spoilage: metal-catalysed off-odours. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Halifax Technological Station Circular, New Series, No. 8, 2 pp. CHAPMAN, D. W. Aggressive behavior in juvenile coho salmon as a cause of emigration. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1047-1080. CLAGGETT, F. G. Packaging air shipments of fresh fish. Pacific Prog. Rept., No. 114, pp. 3-5. CROSSMAN, E. J. Predator-prey relationships in pikes (Esocidae). J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 979-980. DAS, NARESH, AND s. N. TIBBO. On the feeding and growth of young herring (Clupea harengus L.) in captivity. !. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 981-983. DICKIE, L. M. Effects of fishery regulations on the catch of fish. In Economic Effects of Fishery Regulation, PAO, Fisheries Reports No. 5, pp. 102-133, 1962. Rome. DINGLE, J. R., J. A. HINES AND J. M. NEELIN. Proteins in fish muscle. 17. Fractionation of aqueous extracts with zinc acetate. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 591-604. DODIMEAD, A. J. Proposed oceanographic survey of the northeast Pacific Ocean, May 21 to July 7, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Ocean­ ographic Group Circular, No. 1962-9, 4 pp. Canadian oceanographic research in the subarctic Pacific region during 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-22, 12 pp. DUGAL, L. C. Proximate composition of some freshwater fish. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, London Biological Station and Technological Unit Circular, No. 5, pp. 1-6. DUNBAR, M. J. The life cycle of Sagitta elegans in arctic and subarctic seas, and the modifying effects of hydro graphic differences in the environment. Journal of Marine Research, Vol. 20, No. 1, pp. 76-91, 1962. [FRB No. 762] DUSSAULT, H. P. Enumeration of coliform bacteria in light salted fish brines. J. Fish. Res. Bd. Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 437-444. DYER, W. J. Frozen fish quality at consumer level. Canadian Fisherman, Vol. 49, No. 6, pp. 62, 63, 65, 1962. [FRB No. 741] DYER, W. J., D. I. FRASER, D. G. ELLIS, D. R. IDLER, W. A. MACCALLUM AND E. LAISHLEY. Quality changes in stored refrozen cod fillets. International Institute of Refrigeration, Bulletin. Supplement 1962-1, pp. 515-524. Com­ missions 2, 3, 4, 6a, Washington, D.C., August 20-29, 1962. [FRB No. 781] DYER, w. J., D. I. FRASER, G. J. JEWELL AND L. JANES. Salt-fish flavour in frozen cod fillets prepared from stored frozen shore cod thawed in sea water. Atlantic Prog. Rept., No. 73, pp. 17-20. Publications and Reports 145 ELLIS, D. V. Preliminary studies on the visible migrations of adult salmon. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. l, pp. 137-148. Observations on the distribution and ecology of some arctic fish. Arctic, Vol. 15, No. 3, pp. 179-189, 1962. ELSON, P. F. Predator-prey relationships between fish-eating birds and Atlantic salmon. (With a supplement on fundamentals of merganser control). Bull. Fish. Res. Bd., No. 133, 87 pp. The Pollett apron seine. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 93-100. Atlantic salmon can be maintained in Maritime rivers. The Atlantic Salmon Journal, No. 2, pp. 16-18, 1962. [FRB No. 746] FAGERLUND, U. H. M. Marine sterols. X. The sterol content of the plankton Euphausia pacifica. Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 40, No. 12, pp. 1839-1840, 1962. [FRB No. 703] FLEMING, A. M., A. w. MAY, w. N. BATTON AND M. O'HANLON. [Canada (New­ foundland) length frequencies of cod, haddock and American plaice (ICNAF Subareas 2, 3 and 4), commercial samples, 1960.] International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Sampling Year book for 1960, Vol. 5, Part 1, pp. xi-xii, Notes on the sampling data, Canada; 5-6, 14-18, Cod.: 202-203, Haddock; 218-222, American Plaice; 1962. [Canada (Newfoundland) length frequencies of redfish and American plaice (ICNAF Subareas 3 and 4), commercial samples, 1960.] Inter­ national Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Sampling Year­ book for 1960, Vol. 5, Part 2, pp. xi-xii, Notes on the sampling data, Canada; 4-5, Redfish; 73-77, American Plaice; 1962. FoFONOFF, N. P. Machine computations of mass transport in the North Pacific Ocean. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1121-1141. A simpified approximate method for manual calculation of dynamic height and potential energy anomalies. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-16, 4 pp. Physical properties of sea-water. Volume 1, pp. 3-30, in The Sea: Ideas and Observations on Progress in the Study of the Seas. lnterscience Publishers, New York, 1962. FORRESTER, C. R. A note on the practical use of a salmon repellent. The Canadian Fish Culturist, No. 30, pp. 61-62, 1961. [FRB No. 693] FROLANDER, HERBERT F. Quantitative estimations of temporal variations of zooplankton off the coast of Washington and British Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 657-675. GEIGER, SI-IIRLEY E., EVE ROBERTS AND N. TOMLINSON. Dogfish gelatin. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 321-326. GILMARTIN, MALVERN. Annual cyclic changes in the physical oceanography of a British Columbia fjord. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 921-974. 146 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

GRAHAM, T. R. A relationship between growth, hatching and spawning season in Canadian Atlantic herring (Clupea harengus L.). J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 985-987. GRAINGER, E. H. Zooplankton of Foxe Basin in the Canadian arctic. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 377-400. GRAJCER, Dov, AND D. R. IDLER. Conjugated testosterone in the blood and testes of spawned Fraser River sockeye salmon ( Oncorhynchus nerka). Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 41, pp. 23-29, 1963. [FRB No. 776] GULLAND, J. A., AND G.R. WILLIAMSON. Transatlantic journey of a tagged cod. Nature, Vol. 195, No. 4844, p. 921, 1962. [FRB No. 783] GUTTMANN, A. The utilization of fish skins for glue and other products. Atlantic Prag. Rept., No. 73, pp. 3--10. HARRIS, RoY H. D. Growth and reproduction of the longnose sucker, Catostomus catostomus (Forster), in Great Slave Lake.!. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 113-126. HARTMAN, G. F., T. G. NORTHCOTE AND c. c. LINDSEY. Comparison of inlet and outlet spawning runs of rainbow trout in Loon Lake, British Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 173-200. HERLINVEAUX, R. H. Oceanography of Saanich Inlet in Vancouver Island, British Columbia.!. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. l-37. Preliminary assessment of oceanographic conditions observed during the Pacific Naval Laboratory Polar Pack Operation No. 1, April 17-May 12, 1962. Fisheries Research Boa.rd of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-24, 9 pp. HEYAMOTO, H. Age of young sable fish, Anoplopoma fimbria (Pallas) 1811. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1175-1177. HocHACHKA, P. W., AND A. C. SINCLAIR. Glycogen stores in trout tissues before and after stream planting. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 127-136. HoGENKAMP, H. P. C., J. N. LADD AND H. A. BARKER. The identification of a nucleoside derived from coenzyme B12. Journal of Biological Chemistry, Vol. 237, No. 6, pp. 1950-1952, 1962. HOLLISTER, H. J, B.C. coastal seawater temperatures for November and December 1961. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-3, 3 pp. B. C. coastal seawater temperatures, January, February, March 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-12, 4 pp. B.C. coastal seawater temperatures for April, May, June 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962- 21, 4 pp. Publications and Reports 147

B. C. coastal seawater temperatures for July, August, September 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-23, 3 pp. IDE, F. P. Effects of forest spraying with DDT on the insect fauna of salmon streams in New Brunswick. [Summary.] Proceedings of the Annual Meeting of the Entomological Society of Ontario, Vol. 91, pp. 39-40, 1961. IDLER, D.R., P. J. SCHMIDT AND A. P. RONALD. Isolation of 20,B-dihydrocortisone from sockeye (Oncorhynchus nerka) plasma. Canadian Journal of Biochemis­ try and Physiology, Vol. 40, No. 5, pp. 549-553, 1962. [FRB No. 692] JANGAARD, P. M., AND R. G. ACKMAN. Air blowing of cod liver oil and other marine oils. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 839·-849. [Reprinted in Canadian Fisherman, Vol. 49, No. 3, p. 17, 1962; Fiskets Gang, No. 16, p. 246, 1962.] A report to the fishing industry regarding blown oils. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Halifax Technological Station Circular, New Series, No. 7, 1 p. JEAN, YVES. Discards of cod at sea by otter trawlers. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, St. Andrews Biological Station Circular, General Series, No. 37, 3 pp.

Rejet de morues a la mer par les chalutiers. Office des Recherches SUI' !es Pecheries du Canada, St. Andrews Station Biologique, Circulaire, Serie Gene­ rate, No. 37, 3 pp. JoHNSON, B. G. H., AND J. J. TIBBLES. Chemical treatment, a technique designed to control sea lampreys. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, London Biolog­ ical Station and Technological Unit Circular, No. 5, pp. 21-43. JoHNSON, LIONEL. The relict fauna of Greiner Lake, Victoria Island, N.W.T., Canada. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1105-1120. JoNAS, R. E. E., HARCHARAN S. SEI-IDEV AND N. TOMLINSON. Blood pH and mortality in rainbow trout (Salmo gairdnerii) and sockeye salmon ( Oncor­ hynchus nerka). J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 619-624. JoNAS, R. E. E., AND N. TOMLINSON. The phospholipid content of lingcod muscle during frozen storage. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 733-734. KAsK, J. L. Canada's freshwater fisheries prospects. Canadian Fisherman, pp. 41- 42, 44, June 1962. [FRB No. 702] Russia: Advanced ocean fishing country. Fishing News International, Vol. 1, No. 3, pp. 9-13, 1962. [JFRB No. 720] rAlso published in Canada Department of Fisheries, Trade News, Vol. 14, No. 7, pp. 6-11, 1962.] KEENLEYSIDE, MILES H. A. Skin-diving observations of Atlantic salmon and brook trout in the Miramichi River, New Brunswick. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 625-634. KEENLEYSIDE, MILES H. A., AND FRED T. YAMAMOTO. Territorial behaviour of juvenile Atlantic salmon (Salmo salar L.), Behaviour, Vol. 19, No. 1/2, pp. 139-169, 1962. 148 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

KENNEDY, W. A. Scale reading-what, how and why. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, London Biological Station and Technological Unit Circular, No. 4, pp. 1-8. The sea lamprey in the Great Lakes. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, London Biological Station and Technological Unit Circular, No. 5, pp. 7-20. KERSWILL, C. J. Resources for Tomorrow: The management of Atlantic salmon. The Atlantic Salmon Journal, No. 1, pp. 20-22, 1962. [FRB No. 745] LANDER, ROBERT H. A method of estimating mortality rates from change in composition. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 159-168. LANE, R. K. A review of the temperature and salinity structures in the approaches to Vancouver Island, British Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 45-91. LANTZ, A. W. Specialty fish products. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Lon­ don Biological Station and Technological Unit Circular, No. 4, pp. 10-28. [Reprinted in Fishing News International, Vol. 1, No. 4, pp. 31-34, 1962.] A fisheries trawler harbour in Ceylon. Fishing News International, Vol. 1, No. 5, pp. 85-89, 1962. [FRB No. 738] LASKER, REUBEN. Efficiency and rate of yolk utilization by developing embryos and larvae of the Pacific sardine Sardinops caerulea (Girard). J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 867-875. LAUZIER, L. M. Canadian research report, 1961. Subareas 4 and 5 [of the ICNAF Convention Area], Oceanography. International Commission for the North­ west Atlantic Fisheries, Redhook 1962, Part II, Summaries of Research for 1961, pp. 28-30, 1962. [FRB No. 790]

LAUZIER, L. M., AND J. I-I. HULL. Sea temperatures along the Canadian Atlantic coast, 1958-1960. Atlantic Prag. Rept., No. 73, 11-15. LINDSEY, C. C. Distinctions between the broad whitefish, Coregonus nasus, and other North American whitefishes. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 687-714. LUND, J. W. G. The periodicity of Melosira islandica 0. Mi.ill. in Great Slave Lake. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 501-504. McALLISTER, C. D. Oceanographic observations from weathership C.C.G.S. "St. Catharines", Cruise P-62-2, May 22-July 2, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-20, 11 pp. MACASKIE, I. B., AND c. R. FORRESTER. Pacific leatherback turtles (Dermochelys) off the coast of British Columbia. Copeia, No. 3, p. 646, 1962. [FRB No. 735] McBRIDE, J. R., D. R. IDLER, R. E. E. JoNAS AND N. TOMLINSON. Olfactory perception in juvenile salmon. I. Observations on response of juvenile sock­ eye to extracts of foods. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 327-334. Publications and Reports 149 MCCANN, J. A., F. A. DREYER, A. C. KOHLER AND D. N. FITZGERALD. [Canada (Maritimes) length frequencies of cod, haddock, American plaice, witch, 1960.] International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Sam­ pling Yearbook for 1960, Vol. 5, Part 1, p. xv, and Part 2, p. xv, Notes on sampling data; pp. 205-207, Haddock, 1962. McCAULEY, R. W. A trout farm in the Black Forest, Germany. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, London Biological Station and Technological Unit Circular, No. 4, p. 9. McCRIMMON, Hum-I, AND JosEPH BRAY. Observations on the isopod Mesidotea entomon in the western Canadian Arctic Ocean. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 489-496. McLAREN, I. A. Population dynamics and exploitation of seals in the eastern Canadian Arctic. Pages 168-183 in The Exploitation of Natural Animal Populations. Edited by E. D. Le Cren and M. W. Holdgate. Blackwell Scientific Publications, Oxford, England, 1962. [FRB No. 767] MANZER, J. I., AND M. P. SHEPARD. Marine survival, distribution and migration of pink salmon ( Oncorhynchus gorbuscha) off the British Columbia coast. University of British Columbia Institute of Fisheries, H. R. MacMillan Lec­ tures in Fisheries, Symposium on Pink Salmon 1960, pp. 113-122, 1962. [FRB No. 712] MARCH, B. E., J. BIELY, F. G. CLAGGETT AND H. L. A. TARR. Nutritional and chemical changes in the lipid fraction of herring meals with and without antioxidant treatment. Poultry Science, Vol. 41, No. 3, pp. 873-880, 1962. MARCH, B. E., JACOB BIELY AND H. L. A. TARR. Nutrient composition of British Columbia whole herring meal. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Vancou­ ver Technological Station Circular, No. 26, 4 pp., 7 tables. MARGOLIS, L. Lampritrema nipponicum Yamaguti (Trematoda) from new hosts in the North Pacific Ocean, the relationship of Distomum miescheri Zschokke, and the status of the family Lampritrematidae. Canadian Journal of Zoology, Vol. 40, No. 5, pp. 941-950, 1962. [FRB No. 699] MARTIN, W.R. Canadian research report, 1961. Subareas 4 and 5 [of the ICNAF Convention Area], Biology. International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Redhook 1962, Part II, Summaries of Research for 1961, pp. 21-27, 1962. [FRB No. 789] MARTIN, w. R., AND D. N. FITZGERALD. [Canada (Maritimes) length frequencies of cod, haddock, American plaice, witch, 1960.] International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Sampling Yearbook for 1960, Vol. 5, Part 1, p. xi, and Part 2, p. xi, Notes on the sampling data, Canada (with A. C. Kohler, A. Marcotte and J. M. Boulanger); 7-11, Cod; 199-201, Haddock; 217, American Plaice; 223, Witch; 1962. MAY, A. W., AND V. M. HODDER. Comparisons of ICNAF and Westhoff gauges under field conditions. International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Redhook 1962, Part III, Selected Papers from the 1962 Annual Meeting, pp. 141-153, 1962. [FRB No. 792] 150 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

MEDCOF, J. C. Possible effects of Passamaquoddy power project on clams, scallops and shipworms in Canadian waters. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 877-889. [International Passamaquoddy Fisheries Board, 1956- 59, Scientific Report No. 33.] Collecting spat and producing bedding oysters on shell strings. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, St. Andrews Biological Station Cir­ cular, General Series, No. 36, 3 pp. Cueillette du naissain et production d'huitres pour les pares d'elevage au moyen de guirlandes d'ecailles. Office des Recherches sur les Pecheries du Canada, St. Andrews Station Biologique, Serie Generale, No. 36, 3 pp. Hydraulic escalator oyster harvesters. Oyster Institute of North America. Shellfish Soundings, Vol. 28, No. 7, Supplement, 4 pp. (Mimeo­ graphed), December, 1962. MEIKLE, J. H. Oceanographic observations from weathership C.M.S. "St. Catharines'', Cruise P-62-1, February 27-April 16, 1962. Fisheries Re­ search Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962- 15, 11 pp. MILLER, RICHARD B., AND FRANCES MILLER. Diet, glycogen reserves and resistance to fatigue in hatchery rainbow trout. Part II. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 365-375. MOLNAR, GYULA, AND ISTVAN Tow. Relation between water temperature and gastric gigestion of largemouth bass (Micropterus salmoides Lacepede). J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1005-1012. NEAVE, F. The observed fluctuations of pink salmon in British Columbia. Uni­ versity of British Columbia Institute of Fisheries, H. R. MacMillan Lectures in Fisheries, Symposium on Pink Salmon 1960, pp. 3-14, 1962 [FRB No. 710] NICHOLLS, G. D., AND D. H. LORING. The geochemistry of some British car­ boniferous sediments. Geochimica et Cosmochimica Acta, Vol. 26, pp. 181- 223, 1962. NORTHCOTE, T. G. Migratory behaviour of juvenile rainbow trout, Salmo gaird­ neri, in outlet and inlet streams of Loon Lake, British Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 201-270. ODENSE, PAUL H., AND C. W. SHINNERS. Direct vertical starch gel electrophoresis of cod muscle tissue. Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 40, No. 12, pp. 1842-1843, 1962. [FRB No. 780] OUTRAM, D. N. Plane spots herring spawnings. Canada Department of Fisheries, Trade News, Vol. 15, No. 4, pp. 3-5, 1962. PARKER, RoBERT R. Tag failure associated with a net fishery as a source of experimental error. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 315-320. Estimations of ocean mortality rates for Pacific salmon ( Oncor­ hynchus). J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 561-589. A concept of the dynamics of pink salmon populations. University of British Columbia Institute of Fisheries, H. R. MacMillan Lectures in Fish­ eries, Symposium on Pink Salmon 1960, pp. 203-211, 1962. [FRB No. 714] Publications and Reports 151 PARSONS, T. R. Oceanographic survey of the northeast Pacific Ocean, April 16- May 6, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-8, 2 pp. Productivity cruise, C.N.A.V. "Oshawa", April 16-May 3, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-13, 2 pp. Infection of a marine diatom by Lagenidium sp. Canadian Journal of Botany, Vol. 40, No. 3, p. 523, 1 plate, 1962. [FRB No. 690] PARSONS, T. R., AND J. D. H. STRICKLAND. On the production of particulate organic carbon by heterotrophic processes in sea water. Deep-Sea Research, Vol. 8, pp. 211-222, 1962. [FRB No. 753] Oceanic detritus. Science, Vol. 136, No. 3513, pp. 313-314, 1962. [FRB No. 758] PEARCY, W. G. Egg masses and early developmental stages of the scorpaenid fish, Sabastolobus. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1169-1173. PHILLIPS, J. G., I. CHESTER JoNES, D. BELLAMY, R. 0. GREEP, L. R. DAY AND W. N. HoLMES. Corticosteroids in the blood of Myxine glutinosa L. (Atlantic hagfish). Endocrinology, Vol. 71, No. 2, pp. 329-331, 1962. [FRB No. 726] PIKE, GORDON C. First record of the great white shark ( Carcharodon carcharias) from British Columbia. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, p. 363. Migration and feeding of the gray whale (Eschrichtius gibbosus). J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 815-838. PowER, H. E. An improved method for the preparation of fish protein con­ centrate from cod. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1039-1045. A report to the fishing industry on an improved method of producing fish protein concentrate. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Halifax Technological Station Circular, New Series, No. 10, 2 pp. PRAKASH, A. Seasonal changes in feeding of coho and chinook (spring) salmon in southern British Columbia waters. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 851- 866. Status of paralytic shellfish-poisoning research in Canada. U.S. Depart­ ment of Health, Education and Welfare, Public Health Service, Proceedings 4th Shellfish Sanitation Workshop, November 28-30, 1961, App. V, pp. 248- 250, 1962. [FRB No. 727] PRAKASH, A., AND J.C. MEDCOF. Hydrographic and meteorological factors affecting shellfish toxicity at Head Harbour, New Brunswick. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 101-112. PYCHA, RICHARD L. The relative efficiency of nylon and cotton gill nets for taking lake trout in Lake Superior. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1085-1094. 152 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

QUAYLE, D. B. Abalones in British Columbia. Pacific Prog. Rept., No. 114, pp. 9-12. [Also published in Western Fisheries, Vol. 64, No. 4, pp. 28-31, 1962.] The Pacific razor clam. Canada Department of Fisheries, Trade News, Vol. 14, No. 9, pp. 8-9, 1962. [FRB No. 740] RABB, L., AND L. A. McDERMOTT. Bacteriological studies of freshwater fish. II. Fumnculosis in Ontario fish in natural waters. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 989-995.

REINER, E., J. ToPLIFF AND J. D. Woon. Hypocholesterolemic agents derived from sterols of marine algae. Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 40, pp. 1401-1406, 1962. [FRB No. 701] RICKER, W. E. Comparison of ocean growth and mortality of sockeye salmon during theirlast two years. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 531-560. Productive capacity of Canadian fisheries. [Background paper, Fisheries Series, for the "Resources for Tomorrow" Conference]. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo Biological Station Circular, No. 64, 81 pp. Russian-English glossary of names of aquatic organisms and other bio­ logical and related terms. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo Biological Station Circular, No. 65, 179 pp. Regulation of the abundance of pink salmon populations. University of British Columbia Institute of Fisheries, H. R. MacMillan Lectures in Fisheries, Symposium on Pink Salmon 1960, pp. 155-201, 1962. [FRB No. 713] Connecticut River shad. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, Vol. 91, No. 1, pp. 98-99, 1962. Review of: "Experimental ecology of the feeding of fishes," by V. S. Ivlev. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, Vol. 91, No. 2, pp. 237-238, 1962. ROACH, s. w., AND J. s. M. HARRISON. A new method for unloading fish. Pacific Prog. Rept., No. 114, pp. 7-8. ROBERTSON, D. G. Oceanographic observations from weathership C.M.S. "St. Ca:tharines", Cruise P-61-4, September 13-0ctober 30, 1961. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962- 5, 13 pp. Surface sea water temperature and changes of sea temperature between Swiftsure and Ocean Station "P'', 11-15/IV/62 and 23-27 /V/62. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962- 17, 4 pp.

RoNHOLT, LAEL L. Range extensions for two species of caridean shrimps (order Decapoda) from the northeastern Pacific. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, p. 1167. Publications and Reports 153

Ross, C. K. Transport calculations for the North Pacific Ocean, September, Oc­ tober 1961. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-2, 24 pp. Transport calculations for the North Pacific Ocean, November 1961. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-4, 17 pp. Transport calculations for the North Pacific Ocean, December 1961. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-6, 17 pp. Transport calculations for the North Pacific Ocean, January and Feb­ ruary 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-11, 24 pp. Transport calculations for the North Pacific Ocean, March 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Pacific Oceanographic Group Circular, No. 1962-14, 17 pp. SANDEMAN, E. J., AND A. W. MAY. Comparative effects of gauge pressure on mesh size measurements of manila nets. International Commission for the North­ west Atlantic Fisheries, Redhook 1962, Part III, Selected Papers from the 1962 Annual Meeting, pp. 154-180, 1962. [FRB No. 793] SAUNDERS, J. W., AND M. W. SMITH. Physical alteration of stream habitat to improve brook trout production. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, Vol. 91, No. 2, pp. 185-188, 1962. [FRB No. 709] Transplantation of brook trout (Salvelinus fontinalis (Mitchill)) within a small stream system. Transactions of the American Fisheries Society, Vol. 91, No. 4, pp. 388-394, 1962. [FRB No. 779] SAUNDERS, RICHARD L. The irrigation of the gills in fishes. II. Efficiency of oxygen uptake in relation to respiratory flow activity and concentrations of oxygen and carbon dioxide. Canadian Journal of Zoology, Vol. 40, No. 5, pp. 817- 862, 1962. [FRB No. 698] SCHMIDT, P. J., AND D. R. IDLER. Steroid hormones in the plasma of salmon at various states of maturation. General and Comparative Endocrinology, Vol. 2, No. 2, pp. 204-214, 1962. [FRB No. 708] SCOTT, D. P. Radioactive caesium as a fish and lamprey mark. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 149-157. Effect of food quantity on fecundity of rainbow trout, Salmo gairdneri. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 715-731. ScoTT, W. B., AND STANFORD H. SMITH. The occurrence of the longjaw cisco, Leucichthys alpenae, in Lake Erie. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1013-1023. SERGEANT, D. E. On the external characters of the blackfish or pilot whales (genus Globicephala). Journal of Mammalogy, Vol. 43, No. 3, pp. 395-413, 1962. [FRB No. 759] 154 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Aiutual Report 1962-63 The biology of the pilot or pothead whale Globicephala melaena (Traill) in Newfoundland waters. Bull. Fish. Res. Bd., No. 132, 84 pp. The biology and hunting of beluga or white whales in the Canadian arctic. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Arctic Unit Circular, No. 8, 13 pp. SMITH, M., D. H. RAMMLER, I. H. GOLDBERG AND H. G. KHORANA. Studies on polynucleotides. XIV. Specific synthesis of the C3 '-C5 ' interribonucleotide linkage. Synthesis of uridyl-(3'-5')-adenosine. Journal of the American Chem­ ical Society, Vol. 83, pp. 430-440, 1962. SOUTHWARD, EVE C. A new species of Galathealinum (Pogonophora) from the Canadian arctic. Canadian Journal of Zoology, Vol. 40, No. 3, pp. 385-389. SOUTHWARD, G. MoRRIS. Photographing halibut otoliths for measuring growth zones. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 335-338. A method of calculating body lengths from otolith measurements for Pacific halibut and its application to Portlock-Albatross grounds data between 1935 and 1957. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 339-362. SQUIRES, H. J. Giant scallops in Newfoundland coastal waters. Bull. Fish. Res. Bd., No. 135, 29 pp. Decapod Crustacea of the Calanus expeditions in Frobisher Bay, Baffin Island, 1951. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 4, pp. 677-686. STEPHENS, K. Improved tripping mechanism for plastic water samplers. Limno­ logy and Oceanography, Vol. 7, No. 4, p. 484, 1962. [FRB No. 777] STEPHENS, K. AND J. D. H. STRICKLAND. Use of a thermopile radiometer for measuring the attenuation of photosynthetically active radiation in the sea. Limnology and Oceanography, Vol. 7, No. 4, pp. 485-487, 1962. [FRB No. 778] STEVENSON, J. C. Distribution and survival of herring larvae ( Clupea pallasi Valenciennes) in British Columbia waters. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 735-810. STEWART, JAMES E., AND JoAN F. MACDONALD. A report to the fishing industry regarding lobster disease (Gaffkaemia). Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Halifax Technological Station Circular, New Series, No. 9, 2 pp. STEWART, KENNETH W. Observations on the morphology and optical properties of the adipose eyelid of fishes. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1161- 1162. TANAKA, SYOITI. The effect of reduction of fishing effort on yield. [Translated by Hack Chin Kim and edited by S. Tanaka and W. E. Ricker.] J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 2, pp. 521-529. A method of analysing a polymodal frequency distribution and its application to the length distribution of the porgy, Taius tumifrons (T. and S.). [Translated by Hack Chin Kim and edited by S. Tanaka afl;d W. E. Ricker.] J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1143-1159. Publications and Reports 155

TARR, H. L.A. Microbial inhibitors. Chapter 12, pp. 202-223, in Chemical and Biological Hazards in Foods. Edited by J. C. Ayers et al. Iowa State University Press, Ames, Iowa, 1962. Changes in nutritive value through handling and processing procedures. Chapter 6 in Fish as Food. Edited by Georg Borgstrom. Academic Press Inc., New York, Vol. 2, pp. 235-266, 1962. Preservation by antibiotics and penetrating radiations: II. Fishing News International, Vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 46-48, 1962. [FRB No. 719] The origin and quantitative distribution of sugars and sugar phosphates in fish muscles post mortem and the role of these in Maillard browning. Abstracts of papers, 1st International Congress of Food Science and Tech­ nology, London, England, September 18-21, pp. 46-47, 1962. TARR, 1-1. L. A., AND M. LEROUX. A note concerning the origin and quantitative distribution of acid-soluble phosphorus compounds and free sugars in fish muscle. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 519-520. Acid-soluble phosphorus compounds and free sugars in fish muscle and their origin. Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 40, No. 5, pp. 571-589, 1962. [FRB No. 736] TEMPLEMAN, W. Record of the oceanic puffer, Lagocephalus lagocephalus (L.), family Tetraodontidae, from Newfoundland. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 811-814. Canadian research report, 1960. Subareas 2 and 3 [of the ICNAF Convention Area]. International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Annual Proceedings for 1960-61, Vol. 11, pp. 23-31, 1961. [FRB No. 723] Canadian research report, 1961. Subareas 2 and 3 [of the ICNAF Convention Area]. International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Redhook 1962, Part II, Summaries of Research for 1961, pp. 3-20, 1962. [FRB No. 788] Summaries of research, 1961. Subareas 2 and 3 [of the ICNAF Con­ vention Area]. International Commission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Annual Proceedings for 1961-62, Vol. 12, pp. 23-30, 1962. [FRB No. 787] Divisions of cod stocks in the Northwest Atlantic. International Com­ mission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries, Redhook 1962, Part III, Selected Papers from the 1962 Annual Meeting, pp. 79-123, 1962. [FRB No. 791] TEMPLEMAN, WILFRED, AND A. M. FLEMING. Cod tagging in the Newfoundland area during 1947 and 1948. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 445-487. TEMPLEMAN, WILFRED, AND H. J. SQUIRES. Record of the blue ling, Malva hyrkelange (Walbaum), from the Newfoundland area. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 891-894. 156 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

THOMSON, J. ARTHUR. On the fecundity of Pacific cod ( Gadus macrocephalus Tilesius) from Hecate Strait, British Columbia. J. Fish Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 497-500. THOMSON, J. A., AND A. N. YATES. British Columbia landings of trawl-caught groundfish by month, by minor statistical area, Vol. 6, 1951-1953. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo Biological Station Circular, Statistical Series, No. 6, 124 pp. British Columbia landings of trawl-caught groundfish by month, by minor statistical area, Vol. 7, 1954-1956. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo Biological Station Circular, Statistical Series, No. 7, 126 pp. British Columbia landings of trawl-caught groundfish by month, by minor statistical area, Vol. 8, 1957-1959. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo Biological Station Circular, Statistical Series, No. 8, 133 pp. British Columbia landings of trawl-caught groundfish by month, by major and minor statistical area, Vol. 10, 1961. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Nanaimo Biological Station Circular, Statistical Series, No. 10, 71 pp. THURSTON, CLAUDE E. Physical characteristics and chemical composition of two subspecies of lake trout. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 39-44. TmBo, S. N. New records for occurrence of the white-tip shark, Pterolamiops longimanus ( Poey), and the dolphin, Coryphaena hippurus L., in the north­ west Atlantic. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 3, pp. 517-518. TOMLINSON, N., ANDS. E. GEIGER. Glycogen concentration and post mortem loss of adenosine triphosphate in fish and mammalian skeletal muscle. A review. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 997-1003. TOMLINSON, N., SHIRLEY E. GEIGER AND EvE ROBERTS. Frozen albacore tuna. The influence of storage conditions prior to freezing. Pacific Prog. Rept., No. 114, pp. 19-21. TRITES, R. W. Temperature and salinity in the Quoddy region of the Bay of Fundy. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 975-978. [International Passamaquoddy Fisheries Board, 1956-59, Scientific Report No. 27.] TRITES, R. W., AND D. G. MACGREGOR. Flow of water in the passages of Pass­ amaquoddy Bay measured by the electromagnetic method. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 5, pp. 895-919. [International Passamaquoddy Fisheries Board, 1956-59, Scientific Report No. 32.] TRUSCOTT, B., P. L. HooGLAND, P.H. OoENSE AND A. E. WADDELL. The enzymic digestion of cod tropomyosin. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1095- 1104. TsuYUKI, H. The muscle myogens of the Pacific salmon and other fishes. Pro­ ceedings of the Canadian Federation of Biological Societies, Vol. 5, p. 80, 1962. Publications and Reports 157

TsuYUKI, H., E. ROBERTS AND R. E. A. GADD. Muscle proteins of Pacific salmon ( Oncorhynchus). II. An investigation of muscle protein and other substances soluble in salt solutions of low ionic strength by column chromatography. Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 40, No. 7, pp. 919- 927, 1962. [FRB No. 695] Muscle proteins of Pacific salmon ( Oncorhynchus). III. The separation of muscle proteins soluble in low ionic strength salt solutions by starch gel electrophoresis. Canadian Journal of Biochemistry and Physiology, Vol. 40, No. 7, pp. 929-936, 1962. [FRB No. 696] VLADYKOV, VADIM D. Osteological studies on Pacific salmon of the genus On­ corhynchus. Bull. Fish. Res. Bd., No. 136, 172 pp. WALDICHUK, M. Pollution in coastal waters of British Columbia. Pacific Prog. Rept., No. 114, pp. 13-18. Some water pollution problems connected with the disposal of pulp mill wastes. The Canadian Fish Culturist, No. 31, pp. 3-34, 1962. Marine aspects of pulp mill pollution. Canadian Pulp and Paper In­ dustry, Vol. 15, No. 6, pp. 36, 38, 40, 42-45, 48, 50, 75, 1962. [FRB No. 737] Water pollution in British Columbia. Annual Review of the Fisheries Council of Canada, pp. 26-29, 31-33, 1962. [A condensed version appeared in Western Fisheries, Vol. 64, No. 6, pp. 60-62, 1962.] [FRB No. 743] [Member of Working Group of the Committee on Oceanography.] Disposal of low-level radioactive waste into Pacific coastal waters. National Academy of Sciences-National Research Council, Publication 985, 87 pp., Washington, D.C., 1962. WALDICHUK, M., AND E. L. BousFIELD. Amphipods in low-oxygen marine waters adjacent to a sulphite pulp mill. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 6, pp. 1163-1165. WERNER, ARTHUR E., AND MICHAEL wALDICHUK. A continuous liquid-liquid extractor. Analytical Chemistry, Vol. 34, No. 12, pp. 1674-1676, 1962. [FRB No. 734] WICKETT, W. P. Environmental variability and reproduction potentials of pink salmon in British Columbia. University of British Columbia Institute of Fisheries, H. R. MacMillan Lectures in Fisheries, Symposium on Pink Salmon 1960, pp. 73-86, 1962. [FRB No. 711] WILLIAMSON, G. R. An account of the bluefin tuna in Newfoundland waters, with some reference to the tuna fishes in general. Government of Newfoundland, Division of Tourist Development, Newfoundland Tourist Development Office, 23 pp., 1962. Woon, J. D. The hypocholesterolemic activity of vitamin A and related com­ pounds as influenced by their chemical structure. Canadian Journal of Bio­ chemistry and Physiology, Vol. 40, pp. 529-536, 1962. [FRB No. 691] 1.58 Fisheries Research. Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 Wooo, J. D., AND S. A. HAQQ. Fat hydrolysis in frozen fillets of lingcod and Paci­ fic gray cod. J. Fish. Res. Bd., Vol. 19, No. 1, pp. 169-171. YoUNG, 0. C. Problems handling and processing fishery products. Canadian Food Industries, Vol. 33, No. 8, pp. 31, 34-38, 1962. [FRB No. 742] Freezing fish at sea aboard Canadian fishing boats. Canadian Fisherman, pp. 29-30, December 1961. Gardenvale, Quebec. [FRB No. 769]

MANUSCRIPT REPORTS, ETC. (not for distribution-pas a distribuer) ANON. Pink Salmon Co-ordinating Committee (Report No. 1). A preliminary review of pertinent past tagging investigations on pink salmon and proposal for a co-ordinated research program for 1959. MS Rept. Biol., No. 729, 45 pp. ANON. [Prepared by the Technical staffs of the Department of Fisheries, Can­ ada, and the Fisheries Research Board of Canada.] An assessment of the feasibility of converting Seymour-Belize Inlet into a freshwater sockeye producing basin. MS Rept. Biol., No. 737, 15 pp. ANON. Summary report on fishery investigations and groundfish landings in New­ foundland during 1961. Confidential report prepared primarily for the New­ foundland fishing industry, 27 pp. AcARA, A. On warm and cold years in the North Pacific Ocean. MS Rept. Ocean­ ogr. and Limnol., No. 134, 18 pp. ANTIA, N. J., K. STEPHENS, R. B. TRIPP, T. R. PARSONS and J. D. H. STRICKLAND. A data record productivity measurements made during 1961 and 1962. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 135, 39 pp. ARo, K. V. Further information on the salmon tagging experiments: in northern British Columbia-effectiveness of tag recovery in British Columbia waters, 1956, 1957, and 1958. MS Rept. Biol., No. 730, 23 pp. BELL, W. H. Tide predicting with TIDAC. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 130, 18 pp. BELL, W. H., and N. BosTON. The Hecate Model. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 110, 68 pp. BILTON, T. H., and M. P. SHEPARD. Progress report on Canadian studies on chum salmon scales for 1961. MS Rept. Biol., No. 734, 19 pp. CREAN, P. B., W. R. HARLING, R. B. TRIPP, F. W. DonsoN, J. H. MEIKLE and H. J. HOLLISTER. Oceanographic data record. Monitor project, July 24 to November 16, 1961. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 111, 409 pp. CREAN, P. B., R. B. TRIPP and H. J. HOLLISTER. Oceanographic data record. Monitor project, January 15 to February 5, 1962. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 113, 169 pp. Oceanographic data record. Monitor project, March 12 to April 5, 1962. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 129, 210 pp. Publications and Reports 159

DODIMEAD, A. J., F. W. DoBsoN, N. K. CHIPPINDALE and H. J. HOLLISTER. Oceanographic data record. North Pacific survey, May 23 to July 5, 1962. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 138, 394 pp. DODIMEAD, A. J., and H. J. HOLLISTER. Canadian drift bottle releases and re­ coveries in the North Pacific Ocean. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 141, 108 pp. ELLIS, D. V. Interim report on the ecology and behaviour of juvenile salmonids in the Somass River system, British Columbia. MS Rept. Biol., No. 720, 12 pp. FoFONOFF, N. P., and C. K. Ross. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 112, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1951. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 114, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1952. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 115, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1953. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 116, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1954. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 117, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1955. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 118, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1956. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 119, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1957. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 120, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1958. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 121, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1959. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 122, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1960. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 123, 76 pp. Transport Computations for the North Atlantic Ocean, 1961. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 124, 76 pp. Transport computations for the North Pacific Ocean, 1961. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 128, 89 pp. GIOVANDO, L. F. The OCEAN system of assessment of bathythermograms. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 105, 55 pp. GODFREY, H. Rapporteur's report on coho and chinook salmon, 1961. MS Rept. Biol., No. 735, 77 pp. 160 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

GROOT, C., and W. E. JoHNSON. A study of celestial orientation of young sockeye salmon during seaward migration. Proceedings of the Fifteenth Meeting of the Canadian Committee on Freshwater Fisheries Research, pp. 17-18, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa. HOLLISTER, H. J. Observations of seawater temperature and salinity on the Paci­ fic coast of Canada, Vol. XXI, 1961. MS Rept. · Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 131, 107 pp. KELEHER, J. J. A documented review of Great Slave Lake commercial catch regulations. MS Rept. Biol., No. 715, 148 pp. KELEHER, J. J., and C. G. HAIGHT. Survey of the 1961 fall domestic fishery at Snowdrift, N.W.T. MS Rept. Biol., No. 738, 29 pp. KELEHER, J. J., AND B. E. MEEKER. Results of a preliminary survey of the Great Slave Lake sport fishery. MS Rept. Biol., No. 725, 63 pp. KELEHER, J. J., K. G. ROBERTS AND B. E. MEEKER. Description of Great Slave Lake commercial fishing vessels to 1958. MS Rept. Biol., No. 722, 59 pp. KENNEDY, W. A. A report on Tathlina and Kakisa Lakes-1946. MS Rept. Biol., No. 721, 24 pp. LORING, D. H., AND R. J. LAHEY. Distribution of calcium carbonate in the river, estuary and Gulf of St. Lawrence. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 140, 22 pp. McALLISTER, C. D. Data record. Photosynthesis and chlorophyll a measurements at ocean weather station "P'', July 1959 to November 1961. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 126, 14 pp. Further productivity experiments at ocean station "P". MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 136, 11 pp. Measurements of primary production at ocean station "P''. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 137, 8 pp. McDONALD, J. G. Skeena Salmon Management Committee, Annual Report, 1961. MS Rept. Biol., No. 744, 44 pp. MACPHAIL, J. s. AND J. c. MEDCOF. Fishing efficiency trials with a hydraulic clam (Mya) rake-1961. MS Rept. Biol., No. 724, 30 pp. NEAVE, FERRIS. Salmon tagging by Canada in the Gulf of Alaska, 1961. MS Rept. Biol., No. 732, 6 pp. PIKE, G. c., D. J. SPALDING, I. B. MACASKIE AND A. CRAIG. Report on Canadian pelagic fur seal research in 1962. MS Rept. Biol., No. 736, 35 pp. PowLEs, P. M., AND F. D. McCRACKEN. A survey of chart use and requirements for the Canadian Atlantic fishing fleet in 1962. MS Rept. Biol., No. 743, 26 pp. QUAYLE, D. B. Deep water clam and scallop survey in British Columbia, 1960. MS Rept. Biol., No. 717, 80 pp. Publications and Reports 161 SHEPARD, M. P. Distribution and racial origin of chum salmon on the high seas of the North Pacific Ocean and Bering Sea. MS Rept. Biol., No. 731, 67 pp. SHEPARD, M. P., K. V. ARo AND F. C. WITHLER. Exploitation by United States and Canadian fisheries on pink and sockeye salmon enroute to northern British Columbia and southern Southeast Alaska. MS Rept. Biol., No. 728, 88 pp. SMITH, M. W. Establishing and managing artificial trout ponds in the Maritime Provinces. MS Rept. Biol., No. 727, 15 pp. TABATA, S., AND L. F. GIOVANDO. Prediction of transient temperature structure in the surface layers of the ocean. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 132, 17 pp. TABATA, S., C. D. McALLISTER, J. I-I. MEIKLE AND H. J. HOLLISTER. Oceano­ graphic data record. Ocean weather station "P", January 17 to August 5, 1962. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 139, 113 pp. TABATA, S., D. G. ROBERTSON, W. ATKINSON AND H. J. HOLLISTER. Oceano­ graphic data record. Ocean weather station "P", September 12, 1961 to January 21, 1962. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 125, 187 pp. THOMAS, M. L. H. Paper electrophoretic patterns of landlocked sea lamprey (Petromyzon marinus L.) serum. MS Rept. Biol., No. 726, 41 pp. TRITES, R. W., AND H. M. JOHNSON. Sea surface temperature recorder. MS Rept. Oceanogr. and Limnol., No. 133, 5 pp. VERNON, E. H., A. s. HOURSTON AND G. A. HOLLAND. 1961 Cooperative pink salmon research program. Proposed field programs in the area of study. Pink Salmon Co-ordinating Committee, April 1961, 18 pp. WALDICHUK, MICHAEL. Observations in marine waters of the Prince Rupert area, particularly with reference to pollution from the sulphite pulp mill on Watson Island, September, 1961. MS Rept. Biol., No. 733, 32 pp. Some water pollution problems connected with disposal of pulp mill wastes. Proceedings of the Fifteenth Meeting of the Canadian Committee on Freshwater Fisheries Research, pp. 20-21, 1962. Fisheries Research Board of Canada, Ottawa. WICKETT, W. P. Water quality problems and required research. 3. Fisheries. Pro­ ceedings 9th Pacific Northwest Research Symposium, pp. 43-46. U.S. Public Health Service, Portland, Oregon, 137 pp., 1961.

70738-0-11 SCIENTIFIC STAFF

BIOLOGICAL STATION, ST. JOHN'S, NFLD.

Wilfred Templeman, O.B.E., Ph.D.(Toronto), F.R.S.C., Director. A. M. Fleming, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Director.

NEWFOUNDLAND INSHORE COD, GROUNDFISH SAMPLING AND STATISTICS A. M. Fleming. (See above.) A. T. Pinhorn, M.Sc. (Memorial).

LABRADOR AND OFFSHORE COD A. W. May, B.Sc.(Memorial). G. R. Willia:nson, B.Sc.(London).

HADDOCK AND MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS V. M. Hodder, M.Sc.(Memorial).

RED FISH E. J. Sandeman, B.Sc.(St. Andrews). E. I. S. Rees, B.Sc.(Wales). To March 15.

PLElJRONEQTIDS T. K. Pitt, M.A.(To~~nto).

GROUNDFISH BIOLOGY AND DISTRIBUTION Wilf~ed Templeman. (See above.) . . Richard Wells, B.A.(Memorial). From May 14.

COMMERCIAL INVERTEB.RATES ~h H.J. Squires, M.Sc.(McGill). On educational leave to June 25, also from Novem­ ber 12.

SALMON A. A. Blair, Ph.D.(Toronto). A. R. Murray, B.A.(Saskatchewan).

162 Scientific Staff 163 BIOLOGICAL STATION, ST. ANDREWS, N.B. (including Atlantic Oceanographic Group, Dartmouth, N.S.)

J. L. Hart, Ph.D. (Toronto), F.R.S.C., Director. L. R. Day, M.A.(Western Ontario), Assistant Director. To March 13. C. J. Kerswill, Ph.D. (Toronto), Assistant Director. From March 1. N. J. Campbell, Ph.D.(British Columbia), Oceanographer-in-Charge.

BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY L. M. Lauzier, D.Sc.(Laval).

FISHING EFFICIENCY P. J. G. Carrothers, S.M.(M.I.T.). Transferred from Biological Station, Nanaimo, September 1.

GROUND FISH

W.R. Martin, Ph.D.(Michigan). Transferred to Ottawa, December 31. F. D. McCracken, Ph.D. (Toronto). L. M. Dickie, Ph.D. (Toronto). Y. M. L. Jean, Ph.D.(Toronto). F. W. H. Beamish, Ph.D. (Toronto). From July 3. A. C. Kohler, Ph.D.(McGill). P. M. Powles, M.Sc.(Western Ontario). D. H. Steele, Ph.D. (McGill). Term, June 4 to August 22 ..

LOBSTER D. G. Wilder, Ph.D.(Toronto). D. W. McLeese, Ph.D.(Toronto). D. J. Scarratt, Ph.D.(Wales).

MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS J. B. Paloheimo, M.A. (Toronto). B. L. Cadima, Lie.Math. (Lisbon). From Oct.ober 11. . W. R. Knight, Ph.D. (British Columbia). Term, June ll to A.ugust 10. 70738-0-lli 164 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

MOLLUSCA J. C. Medcof, Ph.D. (Illinois). · N. F. Bourne, Ph.D.(Toronto). R. E. Drinnan, B.Sc.(London). Anand Prakash, Ph.D.(British Columbia). M. L. H. Thomas, M.S.A.(O.A.C.). Transferred from Biological Station, London, October 1. W. B. Stallworthy, Ph.D.(Toronto). Term, June 19 to September 7.

PATHOLOGY Jaap Demelker, Phil.Doctorandus(Leiden). To May 2.

PELAGIC S. N. Tibbo, M.A. (Toronto). R. A. McKenzie, M.A. (Toronto). T. R. Graham, M.Sc.(Liverpool). To August 2.

POLLUTION J.B. Sprague, Ph.D.(Toronto).

SALMON AND TROUT C. J. Kerswill. (See above.) M. W. Smith, Ph.D. (Toronto). P. F. Elson, Ph.D.(Toronto). J. W. Saunders, M.Sc.(Laval). R. L. Saunders, Ph.D.(Toronto). J. H. Gee, M.Sc.(British Columbia). To January 10.

TAXONOMY W. B. Scott, Ph.D.(Toronto). Term, June 4 to August 3.

NON-STAFF C. M. Boyd, Ph.D.(Scripps). Volunteer investigator. Winnifred Frost, D.Sc. Consultant. F. P. Ide, Ph.D. (Toronto). Consultant. Irene Scarratt, M.A. (Mount Holyoke). Volunteer investigator. Vladislava J. Steele, M.Sc.(McGill). Volunteer investigator. Scientific Staff 165

ATLANTIC OCEANOGRAPHIC GROUP N. J. Campbell. (See above.) R. W. Trites, Ph.D.(British Columbia). W. B. Bailey, B.Sc.(Acadia). To July 31. D. H. Loring, Ph.D.(Manchester). R. F. Platford, Ph.D. (Saskatchewan) . G. P. Cant, M.Sc.(McMaster). From January 31. B. L. Blackford, M.Sc.(M.I.T.). From February 5. J. R. Chevrier, B.Sc. (Laval). D. L. Peer, M.Sc.(Saskatchewan).

BIOLOGICAL STATION, LONDON, ONT.

W. A. Kennedy, Ph.D. (Toronto), Director. A. H. Lawrie, M.A. (Toronto), Assistant Director.

POPULATION DYNAMICS G. F. M. Smith, Ph.D.(Toronto). G. H. Lawler, Ph.D.(Toronto).

GREAT SLAVE LAKE J. J. Keleher, M.A.(Toronto).

LAKE SUPERIOR A. H. Lawrie (See above.) M. L. H. Thomas, M.S.A.(O.A.C.). Transferred to Biological Station, St. Andrews, N.B., October 1.

LAMPREY J. J. Tibbles, Ph.D. (Wisconsin). D. P. Dodge, B.S.A.(O.A.C.). S. M. Dustin, M.S. (Michigan). B. G. IL Johnson, M.Sc.(Western Ontario). Aarne Lamsa, B.A.(Toronto). R. W. McCauley, Ph.D.(Western Ontario). To August 31.

EXPERIMENTAL GENETICS PROGRAM D. P. Scott, Ph.D. (British Columbia), on secondment to Great Lakes Institute. 166 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

SPECIAL CONSULTANT F. E. J. Fry, Ph.D.(Toronto). Term, June 1 to 30.

BIOLOGICAL STATION, NANAIMO, B.C. (including Pacific Oceanographic Group) A. W. H. Needler, O.B.E., Ph.D.(Toronto), D.Sc.(New Brunswick), F.R.S.C., Director. To February 25. F. C. Withler, M.A.(British,Columbia), Acting Director. From February 26. A. S. Hourston, Ph.D.(California), Assistant Director. From April 1. J. P. Tully, M.B.E.,Ph.D. (Washington), AR.LC., F.C.I.C., Oceanographer-in­ Charge.

SALMON CONSULTANT' R. E. Foerster, Ph.D.(Toronto), F.R.S.C. To June 30.

BIOLOGICAL CONSULTANT W. E. Ricker, Ph.D.(Toronto), F.R.S.C. From July 1.

MARINE SALMON INVESTIGATION Ferris Neave, Ph.D.(British Columbia), F.R.S.C. J. I. Manzer, M.A.(British Columbia). Harold Godfrey, M.A. (British Columbia). R. J. LeBrasseur, M.A.(British Columbia).

SALMON MANAGEMENT M. P. Shepard, Ph.D.(Toronto). A. S. Hourston. (See abpve.!) . W. E. Johnson, Ph.D.(Wisconsin). John McDonald, M.A.(British Columbia). K. V. ARo, B.A. (British Columbia). H. T. Bilton, B.A.(British Columbia). H. W. D. Smith, M.Sc.(Washington). Kazimierz Patalas, Ph.D.(Breslau). Term, June 12 to August 15.

SALMON PROPAGATION F. C. Withler. (See above.) R. R. Parker, Ph.D. (British Columbia). R. A. Barns, Phil.Doctorandus (Leiden). W. P. Wickett, M.A.(British Columbia). Scientific Staff 167

EXPERIMENTAL BIOLOGY J. R. Brett, Ph.D.(Toronto). D. F. Alderdice, M.A.(British Columbia). Cornelis Groot, Phil.Doctorandus(Leiden). G. R. Bell, Ph.D.(Western Ontario). D. V. Ellis, Ph.D.(McGill). W. B. Vanstone, Ph.D.(McGill). T. Gene Oikawa, M.Sc.(British Columbia). (Stationed at Vancouver Tech­ nological Laboratory.)

POLLUTION Michael Waldichuk, Ph.D. (Washington).

PARASITOLOGY Leo Margolis, Ph.D.(McGill).

MARINE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES K. S. Ketchen, Ph.D. (Toronto). F. H. C. Taylor, Ph.D.(California). S. J. Westrheim, M.Sc. (Washington). W. E. Barraclough, M.A. (British Columbia). T. H. Butler, M.A.(British Columbia). D. N. Outram, B .A. (British Columbia) . J. A. C. Thomson, M.Sc.(McGill).

MARINE MAMMALS G. C. Pike, M.A. (British Columbia). D. J. Spalding, B.A.(British Columbia). Allison M. Craig, B.Sc. (McGill). (Part-time from October 16-stationed at Vancouver Technological Laboratory.)

MARINE INVERTEBRATES D. B. Quayle, Ph.D.(Glasgow).

PRIMARY PRODUCTIVITY J. D. H. Strickland, Ph.D. (London) . N. J. Antia, Ph.D. (Ziirich). C. D. McAllister, M.A.(British Columbia). T. R. Parsons, Ph.D.(McGill). To August 31. 168 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

FISHING GEAR RESEARCH P. J. G. Carrothers, S.M.(M.I.T.). Transferred to St. Andrews Biological Station, September 1.

PACIFIC OCEANOGRAPHIC GROUP J. P. Tully. (See above.) N. P. Fofono:ff, Ph.D.(Brown). To August 24. A. J. Dodimead, M.Sc. (British Columbia). P. B. Crean, M.A. Sc. (Toronto). L. F. Giovando, Ph.D.(British Columbia). Susumu Tabata, M.A. (British Columbia). On educational leave from April 1. W. H. Bell, B.A.Sc.(British Columbia). F. M. Boyce, B.Sc.(British Columbia). Term from June 4 to September 7. N. K. Chippindale, B.Sc.(British Columbia). Term from April 30 to Sep­ tember 27. F. W. Dobson, M.Sc. (Dalhousie).

NON-STAFF H. A. Acara, Ph.D.(lstanbul). Working under a National Research Council Postdoctorate Fellowship. From January 31. Edith Berkeley. Volunteer Investigator. (Deceased February 25.) C. J. Berkeley, F.C.I.C., Volunteer Investigator.

ARCTIC UNIT, MONTREAL, QUE.

H. D. Fisher, Ph.D. (McGill), Scientist-in-Charge.

FISHERIES J. G. Hunter, M.A. (British Columbia). Lionel Johnson, Ph.D. (Leeds) .

MARINE MAMMALS D. E. Sergeant, Ph.D.(Cantab.). A. W. Mansfield, Ph.D. (McGill). I. A. McLaren, Ph.D.(Yale).

BIOLOGICAL OCEANOGRAPHY E. H. Grainger, Ph.D. (McGill). A. S. Bursa, M.Sc.(Krakow). M. J. Dunbar, Ph.D.(McGill). Term, June 18 to September 14. Scientific Staff 169 TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, HALIFAX, N.S. (including the St. John's Unit and the Grande··Riviere Station)

D. R. Idler, Ph.D. (Wisconsin), Director. C.H. Castell, M.S.A.(Toronto), Assistant Director.

PROTEINS: FRESH AND FROZEN FISH W. J. Dyer, Ph.D.(McGill), F.C.I.C. J. R. Dingle, Ph.D.(Toronto), F.C.I.C. D. G. Ellis, B.Sc.(Queen's). Doris I. Fraser, B.Sc. (Acadia). J. A. Hines, B.Sc. (St. Francis Xavier) . J. T. Lauder, B.Sc.(Dalhousie).

MARINE LIPID RESEARCH R. G. Ackman, Ph.D. (London). P. M. Jangaard, B.Sc.(California). J. C. Sipos, M.A. (Toronto). R. D. Burgher, B.Sc. (Acadia).

MARINE MICROBIOLOGY C.H. Castell. (See above.) J.E. Stewart, Ph.D.(lowa). M. F. Li, Ph.D.(Alberta). From March 6. Nikolajs Dambergs, Ing.Chim. (Nancy). Jill E. Garrard, B.Sc. (Dalhousie). From August 1.

MARINE NATURAL PRODUCTS D. R. Idler. (See above.) P.H. Odense, Ph.D.(Oklahoma). Hans Brockerhoff, Ph.D. (California). H. C. Freeman, M.Sc.(Acadia). Beryl Truscott, M.S.(Queen's). R. J. Hoyle, M. A.(Cambridge). C. W. Shinners, B.Sc.(St. Dunstan's). Dov Grajcer, M.Sc.(British Columbia). To May 14. 170 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63

PROCESS AND PRODUCT RESEARCH P. M. Townsley, Ph.D.(California). Keith Ronald, Ph.D. (McGill), M.1.Biol. From October 10. A. L. Wood, B.E.(Nova Scotia Technical College). H. E. Power, B.E.(Nova Scotia Technical College). Margaret A. Scott, B.Sc.(Acadia). To October 31.

TECHNOLOGICAL UNIT, ST. JOHN'S NEWFOUNDLAND W. A. MacCallum, M.Sc. (Dalhousie), Scientist-in-Charge. Henri Fougere, Ph.D.(Montreal), D.Sc. (St. Joseph's). To October 13. H. S. Shieh, Ph.D. (McGill). From September 25. Dorothy A. Chalker, B.Sc.(Memorial). From May 15.

TECHNOLOGICAL STATION, GRANDE-RIVIERE, QUEBEC Rosaire Legendre, M.Eng.(McGill), Director. H. P. Dussault, M.Sc(McGill). Michael Yurkowski, M.Sc. (Saskatchewan). F. M. J. Maltais, B.Sc.(Montreal).

NON-STAFF Lydia A. Buyco, B.S.(San Agustin). Co-investigator under grant from U.S. Na­ tional Institutes of Health. From December 11. Abraham Guttmann, Ph.D.(Franz Josefs). On loan from Nova Scotia Research Foundation. To September 22. Toshitake Tamura, M.Sc(Nihon University). Co-investigator under grant from U.S. National Institutes of Health. From October 3. Tohru Wainai, Ph.D.(Nihon University). Co-investigator under grant from U.S. National Institutes of Health. To September 14.

TECHNOLOGICAL RESEARCH LABORATORY, VANCOUVER, B.C.

H. L.A. Tarr, Ph.D.(McGill; Cantab.), F.R.S.C., Director.

BIOCHEMISTRY Neil Tomlinson, Ph.D.(California). Hiroshi Tsuyuki, Ph.D. (Wisconsin). Edward Bilinski, D.Sc.Agr. (Louvain). Scientific Staff in

BIOCHEMISTRY (cont.) J. R. McBride, M.A. (British Columbia). R. E. E. Jonas, B.A.(Madras). Eve Roberts, B.Sc. (Manitoba). Shirley E. Geiger, B.A. (British Columbia).

CHEMISTRY Michael Smith, Ph.D.(Manchester). W. A. B. Thomson, Ph.D. (Wisconsin). To February 4. P. J. Schmidt, B.E.(Saskatchewan). U. H. M. Fagerlund, M.Sc.(Abo). Barbara S. Findlay, B.A.(British Columbia).

MICROBIOLOGY AND FOOD TECHNOLOGY H. L. A. Tarr. (See above.) H. P. C. Hogenkamp, Ph.D.(California). From May 1. J. W. Boyd, B.S.A. (British Columbia). Burnett A. Southcott, B.S.A.(British Columbia). Hans Buttkus, B.S.A. (British Columbia). To September 10. J. E. Topliff, B.A. (Toronto). To September 7.

ENGINEERING J. S. M. Harrison, B.A.Sc. (British Columbia). To July 31. S. W. Roach, B.A.Sc.(British Columbia). F. G. Claggett, B.A.Sc. (British Columbia).

NON-STAFF E. J. Reiner, Ph.D.(London). Working under grant from U.S. National Institutes of Health. To March 31. Todor Todoroff, Ph.D.(Aachen). Working under grant from International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission. G. H. Berry, B.S.A.(British Columbia). Working under grant from International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission. 172 Fisheries Research Board of Canada Annual Report 1962-63 TECHNOLOGICAL UNIT, LONDON, ONTARIO

L. C. Dugal, D.Sc. (Laval), Scientist-in-Charge.

BACTERIOLOGY A. S. Bogoslowski, B.S.A. (Toronto).

CHEMISTRY L. C. Dugal. (See above.)

ENGINEERING A. W. Lantz, B.Sc.(Alberta).